Quarterlytics / Technology / Software - Application / Aspen

Aspen

azpn · NASDAQ Technology
Claim this profile
Ticker azpn
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Technology
Industry Software - Application
Employees 1001-5000
← All annual reports
FY2009 Annual Report · Aspen
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
2
0
0
9
A
s
p
e
n
T
e
c
h
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

Annual Report
2009

Worldwide Headquarters

EMEA Headquarters

APAC Headquarters

Aspen Technology, Inc.
200 Wheeler Road
Burlington, MA 01803
USA

phone: +1-781-221-6400
fax: +1-781-221-6410
info@aspentech.com

AspenTech Ltd.
C1, Reading Int’l Business Park
Basingstoke Road
Reading, UK
RG2 6DT

phone: +44-(0)-1189-226400
fax: +44-(0)-1189-226401
ATE_info@aspentech.com

AspenTech (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
3rd Floor, North Wing
Zhe Da Wang Xin Building
2966 Jin Ke Road
Zhangjiang High-Tech Zone
Pudong, Shanghai
201203, China

phone: +86-21-5137-5000
fax: +86-21-5137-5100
apac_marketing@aspentech.com

1863-1209

Officers, Board of Directors, and Corporate Information

Executive Officers

Worldwide Headquarters

Corporate Information

Questions regarding taxpayer identification
numbers, transfer procedures, and other
stock account matters should be addressed
to the Transfer Agent & Registrar at:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Co.
59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level
New York, New York 10038 USA
1-800-937-5449
www.amstock.com
info@amstock.com

Shareholders may obtain a copy of the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009,
filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, by sending a written
request to:

Investor Relations
Aspen Technology, Inc.
200 Wheeler Road
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803 USA
1-781-221-8385

Mark E. Fusco
President and Chief Executive Officer

Antonio J. Pietri
Executive Vice President, Field
Operations

Mark P. Sullivan
Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer

Frederic G. Hammond
Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis
Senior Vice President, Sales
and Strategy

Blair F. Wheeler
Senior Vice President, Marketing

Board of Directors

Stephen M. Jennings, Chairman
Director, The Monitor Group

Donald P. Casey
Consultant

Mark E. Fusco
President and Chief Executive Officer
Aspen Technology, Inc.

Gary E. Haroian
Consultant

Joan C. McArdle
Senior Vice President
Massachusetts Capital
Resource Company

Aspen Technology, Inc.
200 Wheeler Road
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803
USA
1-781-221-6400

EMEA Headquarters

AspenTech Ltd.
C1, Reading Int’l Business Park
Basingstoke Road
Reading, UK
RG2 6DT
44-(0)-1189-226400

APAC Headquarters

AspenTech (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
3rd Floor, North Wing
Zhe Da Wang Xin Building
2966 Jin Ke Road
Zhangjiang High-Tech Zone
Pudong, Shanghai
201203, China
86-21-5137-5000

Independent Public Accountants

KPMG LLP
99 High Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110 USA

David M. McKenna
Partner, Advent International
Corporation

Michael Pehl
Partner, North Bridge Growth Equity

Legal Counsel

Cooley Godward Kronish LLP
500 Boylston Street, 14th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02116-3736
USA

About AspenTech

AspenTech is a leading supplier of integrated software and services to manufacturers in process
industries including energy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and engineering and construction. With
integrated aspenONE® solutions, process manufacturers can implement best practices for optimizing
their engineering, manufacturing, and supply chain operations. As a result, AspenTech customers are
better able to increase capacity, improve margins, reduce costs, and become more energy efficient. To
see how the world’s leading process manufacturers rely on AspenTech to achieve their operational
excellence goals, visit www.aspentech.com.

9
0
0
2

|

h
c
e
T
n
e
p
s
A

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington,  D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K
FOR ANNUAL  AND TRANSITION REPORTS  PURSUANT  TO
SECTION  13 OR  15(d) OF THE EXCHANGE  ACT  OF 1934

(Mark One)
(cid:1)

ANNUAL  REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION  13  OR  15(d) OF  THE
EXCHANGE ACT OF  1934

For the fiscal year ended June  30, 2009.

or

(cid:2)

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT  TO  SECTION 13  OR  15(d) OF  THE
EXCHANGE  ACT  OF 1934

For the transition period from 

  to 

Commission file number: 0-24786

Aspen Technology, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant  as Specified  in  Its  Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)
200 Wheeler Road
Burlington, Massachusetts
(Address of Principal Executive  Offices)

04-2739697
(I.R.S.  Employer
Identification  Number)

01803
(Zip  Code)

Registrant’s telephone number,  including area  code:  781-221-6400

Securities registered pursuant  to Section 12(b) of  the  Act:
None
Securities registered  pursuant to  Section 12(g) of  the  Act:
Common stock,  $0.10  par value per share
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a  well-known  seasoned issuer, as  defined in  Rule 405  of  the  Securities

Act. Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant  to  Section 13  or  Section 15(d)  of  the

Act. Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13 or  15(d)

of the Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding  12  months  (or  for  such  shorter period that the  registrant was required
to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing  requirements  for the  past  90 days.  Yes (cid:1) No (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers pursuant to Item 405  of  Regulation  S-K  is  not  contained

herein, and will not be contained, to the best of  the registrant’s  knowledge,  in  definitive proxy  or  information  statements
incorporated by reference in Part III of  this Form 10-K or  any amendment  to  this  Form  10-K. (cid:1)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is  a  large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, or a  non-accelerated

filer. See definition of ‘‘accelerated filer and large  accelerated  filer’’  in  Rule  12b-2 of the  Exchange  Act. (Check one):
Large accelerated filer (cid:2)

Smaller reporting company (cid:2)

Accelerated filer (cid:1)

Non-accelerated  filer (cid:2)
(Do not check if a smaller
reporting company)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant  is a shell  company  (as  defined  in Rule 12b-2  of  the  Exchange  Act).

Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant  has submitted  electronically and  posted  on its corporate  Web site,  if
any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule 405  of  Regulation S-T (§232.405
of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or  for  such shorter period  that  the registrant  was required  to  submit
and post such files). Yes (cid:2) No (cid:1)

As of December 31, 2008, the aggregate market  value of  common  stock  (the  only  outstanding class of common
equity of the registrant) held by nonaffiliates of the  registrant  was $448,575,506  based  on a total of  60,454,920  shares  of
common stock held by nonaffiliates and on a closing  price of  $7.42  on December  31, 2008  for the  common  stock as
reported on The Pink OTC Markets Inc.

There were 90,115,300 shares of common stock outstanding as  of  October 18,  2009.

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PART I

Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1.
Item 1A. Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 2.
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 3.
Submission of Matters to  a  Vote  of  Security  Holders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 4.

Item 5.

Item 6.
Item 7.

PART II
Market for Registrant’s Common  Equity,  Related Stockholder Matters  and Issuer

Purchases of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of  Financial Condition and Results of

Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative  Disclosures  About Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 8.
Changes in and Disagreements  with Accountants  on Accounting  and Financial
Item 9.

Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Item 9B. Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART III

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.

Item 13.
Item 14.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Ownership of Certain  Beneficial  Owners and  Management and Related

Stockholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certain Relationships and  Related Transactions, and  Director Independence . . . . . . .
Principal Accounting Fees  and  Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

3
16
28
28
28
31

32
35

36
59
59

60
60
68

68
73

92
94
94

PART IV

Item 15.
Exhibits, Financial Statement  Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

96
105

Our registered trademarks include aspenONE, Aspen Plus, HYSYS, AspenTech, HTFS,

InfoPlus.21 and DMCplus.

Our trademarks include Aspen Capital  Cost  Estimator, Aspen Basic Engineering, Aspen PIMS,

Aspen Petroleum Scheduler, Aspen Olefins Scheduler, Aspen Collaborative Demand Manager, Aspen
Inventory Management & Operations Scheduling,  Aspen Plant Scheduler, Aspen Supply Chain Planner,
Aspen Petroleum Supply Chain Planner, and Aspen Retail.

This Form 10-K contains ‘‘forward-looking  statements’’ within the meaning of Section 27A of the
Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E  of  the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which  are intended to
be covered by the safe harbors created  thereby. For  this purpose, any statements  contained herein that
are not statements of historical fact may  be  deemed to be forward-looking statements. Without limiting
the foregoing, the words ‘‘believes,’’ ‘‘anticipates,’’ ‘‘plans,’’ ‘‘expects’’  and  similar expressions are
intended to identify forward-looking statements. Readers  are cautioned that all forward-looking
statements involve risks and uncertainties, many of which are beyond our control, including the factors
set forth under ‘‘Item 1A. Risk Factors.’’  Although  we believe that  the assumptions underlying the
forward-looking statements contained  herein  are reasonable, any of the  assumptions could be
inaccurate and there can be no assurance that actual  results will be the same  as those  indicated by the

1

forward-looking statements included in  this Form 10-K. In light of significant uncertainties inherent in
the forward-looking statements included herein, the  inclusion of  such information  should not be
regarded  as a representation by us or any  other person that  our objectives and plans will be achieved.
Moreover, we assume no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect actual results,
changes in assumptions or changes in  other factors affecting  such forward-looking  statements.

2

Item 1. Business.

PART I

This Form 10-K and our other reports filed  with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange
Commission (SEC) are available free of  charge through our Internet  site (http://www.aspentech.com) as
soon as practicable after we electronically file  such material with, or furnish  it to, the  SEC. The public
may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC  at the  SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F
Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C.  20549. The public  may obtain information on  the operation
of the Public Reference Room by calling  the SEC at  1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC  maintains an Internet
site (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information  statements,  and other information
regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.

Overview

We are a leading supplier of integrated software and services to the process industries, for which

the principal markets consist of: energy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and engineering and construction.
Additionally, we also serve other industries such as  power and utilities, consumer  products, metals and
mining, pulp and paper and biofuels, which manufacture  and produce products  from a chemical
process. We provide a comprehensive, integrated  suite of software applications that utilize  proprietary
empirical models of chemical manufacturing processes to improve  plant and  process  design, economic
evaluation, production, production planning and scheduling,  supply chain  optimization  and operational
performance, and an array of services designed to optimize the utilization of these products  by  our
customers. We are organized into three operating segments:  software licenses, maintenance and
training, and professional services. Each of  these operating segments has unique characteristics and
faces different opportunities and challenges.

We were incorporated in Massachusetts in 1981  and  reincorporated in Delaware  in 1998. For more

than  25  years, we have had a track record of innovation and  technology  leadership  in the process
industries. Our customer base of over 1,500 process  manufacturers includes  many of the world’s leading
petroleum companies, chemical companies,  pharmaceutical  companies and  engineering and construction
firms that service the process industries. As of  October 31, 2009, we operated  globally through  26
offices in 21 countries.

Industry Background

Process industries typically manufacture  finished products by applying a controlled chemical

process to a raw material that is fed continuously  through the processing  plant; however, in some  cases,
such  as specialty chemicals and pharmaceuticals,  finished  products are produced by applying  a chemical
process to a specific batch of raw material, rather than  a  continuous feedstock.

There are several characteristics of manufacturing  properties of  the process industries, as follows:

(cid:127) Products are manufactured in continuous or batch  processes that involve a chemical

transformation of the raw material into the  finished product;

(cid:127) Multiple, interdependent products are often made simultaneously;

(cid:127) Manufacturing plants typically process high volumes,  are highly automated and extremely  capital

intensive;

(cid:127) Raw material specification and production sequence both have a major impact on feasibility and

profitability; and

(cid:127) Supply  chain management is global and highly complex.

3

As a result, many process manufacturers rely heavily  on our  software, services and domain

expertise to help them design, model and manage these  complex  activities.

In addition to these factors that are  common  to  most segments of  the process industries, each
vertical market has its own set of unique  challenges that must be addressed in order to effectively
design, model and manage operations.

Energy

Refining (Downstream)

The downstream refining sector is characterized by very  high volumes and low  operating margins.

Refineries are under constant pressure to maximize output, optimize product  mix  and minimize
inventory levels when demand for petroleum products is high and capacity utilization is tight.
Conversely, when demand is low and  capacity utilization is  poor,  the refineries are under pressure to
reduce costs and operate as efficiently as possible.

At the same time, many petroleum companies have recognized that the  legacy information

technology (IT) systems that resulted  from the mergers and acquisitions of the  1990s are  inadequate. In
response, companies are increasingly  investing  in integrated software suites that can provide  better
visibility into all aspects of the production  process, from inventory levels throughout  the system to
quality and production information, as  well as market dynamics. This  enables them to keep  lower
amounts of inventory on hand, make better  buy versus produce versus trade decisions, and maximize
capacity  utilization at the refinery level,  taking  into  account both  volume and product  mix.  In addition,
the need for accurate integrated information is  heightened by a proliferation of regional product
specifications, a volatile market, and  increasingly  stringent environmental regulations.

Running more barrels through the refinery at  full capacity makes  it difficult  to  keep the physical
assets in prime condition and can create safety and reliability  issues. Refiners  are faced with  the need
to optimize the design of their processes  and achieve  more reliable and  stable operations. Process
engineers are challenged with making  timely decisions while meeting the  objectives  of designing and
operating efficient, safe and profitable  process plants. Measuring the complex  interactions  among
equipment, feedstock, refined products  and business objectives  is the key to unlocking optimization at
the refinery level.

Specifically, petroleum companies face  the following challenges  in managing their operations:

(cid:127) Making timely business decisions based on volatile  market conditions while at the  same time

operating efficient, safe and profitable refineries;

(cid:127) Minimizing inventory levels throughout  the system without  becoming  vulnerable  to  changes in

demand or market disruptions;

(cid:127) Managing the reduced supply chain flexibility created  by clean fuels legislation and the

proliferation of product specifications;

(cid:127) Responding effectively to changing supply/demand balances and supply patterns;

(cid:127) Optimizing the use of energy to minimize the impact of high energy costs;

(cid:127) Managing a shrinking, global talent pool; and

(cid:127) Minimizing greenhouse gas emissions.

Oil and Gas (Upstream)

The upstream oil and gas sector is driven by the high cost of capital investment,  which has

escalated as the search for new reserves  takes  companies to  more remote,  politically  unstable locations

4

and ever deeper waters. The high cost  of investment  places a  premium on  maximizing  any expenditure.
An improperly placed well that fails economically to remove all surrounding reserves or a  poorly
designed transmission system that requires excessive pressurization or maintenance  can have a
significant impact on profitability for many years. In  addition, managing oil  and gas assets is
complicated since these assets are highly complex and interconnected.  Companies  must  achieve  high
output while minimizing investment; optimize facilities to match  a  constantly varying slate of crudes and
gases; and ensure the efficient transmission of materials through large,  interconnected, and
environmentally sensitive pipeline infrastructure.

To further complicate the challenge,  every decision occurs against  the backdrop  of  rapidly

fluctuating open market oil and gas prices. Unlike  other segments  of  the process  industries, where  raw
material price movements are smoothed through long-term  contracts,  oil  and  gas prices can oscillate
rapidly from week to week or even day to day. This puts enormous pressure on companies to profit
from rising prices while they can. Delayed decisions and  prolonged production ramp-ups can make the
difference between selling into a rising  or falling  market.

Specifically, oil and gas companies face the following distinct challenges in managing  their

operations:

(cid:127) Managing assets as an interrelated system;

(cid:127) Negotiating profitable price nominations and product contracts;

(cid:127) Maximizing production while minimizing capital investment;

(cid:127) Responding faster to gas and oil price fluctuations  and operating disruptions;

(cid:127) Optimizing the use of energy to minimize the impact of  high energy costs;

(cid:127) Ensuring regulatory compliance without  adding administrative  overhead;

(cid:127) Managing a shrinking, global talent pool; and

(cid:127) Minimizing greenhouse gas emissions.

Chemicals

Bulk Chemicals

The chemical industry produces bulk chemicals that are  true commodities with little  to

differentiate one company’s offering  from  another, other than price. The market is global  and highly
competitive. Producers routinely invest  to  build highly specialized, continuous process plants that
minimize production costs. Existing producers must either idle  an older plant, or continue to make
investments in it throughout its lifetime in order  to  ensure  that it  remains cost-competitive  with newer
units. The most successful companies find  ways to differentiate themselves through consistent product
quality, customer responsiveness and operating efficiency, or to locate new plants close to feedstocks  or
primary markets.

Chemical companies face a number of challenges. They need to maximize  returns from expensive

assets, while managing wide swings in feedstock costs and  high energy  costs. Due to global industrial
consolidation, they face increasingly concentrated and powerful competitors building mega-scale plants
to deliver maximum capacity, and customers looking for consistent product quality at the lowest
possible price. This places enormous pressures on operating  margins and  has eroded the  advantages
once enjoyed by companies with established market, technology or regional positions. In the  face of
such intense pressure, producers have  a  very limited ability to raise prices and  must  instead focus  on
maximizing their throughput, increasing their supply chain efficiencies and minimizing their costs
throughout the production process. All  of  these  challenges are magnified by a shrinking talent pool—

5

with experienced personnel retiring and younger,  inexperienced personnel joining the  ranks and
running very complicated, large-scale  assets.

To respond to these pressures, many  large chemical manufacturers are looking to replace the
patchwork of point solutions that they  currently use  to  design facilities and optimize production with
solutions that can address operational  costs as a  single,  interrelated whole,  much  in the same  way that
enterprise resource planning (ERP) systems squeezed costs from the interrelated transactions  that
define back office business processes. They must do so in such  a  way as to build in  the expertise
required to run these highly complex operations to overcome the shortage of  expertise in  the labor
markets today.

Specifically, bulk chemical producers face the  following  challenges in  managing their operations:

(cid:127) Operating safely for their employees and  their  local communities;

(cid:127) Reducing operating costs—specifically feedstock and energy  costs;

(cid:127) Focusing on asset optimization—getting  the most out of the assets they  have;

(cid:127) Establishing where to produce most profitably—close  to  feedstocks or in  primary  markets;

(cid:127) Managing a shrinking, global talent pool; and

(cid:127) Complying with environmental and other governmental  regulations.

Specialty Chemicals

While bulk chemical producers look for ways  to  take cost out of  their structures, the  specialty

chemicals manufacturers focus on providing  highly differentiated,  customer-specific product through
innovation. The specialty chemical market can  be  characterized as  a make-to-order  industry, with many
products, plants and complex supply chains. This results in a very different series of  challenges.
Specialty chemicals manufacturers strive  to innovate and get new  products  to  market quickly and
efficiently to capture market opportunities.

Dealing with multiple plants spread all over  the world to support customers presents an  additional

challenge to specialty chemical producers.  Knowing where  to  manufacture a product  to  derive
maximum profitability while providing excellent customer service, results in very  complex supply  chain
challenges.

Specialty chemical manufacturers face a number of challenges. Regulatory requirements are

growing only more pervasive. Requirements that were once reserved for food and  beverage
manufacturers are starting to appear in  the specialty chemicals industry as  a way to protect the
downstream processes from contamination.  The focus on  reducing  consumer risk  is driving these
regulatory initiatives. Specialty chemical  manufacturers are  implementing systems to manage  their
supply chains, product innovation, operations and product quality to address  these issues.

Specifically, specialty chemical companies  face the  following  challenges in  managing their

operations:

(cid:127) Developing new products for new markets without increasing capital expenditures;

(cid:127) Capturing and retaining existing customers through perfect order  performance;

(cid:127) Efficiently managing a complex, global supply chain;

(cid:127) Producing product in the optimal plant  to  deliver  maximum  profitability and superior customer

service;  and

(cid:127) Designing assets to deliver consistent product quality.

6

Pharmaceuticals

Changing industry dynamics and increasing competition from generic drug  products are driving
pharmaceutical companies to improve their operational  capabilities to improve profitability. As a result,
many  pharmaceutical companies are  now  viewing manufacturing and distribution not only as a means
of meeting demanding quality and supply criteria, but also as a means  of achieving  a competitive
advantage by reducing costs.

Pharmaceutical companies face a number of challenges.  Regulatory  agencies are  demanding strict,

detailed material, process, and personnel tracking. In addition,  companies are  facing  increased
competition from generic drugs. As a result, companies are  seeking  to  bring new products to market
faster to maximize sales and profits during their initial  patent protection period. To respond to these
pressures, pharmaceutical companies are looking to implement solutions that can help  them meet  their
regulatory requirements, reduce time  to  market and decrease  production costs.

Specifically, pharmaceutical companies face  the following challenges in managing  their operations:

(cid:127) Complying with strict regulatory requirements;

(cid:127) Improving manufacturing agility to take  advantage of new approaches and  processes;

(cid:127) Reducing time required to scale-up  production;

(cid:127) Improving customer service; and

(cid:127) Improving quality management processes.

Engineering and Construction

Engineering and construction (E&C) companies design and build  the assets that are  used  in the
process industries. The business is cyclical and generally follows the pattern of the process industries
that the E&C companies serve. Many  of the largest E&Cs balance their portfolios by supporting a
broad cross section of vertical markets  in  an attempt  to  insulate  themselves from overexposure  to  any
individual market segment.

E&C firms compete for business on a  global basis.  One  of  the challenges they  face is  the need to

execute large scale projects quickly, efficiently and profitably. To  do this they must be able to exploit
engineering resources around the world, with engineers  in different locations  working on the same
project. In addition, the ability to execute  a  broad portfolio  of  projects  is the key to the  long-term
health of these firms. Finally, E&C firms must pursue joint  ventures and  partnerships  in order to
compete effectively on the biggest projects.

To respond to these challenges, E&Cs are  standardizing their  integrated workflows and  best

practices using application software so the companies can  undertake  more projects that can  be  executed
simultaneously and cost-effectively. They want software to help develop the most cost-competitive
designs, reduce errors and rework, and keep rates low—allowing the companies  to  work on projects
anywhere in the world, regardless of where the  end customer  is located. As  a result, software is vital to
E&Cs  to allow them to compete, collaborate and thrive  in a very competitive market.

Specifically, E&C companies face the following challenges in managing  their  operations:

(cid:127) Reducing time required to bid on, start up and complete projects;

(cid:127) Working on many projects simultaneously all  over the world using  engineers located in different

countries;

(cid:127) Working on projects in collaboration with partners;

(cid:127) Improving quality management processes;  and

(cid:127) Complying with strict regulatory requirements.

7

Other  Process Industry Markets

Other process industry markets we serve include:

(cid:127) Power and Utilities;

(cid:127) Consumer Products;

(cid:127) Metals and Mining;

(cid:127) Pulp and Paper; and

(cid:127) Biofuels.

Power and Utility companies are seeking to find ways to generate more energy  for a  larger
population, without violating increasingly  stringent environmental and greenhouse gas emissions
standards. The companies in this sector include regulated and de-regulated providers, as well as widely
diverse generation units from hydro, wind  and solar power, to natural gas,  nuclear and  coal-fired units.
Power and utility companies use our  software to design their  plants, generate energy more efficiently
and reduce emissions.

Consumer Products companies need  to develop and design new products to drive growth  and

profitability. In addition, the supply chain, extending  from raw  materials  acquisition, through
manufacturing and out to the final customer,  is a key determinant of  profitability. Consumer products
companies use our software to reduce ramp-up times, operate their plants more  efficiently and
optimize their supply chains.

Metals and Mining companies face challenges from increasing globalization, commodity price
volatility and the need to drive down  production costs. Energy  is a major component in processing the
raw  materials. Metals and mining companies  use our software to optimize their  production  operations.

Profitability within the pulp and paper industries  is largely  driven by efficiencies in  operations—
securing raw materials cost-effectively,  reducing  operating costs,  improving quality yield and  keeping
inventories low. Managing energy usage, costs and emissions is also  critical.  Pulp  and paper companies
use our software to design their processes,  manage  their  operations more efficiently, reduce energy
costs and reduce emissions.

Biofuels is an area that is growing in  importance. It  is likely  that governmental  policies  and strict

emissions regulations will contribute  to  further  growth. Our software  can be used to optimize the
design and operation of biofuel plants  in  the same way that  it is used in fossil  fuel  or chemical  plants.

Process Industry Technology

Historically, technology solutions have played a major role  in helping process companies  drive

productivity improvements. In the 1980s,  this increase in efficiency came from the  use of distributed
control systems (DCS) to automate the management of plant hardware. These systems utilized
computer hardware, communication  networks and industrial  instruments to measure, record  and
automatically control process variables.  In  the 1990s, productivity was enhanced by the adoption  of
ERP systems to streamline back office  functions. However,  although DCS and  ERP solutions are
important components of a solution  to  improve manufacturing enterprise  performance, they do not
incorporate either the detailed chemical engineering knowledge essential to  optimize  the design and
operation of related manufacturing processes,  or the plant performance data required  to  support more
intelligent real-time decision-making. As a  result, their ability to optimize the manufacturing process is
limited.

Today, process manufacturers are seeking tools  to  help  them improve their  operating performance,

competitive position and responsiveness  to  increasingly volatile raw  material  and end  markets.  For

8

example, while rising oil prices provide an opportunity  for  petroleum refiners to raise their prices,  they
also increase the cost of operating energy-intensive manufacturing facilities  downstream. These
dynamics are creating demand for intelligent decision-support products  that  can provide  an accurate
real-time understanding of a plant’s capabilities, as  well as accurate planning and collaborative
forecasting information.

As process manufacturers have become more adept at using products that optimize individual
engineering, manufacturing and supply  chain management business processes, they  are increasingly
seeking additional performance improvements  by  integrating these products, both  with one another and
with DCS, ERP and other enterprise systems, to provide  real-time, intelligent decision support.  To
achieve these objectives, companies are  implementing  solutions that integrate related business processes
within a single production facility and across  multiple sites.  By adding planning and scheduling
functionality,  companies are extending  these solutions to optimize  their  supply chains, reduce  cycle
times, adjust production to meet changing  customer  requirements, synchronize key business processes
with plants and customers across numerous geographies and  time  zones,  and quote delivery  dates more
accurately and reliably.

The AspenTech Advantage

Process manufacturers use our solutions to improve their profitability and competitiveness, not

only by reducing raw material and energy  use, cycle time, inventory cost and time to market, but
increasingly by synchronizing and streamlining key business processes. Our competitive advantage is
based on the following key attributes:

Substantial process industry expertise. By developing and implementing software  for  the process

industries for more than twenty-five years, we have amassed significant  process industry  domain
knowledge. Our employees have pioneered major advances that are considered  industry-standard
software applications across a wide variety of  engineering, manufacturing and supply chain applications.
Our services and development staff are recognized  experts in delivering value to our customers  based
on practical experience gained from  supporting  numerous installations  of  our software worldwide.

This significant base of chemical engineering expertise,  process manufacturing experience and
industry know-how serves as the foundation for the proprietary  solutions, physical property  models and
data estimation techniques embedded in  our software  solutions. We continually enhance  our software
applications through extensive interaction  with  our customers,  some of which have worked  with our
products for more than twenty years.  To complement our software solutions, our staff of project
engineers provides implementation and  other professional services.  We believe  our process
manufacturing operations professional services  team is one of the largest and most  experienced in  the
world.

Large and valuable customer base. We view our customer base of more than  1,500 process

manufacturers as an important strategic  asset and as  evidence of one of  the  strongest franchises in the
industry. Our relationships with leading  companies in  the process  industries enable us to identify and
develop solutions that best meet the  needs of our  customers. They  are  a  valuable part of our efforts to
bring new software solutions to the process industries.

Rapid,  high return on investment. We believe that customers purchase our products because  they

provide rapid, demonstrable and significant returns on investment. Even  small improvements in
productivity can generate substantial recurring benefits due to the  large production volumes  and
relatively low profit margins typical in many process industries.  First-year savings can exceed the cost  of
our  products. In addition, our products can generate important organizational efficiencies and
operational improvements that can increase the  return on investment  even  further. With experienced

9

operators retiring, we are focused on building software that is  simpler to use,  however just as effective.
As a result, we expect further adoption  of our products by our customers.

Integrated solutions. As process manufacturers increasingly focus on integration and optimization

of their operations, many of our existing  customers have implemented our  integrated  application  suites.
The release of our aspenONE(cid:3) solution in 2004 marked the evolution of our  product offering from  a
portfolio of best-of-breed products into  an integrated suite of applications. Our aspenONE  software
provides a unified, modular platform  based  around common data models that makes critical
operational data more widely available to an organization and allows our customers  to  address
inefficiencies throughout the plant. While some vendors offer stand-alone products that compete  with
one or more of our products, we believe we are  the first provider that  offers a comprehensive solution
to process manufacturers that addresses  key  business  processes  in manufacturing operations. We
historically have had a licensing model  for our aspenONE suite  of solutions which  is calculated  and
priced on the basis of exchangeable units of measurement,  or  ‘‘tokens.’’ In July 2009, we introduced a
new licensing model which provides customers with flexible access to all engineering and
manufacturing/supply chain solutions within  the overall aspenONE suite.  Customers can initially choose
to implement on a standalone user basis  or  using  tokens which  are scalable as the  customer’s  needs
evolve.  Each subscription-based license  also provides  customers with bundled maintenance and  updates
as well as access to new aspenONE products that  may  be  introduced over time. Thus, our solutions can
be used on a stand-alone basis, integrated with one  another, or integrated with third-party applications.
The breadth of our solutions expands  the overall  value we bring to our customers and represents an
important source of competitive differentiation.

Strategy

Our strategy is to build our market and  technology leadership position by developing and

delivering software that helps our customers design and run their  plants and supply chains more
efficiently.

As part of this strategy we intend to:

Deliver innovative new solutions. With our aspenONE solution, we provide  an integrated suite of

engineering, manufacturing and supply  chain management software applications for process
manufacturing. Our aspenONE solution  has been adopted by a number of leading chemical and energy
companies. We intend to continue building upon  our aspenONE software  framework to deliver greater
integration and new features.

Facilitate widespread usage of our products. We will continue to focus on developing  software that

is powerful and accurate, but that is  also  flexible  and  easy to use. In addition, we have expanded  our
on-line training capabilities and introduced technology to allow our customers to track their usage of
our  software. These attributes are becoming increasingly important to our customers as they seek to
train and develop the next generation  of  process engineers.

Maintain our leadership position in the  process  industries. For more than 25 years, we have had a
track record of innovation and technology leadership in the process industries. We have relationships
with the major players and intend to  continue to develop and enhance our existing offerings to respond
to our customers’ needs and ensure that  our products are  being used in the  most effective manner.

Products: Software Licenses

Our software enables our customers  to optimize the  profitability of their manufacturing  operations.

It  is based upon proprietary empirical  models of chemical  manufacturing processes  and the  equipment
used in those processes that provide  highly  accurate representations of the  chemical  and physical
properties of a broad range of materials typically  encountered in the  process industries.  These models

10

and the associated knowledge captured in  the supporting IT systems provide real-time, intelligent
decision support across the entire process manufacturing enterprise.

Our solutions are focused on three primary business areas: engineering,  manufacturing, and supply

chain  management, and are delivered both as stand-alone solutions  and as part of the integrated
aspenONE product suite. The aspenONE solution framework enables  our  engineering, manufacturing
and supply chain products to be integrated into a unified, modular platform. Additional aspenONE
software modules can be added as the  customer’s requirements evolve. The result is enterprise-wide
access to real-time, model-based information that enables manufacturers to forecast or simulate  the
economic impact of potential actions  and  make  better, faster and  more profitable operating  decisions.

Engineering. Process manufacturers must be able to address  a variety of challenging  questions

relating to strategic planning, collaborative  engineering and debottlenecking  and process
improvement—from where they should  locate their facilities, to how they can make their products  at
the lowest cost, to what is the best way  to  operate for maximum efficiency. To address these issues, they
must improve asset optimization to enable  faster, better execution of complex projects. Our  engineering
solutions help companies maximize their  return on  plant  assets and  enable collaboration with engineers
on common models and projects.

Our engineering solutions are used on the process engineer’s  desktop to design and improve plants

and processes. Customers use our engineering software  and services  during  both  the design and
ongoing operation of their facilities to  model and improve the way they develop and deploy
manufacturing assets. Our products enable customers to improve their return on capital,  improve
physical plant operating performance and  bring new products to market more quickly.

Our engineering tools are implemented  on Microsoft Corporation’s operating  systems and typically

do not require substantial professional services, although services  may be provided  for customized
model designs and process synthesis.

Manufacturing. Our manufacturing products focus on optimizing our customers’ day-to-day

processing activities, enabling the customer to make  better,  more profitable decisions and improve plant
performance. The typical production  cycle offers many opportunities for optimizing profits. Process
manufacturers must be able to address a  wide range of issues  driving execution efficiency  and cost,
from selecting the right raw materials, to production scheduling, to identifying  the right balance among
customer satisfaction, cost and inventory.  Our manufacturing products  support the execution of the
optimal operating plan in real time. These  solutions include  desktop and server applications and IT
infrastructure that enable companies  to  model, manage and control their plants more  efficiently,
helping them to make better-informed, more profitable  decisions. These  solutions help  companies make
decisions that can reduce fixed and variable costs in the plant, improve product yields, procure  the right
raw  materials and evaluate opportunities  for cost  savings and  efficiencies in  their  operations.

Supply chain management. Our supply chain management products enable  companies to reduce
inventory and increase asset efficiency  by giving them  the tools to optimize their supply  chain decisions,
from choosing the right raw materials  to  delivering finished product  in the most cost-effective manner.
The ever-changing nature of the process  industries means new  profit opportunities can appear at any
time. To identify and seize these opportunities, process  manufacturers must be able to increase their
access to data and information across the  value chain, optimize planning and collaborate  across the
value chain, and detect and exploit supply chain opportunities. Our supply chain management solutions
include desktop and server applications and IT  infrastructure that enable  manufacturers to operate
their plants and supply chains more efficiently, from customer  demand through manufacturing  to
delivery of the finished product. These solutions  help  companies  to  reduce inventory carrying costs,
respond more quickly to changes in market conditions  and improve customer service.

11

The table below shows the five integrated aspenONE  modules we have developed across the three

business areas, the major products that are contained  within those modules, and the typical customer
benefits arising from deployment of our solutions.

Business Area

aspenONE Module

Major Products

Typical Customer Benefits

Engineering . . . .

Engineering

(cid:127) Aspen Plus(cid:3)
(cid:127) Aspen HYSYS(cid:3)
(cid:127) Aspen Capital Cost Estimator(cid:5)
(cid:127) HTFS(cid:3)
(cid:127) Aspen Basic Engineering

Manufacturing . .

Production Management & (cid:127) Aspen InfoPlus.21(cid:3)
Execution
Advanced Process Control (cid:127) Aspen  DMCplus(cid:3)

(cid:127) Reduced capital and operating costs
(cid:127) Reduced time to ramp up

manufacturing

(cid:127) Lowered manufacturing costs
(cid:127) Increased asset  utilization
(cid:127) Increased production flexibility and

agility

(cid:127) More efficient execution of capital

projects

(cid:127) Improved asset efficiency
(cid:127) Reduced  energy  costs
(cid:127) Reduced costs of regulatory

compliance

(cid:127) Increased throughput
(cid:127) Improved product consistency
(cid:127) Improved process stability and

control

Supply Chain . . .

Supply & Distribution

(cid:127) Aspen Inventory Management &

Operations Scheduling(cid:5)

(cid:127) Improved asset efficiency
(cid:127) Improved responses to customer

Planning & Scheduling

(cid:127) Aspen Petroleum Supply Chain

Planner(cid:5)
(cid:127) Aspen Retail(cid:5)
(cid:127) Aspen PIMS(cid:5)
(cid:127) Aspen Petroleum Scheduler(cid:5)
(cid:127) Aspen Olefins Scheduler(cid:5)
(cid:127) Aspen Plant Scheduler
(cid:127) Aspen Supply Planner
(cid:127) Aspen Collaborative Demand

Manager(cid:5)

requirements

(cid:127) Improved responses to changes in

market conditions

(cid:127) Reduced inventory carrying costs
(cid:127) Improved feedstock selection
(cid:127) Decreased planning costs

Our software products can be linked  with  a customer’s  existing ERP products and DCS  to  further

improve the customer’s ability to gather,  analyze  and  use the resulting information  across the  process
manufacturing continuum. They provide  decision  support tools that use  real-time plant information to
determine the best economic alternative for the enterprise. These  decisions cannot be adequately made
by simply analyzing historical data from  ERP systems or  from disparate software applications that are
not integrated. By modeling future operational behavior,  using  consistent data and  models of customer
facilities, our products provide customers with a path to capturing economic value  and materially
improving profitability.

Maintenance and Training

Our maintenance business consists primarily of  providing customer technical support and access  to

software fixes and upgrades, when and if  they  become available. Our customer technical  support
services are provided throughout the world by our three global call centers as well as  via email and
through our support website. Our training  business consists of  a variety  of different types of training
solutions ranging from standardized training which can  be  delivered in a public forum or on-site  at a
customer’s location, to customized training sessions which can be tailored  to  fit customer  needs.

Professional Services

We  offer professional services to provide our customers with  complete solutions. These  services
include designing, analyzing, debottlenecking and improving plant performance through continuous
process improvements, coupled with activities aimed at  operating the plant safely and reliably  while
minimizing energy costs and improving yields and  throughput. Our  implementation and  configuration

12

services are primarily associated with  the deployment of our manufacturing and supply chain
management solutions. We generally  charge customers  for  professional services,  ranging  from supply
chain  to on-site advanced process control and optimization services, on a fixed-price basis  or
time-and-materials basis.

In order to provide professional services to our customers,  we  primarily employ  project  engineers
with degrees in chemical engineering or a  similar discipline, or who have significant relevant  industry
experience. Our employees include experts in fields such  as thermophysical properties, distillation,
adsorption processes, polymer processes,  industrial  reactor modeling, the identification of empirical
models  for process control or analysis,  large-scale optimization,  supply distribution systems  modeling
and scheduling methods.

Strategic Alliances

We  have established strategic alliances with  select  companies that offer a complementary set  of
technologies, services and industry expertise that help us commercialize  and accelerate  the adoption of
our  solutions. In addition to these strategic alliances, we  are focused on developing new  channel
partners, including resellers, agents and  systems integrators, which  can help  increase sales in specific
regions and target markets. Historically,  most  of our license sales have  been generated through  our
direct sales force.

Technology and Product Development

Our base of chemical engineering expertise,  process manufacturing experience and industry

know-how serves as the foundation for the proprietary solution  methods, physical property models and
industry-specific business process knowledge embedded  in our software  solutions.  Our software  and
services solutions combine three of our  core  competencies:

(cid:127) We support sophisticated empirical  models generated  from advanced  mathematical algorithms

developed by our employees. In addition,  we support  rigorous models  of  chemical manufacturing
processes and the equipment used in those processes.  We have used these  advanced algorithms
to develop proprietary models that provide  highly accurate  representations of  the chemical  and
physical properties of a broad range of materials typically  encountered in the energy,  chemicals,
and other process industries.

(cid:127) We develop software that models key  customer manufacturing and business processes and

automates the workflow of these processes. This software  integrates our broad product line  so
that the data used in manufacturing processes  are seamlessly  passed between the  applications
used in each step of the business processes.

(cid:127) We have invested significantly in supply chain software, which embeds  sophisticated  technology
allowing customers to optimize their extended supply chain activities. In addition, this software
embeds key knowledge about the details of how manufacturing  and supply chain operations
function in the process industries.

Our product development activities are currently focused on strengthening the integration  of  our

applications and adding new capabilities  that address specific  mission-critical operational  business
processes in each industry. During fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, we incurred research and development
costs of $41.5 million, $45.2 million, and $42.7 million, respectively, which represented 13.3%,  14.5%,
and 12.5% of total revenues, respectively.

Sales and Marketing

We  employ a value-based sales approach, offering our customers a comprehensive suite of software

and services that enhance the efficiency and productivity of the  customer’s process manufacturing

13

operations. We have increasingly focused on selling our  products  as a strategic  investment for  our
customers and therefore devote an increasing portion of our  sales  efforts at senior management levels,
including senior decision-makers in manufacturing, operations  and technology. Our aspenONE solution
strategy supports this value-based approach  by broadening the scope of  optimization  across the  entire
spectrum of operations and expanding the  use of process models in the  operations  environment by
linking  engineering, plant and business  systems to improve our customers’ visibility into their
manufacturing operations.

Competition

Our markets are highly competitive and characterized  by rapid technological change.  We  expect

the intensity of competition in our markets to increase as existing  competitors enhance and expand
their product and service offerings and as  new participants enter the market.  Increased competition
may result in price reductions, reduced profitability and loss of market share. We cannot ensure that we
will be able to compete successfully against existing  or future competitors. Some of our customers and
companies with which we have strategic relationships  also are,  or  may become,  competitors.

Many of our current and potential competitors have  greater financial,  technical,  marketing,  service

and other resources than we have in  a  particular  market  segment or overall. Companies  with greater
financial resources may be able to offer  lower prices,  additional  products or services, or  other
incentives that we cannot match or offer. These competitors may be in a  stronger position to respond
quickly to new technologies and may be able to undertake more  extensive  marketing campaigns. They
also may adopt more aggressive pricing  policies and  make  more attractive offers to potential customers,
employees and strategic partners.

Many of our competitors have established, and in  the future  may establish, cooperative

relationships with third parties to improve  their  product offerings and  to increase the  availability of
their products to the marketplace. In  addition, competitors  may make  strategic acquisitions to increase
their ability to gain market share or  improve the  quality or marketability of their products. These
cooperative relationships and strategic acquisitions could reduce our  market share; require us  to  lower
our  prices, or both.

Our primary competitors differ among  our three principal business areas: engineering,

manufacturing, and supply chain management. Our  engineering software competes with products  of
businesses such as ABB Ltd, Chemstations, Inc.,  Honeywell  International, Inc.,  Invensys plc, KBC
Advanced Technologies plc, and Shell Global Solutions International  BV. Our manufacturing software
competes with products of companies such as ABB Ltd., Honeywell International, Inc., Invensys  plc,
OSIsoft, Inc., Rockwell Automation, Inc., Siemens  AG and  SAP.  Our supply  chain management
software competes with products of companies  such as i2  Technologies,  Inc., Infor Global Solutions,
Manugistics, Inc. (a subsidiary of JDA  Software Group, Inc.),  Oracle Corporation, and  SAP. In
addition, we face competition in all areas of  our business from large companies in the process
industries that have internally developed  their own  proprietary  software solutions.

We  believe the key competitive differentiator in  our industry  is the value, or  return  on investment,

that our software and services provide. We seek to develop  and offer  an integrated suite of targeted,
high-value vertical industry solutions that  can  be  implemented with relatively limited service
requirements. We believe this approach  provides us with  an advantage over many  of  our  competitors
that offer software products that are more  service-based. The  principal  competitive factors in our
industry also include:

(cid:127) Breadth and depth of software offerings;

(cid:127) Domain expertise of sales and service personnel;

(cid:127) Consistent global support;

14

(cid:127) Performance and reliability;

(cid:127) Price; and

(cid:127) Time to market.

Intellectual Property

We  regard our software as proprietary and rely  on a  combination of copyright, patent, trademark

and trade secret laws, license and confidentiality  agreements, and  software security measures to protect
our  proprietary rights. We have obtained  or applied for  patent  protection with respect to some of our
intellectual property, but generally do not  rely on  patents  as a principal  means of protecting intellectual
property. We have registered or applied to register some of our significant trademarks in the U.S. and
in selected other countries.

We  generally enter into non-disclosure agreements  with our employees  and customers, and
historically have restricted access to our software source code and licenses, which we regard as
proprietary information. In certain cases, we  provide copies of source  code to customers  solely for the
purpose of special product customization  or  have deposited copies of the source  code  in third-party
escrow accounts as security for ongoing service and license  obligations. In  these cases, we rely on
non-disclosure and other contractual provisions  to  protect our proprietary rights.

The laws of many countries in which  our  products are licensed may not protect our intellectual

property rights to the same extent as  the  laws of the  U.S. The laws of  many countries in  which we
license our products protect trademarks solely on the  basis of registration.  We currently possess a
limited number of trademark registrations  in selected foreign  jurisdictions and  have applied for certain
copyright and patent registrations to protect our products  in certain foreign jurisdictions where we
conduct business.

The steps we have taken to protect our proprietary  rights may not be adequate to deter
misappropriation of our technology or  independent  development by  others of technologies that are
substantially equivalent or superior to our  technology.  Any misappropriation of our technology  or
development of competitive technologies  could harm our business. We could  incur  substantial costs in
protecting and enforcing our intellectual  property rights.

Moreover, from time to time third parties may assert patent, trademark, copyright and  other
intellectual property rights to technologies  that  are important to our business. In such an  event, we  may
incur significant costs in litigating a resolution to the asserted claims. The outcome of  any litigation
might require that we pay damages or obtain a  license of a third  party’s proprietary  rights in  order to
continue licensing our products as currently offered. If  such a license were required, it  might not be
available on terms acceptable to us, or at all.

We  believe that the success of our business depends more on the quality of our proprietary
software products, technology, processes  and  know-how  than on trademarks, copyrights or patents.
While we consider our intellectual property rights to be valuable, we  do not believe that our
competitive position in the industry is  dependent  simply on obtaining legal  protection for our software
products and technology. Instead, we believe that the success of our  business depends primarily  on our
ability to maintain a leadership position by  developing  proprietary software products, technology,
information, processes and know-how.  Nevertheless, we  attempt to protect  our  intellectual property
rights with respect to our products and  development processes through  trademark, copyright and patent
registrations, both foreign and domestic,  whenever appropriate as part of  our ongoing research and
development activities.

15

Employees

As of October 18, 2009, we had a total of 1,311 full-time  employees, of whom 704  were located in

the U.S.  None of our employees are represented by a labor union, except  for approximately 9
employees of Hyprotech UK Limited who  belong to the Prospect union for professionals. We have
experienced no work stoppages and believe that our employee relations are satisfactory.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Investing in our common stock involves  a high degree  of risk.  You should  carefully consider the  risks

and uncertainties described below before purchasing our common  stock. The risks and uncertainties
described below are not the only ones facing our company.  Additional risks and  uncertainties  may also
impair our business operations. If any  of the following risks  actually  occur, our business, financial  condition,
results of operations or cash flows would likely suffer. In  that case, the trading price of  our common stock
could fall, and you may lose all or part of  the money you paid  to buy our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

Our operating results and stock price will be  adversely affected from our  new subscription-based licensing
offering and will be further adversely affected if customers do  not  react favorably  to our new  subscription-
based licensing offering.

In July, 2009, we introduced a new license offering for our aspenONE software  suite  in which
customers are granted access to specific sets of our software  products. Access to the aspenONE suite is
calculated and priced on the basis of  exchangeable units of  measurement, or ‘‘tokens.’’  Maintenance
and updates are included in the license, as well as access  to any new software products added to the
aspenONE suite during the license term.

Previously, we typically recognized the net present value of license fees over the  license term  as
revenue in the period in which the license  agreement was signed and the software was delivered to the
customer. We expect our new aspenONE licensing  offering  to  result in revenue being recognized on a
subscription basis over the term of multi-year contracts.  Although we expect the new  licensing offering
to result in increased customer usage and higher revenues over time, we are not able to predict the
rate of adoption of the new license offering, and therefore cannot predict  the timing or amount of
future revenues or level of profitability.  As referenced in our current report  on Form 8-K  filed with the
SEC on July 9, 2009, we expect that  this change  from predominantly  up-front revenue recognition will
result in our reporting significantly lower revenue and large  operating losses in  the near-term. The
announcement of such losses as well  as  the lack  of visibility  into  future operating results  may have a
significant adverse effect on our stock  price.

Our operating results depend on customers  in or serving the energy, chemicals, pharmaceutical,  and
engineering and construction industries, which  are highly cyclical, and our operating results may suffer if
these  industries continue to experience an economic downturn.

Our operating results depend on companies in or serving the  energy, chemicals, engineering  and

construction and pharmaceutical industries. Accordingly, our  future success depends upon  the
continued demand for manufacturing  optimization  software and services by companies  in these process
manufacturing industries. These industries are highly cyclical and highly reactive to the price of oil, as
well as general economic conditions.  At least one  of  our  customers has filed  for bankruptcy protection,
which  may affect associated cash receipts  and the  extent to which revenue from this customer may be
recognized. There is no assurance that other customers may not also seek bankruptcy or  other similar
relief from creditors, which could adversely affect  our  results of operations.

16

Adverse changes in the economy and  global economic  and political uncertainty  have previously

caused delays and reductions in IT spending  by  our customers and a consequent deterioration  of the
markets for our products and services,  particularly  our manufacturing/supply  chain product suites. If
adverse economic conditions persist, we would likely experience reductions, delays  and postponements
of customer purchases that will negatively  impact our operating  results.

In addition, in the past, worldwide economic downturns and pricing  pressures  experienced by
energy, chemical, and other process industries have led  to consolidations  and  reorganizations. These
downturns, pricing pressures and reorganizations  have caused delays and  reductions  in capital and
operating expenditures by many of these companies.  These delays  and reductions have  reduced  demand
for products and services like ours. A recurrence of these  industry  patterns, including any recurrence
that may occur in connection with current global economic events,  as well as  general domestic and
foreign economic conditions and other  factors that  reduce spending by companies  in these industries,
could harm our operating results in the future.

Securities litigation based on our restatement of our  consolidated  financial statements due to  our prior
software accounting practices may subject  us to substantial  damages and expenses, may  require significant
management time, and may damage our  reputation.

In March 2006, we settled class action litigation,  including related derivative claims, arising out of

our  originally filed consolidated financial  statements  for fiscal 2000 through 2004, the accounting for
which  we restated in March 2005. Members of the  class who  opted out  of the settlement  (representing
1,457,969 shares of common stock, or less  than 1% of the shares putatively purchased during the class
action period) brought their own state or  federal law claims against  us, referred  to  as ‘‘opt-out’’  claims.

Separate actions were filed on behalf  of the holders of  approximately  1.1 million  shares who  either

opted out of the class action settlement  or were not covered by  that settlement. One of these actions
was settled. The claims in the remaining  actions (described below) include  claims against us  and one or
more of our former officers alleging  securities and  common law fraud,  breach of  contract, statutory
treble damages, deceptive practices and/or rescissory damages liability, based on the restated results of
one or more fiscal periods included in our restated consolidated  financial  statements referenced in the
class action.

(cid:127) Blecker, et al. v. Aspen Technology, Inc.,  et al., filed on June 5, 2006 in the Business Litigation
Session of the Massachusetts Superior  Court  for Suffolk County  and docketed as Civ. A.
No. 06-2357-BLS1 in that court, is an opt-out claim asserted by persons who  received 248,411
shares of our common stock in an acquisition.  Fact discovery in this action closed on July  18,
2008, and a non-jury trial began on November  3, 2009. On October  17, 2008, the  plaintiffs filed
a new complaint in the Superior Court  of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,  captioned
Herbert  G. and Eunice E. Blecker v. Aspen Technology, Inc. et al., Civ. A. No. 08-4625-BLS1
(Blecker II). The sole claim in Blecker II is based on  the Massachusetts  Uniform Securities Act.
We  served a motion to dismiss on December 3,  2008 which  the plaintiffs  have opposed. The
motion was argued before the court on  March 23,  2009 and is pending.

(cid:127) 380544 Canada, Inc., et al. v. Aspen Technology, Inc., et al., filed on February 15, 2007 in the

federal district court for the Southern District of New York and docketed as  Civ. A.
No. 1:07-cv-01204-JFK in that court, is a  claim  asserted  by persons who purchased 566,665
shares of our common stock in a private  placement. Certain  motions to dismiss filed by other
defendants were resolved on May 5, 2009, and discovery  is scheduled to conclude on
February 12, 2010.

The remaining claims in the Blecker and 380544 Canada actions referenced above are for damages

totaling at least $20 million, not including  claims  for treble damages and attorneys’  fees.  We  plan to
defend  these actions vigorously. We can  provide no assurance as to the  outcome of these opt-out claims

17

or the likelihood of the filing of additional opt-out claims,  and these claims may result in judgments
against us for significant damages. Regardless of  the outcome, such litigation  has resulted  in the past,
and may continue  to result in the future,  in  significant legal  expenses and may  require significant
attention and resources of management,  all of which could  result  in losses  and damages that have a
material adverse effect on our business.

We  are required to advance legal fees  (subject to undertakings of  repayment if required)  and may

be  required  to  indemnify  certain  of  our  current  or  former  directors  and  officers  in  connection  with  civil,
criminal or regulatory proceedings or actions,  and  such indemnification commitments may be costly.
Our executive and organization liability insurance policies provide only limited liability protection
relating to such actions against us and certain of our officers  and directors, and will likely  not  cover the
costs of director and officer indemnification  or other liabilities  incurred by us;  accordingly, if we are
unable to achieve a favorable settlement  thereof, our financial condition could be materially  harmed.
Also, increased premiums could materially harm our  financial results in  future periods. Our inability  to
obtain coverage due to prohibitively expensive  premiums would make it more difficult  to  retain and
attract officers and directors and expose  us to potentially  self-funding any potential future liabilities
ordinarily mitigated by such liability insurance.

The modification of the consent decree  with the Federal  Trade Commission  and the related  settlement with
Honeywell International, Inc. could have a  material adverse  effect on  our business  and  financial  condition.

In December 2004, we entered into a consent decree  with the Federal Trade  Commission (FTC)

with respect to a civil administrative  complaint filed  by  the FTC in August  2003 alleging  that  our
acquisition of Hyprotech Ltd. and related  subsidiaries of AEA Technology plc (Hyprotech) in  May 2002
was anticompetitive in violation of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission  Act and Section 7 of the
Clayton Act. In connection with the consent  decree, we entered into an agreement  with Honeywell
International, Inc. (Honeywell), on October 6,  2004 (Honeywell Agreement), pursuant to which  we
transferred our operator training business  and our rights to  the  intellectual property  of  various legacy
Hyprotech products. We are subject to ongoing compliance  obligations under  the FTC consent decree.
We  responded to requests by the Staff  of  the FTC beginning in  2006 for information  relating to the
Staff’s investigation of whether we have complied with the consent decree.  In addition, the  FTC voted
to recommend to the Consumer Litigation Division  (Division) of  the U.S.  Department  of  Justice that
the Division commence litigation against  us relating  to  our alleged failure  to  comply with certain
aspects of the decree. Although we believe that  we complied  with the  consent  decree and that the
assertions by the FTC Staff were without merit,  we engaged in  settlement discussions  with the FTC
Staff regarding this matter. Following  such  discussions, on  July 6, 2009, we  announced that the FTC
closed the investigation relating to the alleged violations  of  the decree, and issued an  order  modifying
the consent decree. Following a thirty-day period for public comment  on the modification to the
original decree, the modified order became final on August  20, 2009. The modification to the  2004
consent decree requires that we continue to provide the ability for users to  save input variable  case
data for Aspen HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS  Dynamics  software in  a standard ‘‘portable’’ format, which
will make it easier for users to transfer case data from later versions of the products to earlier versions.
AspenTech will also provide documentation to Honeywell of the Aspen HYSYS and  Aspen HYSYS
Dynamics input variables, as well as  documentation  of  the covered heat exchange  products. These
requirements will apply to all existing  and  future  versions of the  covered products up  to  2014. In
addition, in connection with the settlement of the related litigation with Honeywell,  AspenTech has
provided to Honeywell a license to modify and distribute (in object code form) certain versions  of
AspenTech’s flare system analyzer software. There is no assurance that the actions required  by  the
FTC’s modified order and related settlement  with Honeywell will not provide  Honeywell with
additional competitive advantages that  could materially adversely affect our results  of operations.

18

In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we identified  material  weaknesses in our internal  control
over financial reporting, and our failure to remedy the material weaknesses identified  as  of June 30, 2009
could result in material misstatements  in our financial  statements.

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal  control over

our  financial reporting, as defined in  Rule  13a-15(f)  under the  Securities  Exchange Act  of  1934
(Exchange Act). Our management identified four  material  weaknesses in  our  internal control over
financial reporting as of June 30, 2009. A material weakness is  defined as  a deficiency,  or combination
of deficiencies, in internal control over financial  reporting, such that  there is a  reasonable  possibility
that a material misstatement of our annual  or interim financial  statements will not be prevented  or
detected on a timely basis.

The material weaknesses identified by  management as of June  30, 2009 consisted of:

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective monitoring controls;

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective controls  over the  periodic  financial  close process;

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective controls  over income tax accounting  and  disclosure; and

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective controls  over the  recognition  of revenue.

As a result of these material weaknesses,  our  management concluded as  of June  30, 2009 that our
internal control over financial reporting was  not  effective based on criteria set forth by the  Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission  in Internal Control—An Integrated Framework
(September 1992).

We have begun to implement and continue to implement remedial measures designed  to  address

these material weaknesses. If these remedial measures are insufficient to address these material
weaknesses, or if additional material weaknesses or significant  deficiencies in  our  internal control are
discovered or occur in the future, we may fail to meet our  future reporting obligations on a timely
basis, our consolidated financial statements may contain material misstatements, we could be required
to restate our prior period financial results, our  operating  results may be harmed, we may  be  subject to
class action litigation, and if we regain listing  on a public exchange, our common stock  could  be
delisted from that exchange. Any failure to address the identified material weaknesses  or any  additional
material weaknesses in our internal control could also adversely affect the results of the periodic
management evaluations regarding the effectiveness of our  internal  control  over financial reporting that
are required to be included in our annual reports on Form 10-K. Internal control  deficiencies could
also cause investors to lose confidence  in our reported financial information. We  can give  no assurance
that the measures we plan to take in the  future will  remediate the material weaknesses identified  or
that any additional material weaknesses or additional restatements  of financial results  will  not  arise in
the future due to a failure to implement and  maintain adequate internal control over financial
reporting or circumvention of these controls. In addition,  even if we  are successful in strengthening our
controls and procedures, in the future those  controls  and procedures may not be adequate  to  prevent
or identify irregularities or errors or to facilitate the fair presentation  of our  consolidated  financial
statements.

If in the  future we are not current in our  SEC fillings, we  will face several adverse consequences.

If we are unable to remain current in  our financial filings, investors in our  securities will not have

information regarding our business and financial condition with which to make decisions  regarding
investment in our securities. In addition,  we  would not be  able to have a registration statement under
the Securities Act of 1933 (Securities Act), covering a public offering of securities declared effective by
the SEC, and we would not be able to make offerings pursuant to existing  registration  statements or
pursuant to certain ‘‘private placement’’  rules of the SEC  under Regulation D to any  purchasers not

19

qualifying as ‘‘accredited investors.’’ The lack of an  effective  registration statement would  also result  in
our  employees being unable to exercise  vested options, which  could affect our ability to attract  and
retain qualified personnel. We also would not  be  eligible to use a ‘‘short form’’ registration statement
on Form S-3 for a period of twelve months  after the time we  became current in  our  filings. These
restrictions may impair our ability to  raise  funds should we  desire to do so and may adversely affect
our  financial condition. If we are unable to remain current in our filings,  and we are not able to obtain
waivers under our financing arrangements, it might become  necessary  to repay certain borrowings,
which  could have a material adverse effect on our  results of operations.

Our common stock has been delisted from  The NASDAQ Stock Market  and transferred to the  Pink Sheets
electronic quotation service, which may,  among  other things, reduce  the price of our common stock and the
levels of liquidity available to our stockholders.

As a result of our inability to timely  file the Form 10-K for fiscal  year 2007,  NASDAQ  issued a

Staff Determination to us that, in the  absence of a request for  a hearing,  would have resulted in
suspension of trading of our common stock,  and  filing of  a Form 25-NSE with the  SEC to remove our
securities from listing and registration on The NASDAQ Stock  Market. NASDAQ subsequently issued
an Additional Staff Determination citing our  inability to timely file our Form  10-Q for  the quarterly
period ended September 30, 2007 as an  additional basis for  delisting our securities. An oral hearing was
held at our request on November 15,  2007. At the hearing, we requested  an extension of time to cure
our  SEC filing deficiency. The NASDAQ Listing  Qualifications Panel,  or  the Panel, determined on
January 7, 2008 to grant our request for  continued listing,  subject to certain conditions,  including filing
our  Form 10-K for fiscal year 2007 and  our Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30,
2007, by January 18, 2008. On January 28, 2008,  the Panel  granted  our request for  an extension for
continued listing on The NASDAQ Global Market  through February  8, 2008. On February 14,  2008,  we
received a letter advising us that the NASDAQ Listing Qualifications Panel had determined to delist
our  shares from The NASDAQ Stock Market,  and trading of our shares  was suspended effective at  the
open of business on February 19, 2008.  Our common stock  has been quoted on  the Pink OTC
Markets Inc. electronic quotation service  beginning on February 19, 2008.

There is  no assurance that we will regain listing  of  our  common stock on  a public  exchange. If we

regain  listing and thereafter fail to keep current in our SEC filings or to comply with  the applicable
continued listing requirements, our common stock might  be  and subsequently would trade  in the Pink
Sheets electronic quotation service, or the Pink Sheets. The trading of  our common stock  in the Pink
Sheets may reduce the price of our common  stock and the levels  of  liquidity available to our
stockholders. In addition, the trading of our  common  stock in the Pink Sheets would  materially
adversely affect our access to the capital markets, and  the limited liquidity and potentially reduced
price of our common stock could materially adversely affect our ability to raise  capital through
alternative financing sources on terms  acceptable to us or at all. Stocks  that  trade in the Pink  Sheets
are no longer eligible for margin loans,  and a  company trading  in the Pink Sheets  cannot avail itself of
federal preemption of state securities or  ‘‘blue  sky’’ laws, which adds substantial compliance costs to
securities issuances, including pursuant  to  employee  option plans,  stock purchase plans  and private or
public offerings of securities. If we regain listing  and  are delisted  in the future and  transferred to the
Pink Sheets, there  may also be other  negative implications, including the potential loss of confidence by
suppliers, customers and employees,  and  the loss of institutional investor  interest  in our company.

Our international operations are complex  and if we  fail  to manage  those operations effectively, the growth of
our business would be limited and our operating  results would  be adversely  affected.

As of October 18, 2009, we had 26 offices in 21 countries. We sell our products primarily through

a direct sales force located throughout the world. In  the event that we are unable to adequately staff
and maintain our foreign operations, we  could face difficulties managing  our  international  operations.

20

We  also rely,  to a lesser extent, on distributors and resellers to sell our  products and market  our
services internationally, and our inability  to manage  and maintain those relationships  would limit our
ability to generate revenue outside the U.S. Effective October  6, 2009, we terminated  a reseller outside
the U.S.  See our risk factor below titled ‘‘Our revenue growth, operating results, financial condition or
cash flows may be materially and adversely affected by recent events in connection with reseller
relationships.’’ The complexities of our operations also  require us to make significant expenditures to
ensure that our operations are compliant  with  regulatory requirements in  numerous foreign
jurisdictions. To the extent we are unable to manage the  various risks associated with our complex
international operations effectively, the growth and profitability  of our  business  may be adversely
affected.

Our business may suffer if we fail to address challenges associated with  transacting business internationally.

Customers outside the U.S. accounted for a material  amount of our total revenues in fiscal 2009
and 2008. We anticipate that revenues from  customers outside the U.S. will continue to account  for a
material portion of our total revenues  for the foreseeable future. Our operations  outside the  U.S. are
subject to additional risks, including:

(cid:127) unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, exchange rates,  tariffs and other barriers;

(cid:127) political and economic instability and possible  nationalization  of property by governments

without compensation to the owners;

(cid:127) less effective protection of intellectual property;

(cid:127) difficulties and delays in translating products and product documentation into foreign languages;

(cid:127) difficulties and delays in negotiating software licenses compliant  with accounting  revenue

recognition requirements in the U.S.;

(cid:127) difficulties in collecting trade accounts  receivable in other countries; and

(cid:127) adverse tax consequences.

In addition, the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations on our  operating results  cannot be
accurately predicted. From time to time  we  have engaged in economic hedging of a  significant portion
of installment contracts denominated in  foreign  currencies. In  fiscal  2009 we stopped engaging in
economic hedging; however, we may resume this practice  in the future. Any hedging policies we
implement may not be successful, and the cost of these hedging techniques may have  a significant
negative impact on our operating results.

Competition from software offered by current competitors  and  new market  entrants, as well  as  from internally
developed solutions, could adversely affect  our ability to sell our software products and related services and
could result in pressure to price our products  in  a manner  that  reduces  our margins.

Our markets in general are highly competitive and differ among our three principal  product areas:

engineering, manufacturing, and supply  chain management. Our engineering  software competes  with
products of businesses such as ABB  Ltd,  Chemstations, Inc., Honeywell International, Inc.,
Invensys plc, KBC Advanced Technologies plc,  and Shell Global Solutions International BV. Our
manufacturing software competes with products  of  companies such  as ABB Ltd., Honeywell
International, Inc., Invensys plc, OSIsoft,  Inc., Rockwell Automation,  Inc., Siemens AG and SAP. Our
supply chain management software competes with  products of  companies such as  i2 Technologies, Inc.,
Infor Global Solutions, Manugistics, Inc. (a subsidiary  of JDA Software Group, Inc.),  Oracle
Corporation, and SAP. In addition, we  face competition in all areas of our business from large
companies in the process industries that  have internally  developed their  own proprietary  software
solutions.

21

Many of our current and potential competitors have  greater financial,  technical,  marketing,  service

and other resources than we have. As  a result, these  companies may be able to offer lower prices,
additional products or services, or other  incentives that we  cannot match or  offer. These competitors
may be in a stronger position to respond  more  quickly to new technologies and may be able to
undertake more extensive marketing campaigns. We  believe they  also  have adopted  and may  continue
to pursue more aggressive pricing policies  and  make more  attractive offers to potential customers,
employees and strategic partners. In  addition, many  of  our competitors have established, and may in
the future continue to establish, cooperative relationships  with third parties  to  improve their  product
offerings and to increase the availability  of  their  products in the marketplace. Competitors with greater
financial resources may make strategic  acquisitions to increase their ability to gain  market share or
improve the quality or marketability  of their products.

Competition could seriously impede our  ability to sell  additional software products  and related

services on terms favorable to us. Businesses may continue  to  enhance their internally developed
solutions, rather than investing in commercial  software such  as ours. Our  current and potential
commercial competitors may develop  and  market new  technologies  that render  our  existing or future
products obsolete, unmarketable or less  competitive. In addition,  if these competitors develop products
with similar or superior functionality  to  our products, we may need to decrease the  prices for our
products in order to remain competitive. If we are  unable to maintain our current  pricing due to
competitive pressures, our margins will be reduced and our operating  results will be negatively  affected.
We  cannot assure you that we will be  able to compete successfully  against  current or future competitors
or that competitive pressures will not materially  adversely affect our business,  financial  condition  and
operating results.

If we fail to develop new software products  or enhance existing products and services, we will be unable to
implement our product strategy successfully  and our business  could be seriously harmed.

Enterprises are requiring their application  software vendors to provide  greater levels of
functionality and broader product offerings. Moreover, competitors continue  to  make  rapid
technological advances in computer hardware and  software technology and  frequently introduce new
products, services and enhancements. We must  continue to enhance our  current product line and
develop and introduce new products and services that keep  pace with increasingly sophisticated
customer requirements and the technological developments of our  competitors. Our  business  and
operating results could suffer if we cannot successfully respond to the technological advances of
competitors, or if our new products or product enhancements and  services  do  not  achieve market
acceptance.

Under our business plan, we are implementing a  product strategy that  unifies our software

solutions under the aspenONE brand  with differentiated aspenONE vertical  solutions  targeted at
specific  process industry segments. We  cannot assure  you that our product strategy will  result in
products that will meet market needs and achieve significant market acceptance.

Defects or errors in our software products  could harm our  reputation, impair our ability to  sell our products
and result in significant costs to us.

Our software products are complex and may contain  undetected defects  or  errors. We have  not

suffered significant harm from any defects or  errors to date, but we have from time to time found
defects in our products and we may discover additional  defects  in the future. We may  not  be  able to
detect and correct defects or errors before releasing products. Consequently, we  or our  customers  may
discover defects or errors after our products  have been  implemented. We have  in the past  issued, and

22

may in the future need to issue, corrective  releases of our products to remedy defects  or errors. The
occurrence of any defects or errors could result in:

(cid:127) lost or delayed market acceptance  and sales of our products;

(cid:127) delays in payment to us by customers;

(cid:127) product returns;

(cid:127) injury to our reputation;

(cid:127) diversion of our resources;

(cid:127) legal claims, including product liability claims, against us;

(cid:127) increased service and warranty expenses or financial  concessions; and

(cid:127) increased insurance costs.

Defects and errors in our software products could result  in an increase  in service and warranty

costs or claims for substantial damages against  us.

We may  be subject to significant expenses and damages  because of  liability claims  related to our  products and
services.

We  may be subject to significant expenses and  damages because of liability claims related to our
products and services. The sale and implementation  of  certain of our software  products and services,
particularly in the areas of advanced  process control, supply chain and  optimization, entail the risk of
product  liability claims and associated damages. Our software  products and services are often
integrated with our customers’ networks and  software applications  and are  used  in the design,
operation and management of manufacturing and  supply chain processes  at  large facilities, often for
mission critical applications.

Any errors, defects, performance problems  or other failure  of our  software could result  in
significant liability to us for damages  or for violations of environmental, safety and  other laws and
regulations. We are currently defending  a  customer  claim  of  approximately  $5 million that certain of
our  software products and implementation services failed to  meet customer  expectations. In addition,
our  software products and implementation services could continue  to  give rise  to  warranty  and other
claims. We are unable to determine whether resolution of any of these matters will have a material
adverse impact on our financial position,  cash flows or results of operations, or, in  many cases,
reasonably estimate the amount of the  loss, if any, that  may result from the resolution of these matters.

Our agreements with our customers generally contain provisions designed to limit our exposure  to
potential product liability claims. It is  possible,  however,  that the limitation  of  liability  provisions in our
agreements may not be effective as a result of federal, foreign, state or local laws or ordinances or
unfavorable judicial decisions. A substantial product liability judgment against us could materially and
adversely harm our operating results and financial  condition.  Even if our software is not at  fault, a
product  liability claim brought against us could be time-consuming,  costly to defend and harmful to our
operations.

Implementation of some of our products can  be difficult and time-consuming, and customers may  be unable to
implement those products successfully or otherwise achieve the benefits attributable  to them.

Some scheduling applications and integrated supply chain products  must  integrate with  the existing

computer systems and software programs of  our customers. This  can  be  complex, time-consuming and
expensive. As a result, some customers  may  have difficulty in implementing those products  or be
unable to implement them successfully or otherwise  achieve the benefits  attributable  to  them. Delayed

23

or ineffective implementation of those  software products or related services may limit  our ability  to
expand our revenues and may result in  customer  dissatisfaction,  harm to our reputation and customer
unwillingness to pay the fees associated with these products.

We may  suffer losses on fixed-price professional service engagements.

We  undertake a portion of our professional service engagements on a fixed-price  basis. Under

these types of engagements, we bear the  risk of cost overruns  and inflation,  and in  the past we have
experienced cost overruns, which on  occasion have  been significant. Should the number of our fixed-
price engagements increase in the future, we may  experience  additional cost overruns which could have
a more  pronounced impact on our operating results.

We may  not be able to protect our intellectual property rights, which could make  us less  competitive and cause
us to lose market share.

We  regard our software as proprietary and rely  on a  combination of copyright, patent, trademark

and trade secret laws, license and confidentiality  agreements, and  software security measures to protect
our  proprietary rights. We have registered or have applied to register several of our significant
trademarks in the U.S. and in certain  other  countries. We  generally enter into non-disclosure
agreements with our employees and customers,  and historically  have restricted access to our software
products’ source codes, which we regard as  proprietary information. In a  few cases, we have  provided
copies of the source code for some of our  products  to  customers solely for the  purpose of special
product  customization and have deposited  copies  of  the source code  for some of  our products in  third-
party escrow accounts as security for  ongoing service and  license obligations. In  these  cases, we  rely on
non-disclosure and other contractual provisions  to  protect our proprietary rights.

The steps we have taken to protect our proprietary  rights may not be adequate to deter
misappropriation of our technology or  independent  development by  others of technologies that are
substantially equivalent or superior to our  technology.  Any misappropriation of our technology  or
development of competitive technologies  could harm our business and could force  us to incur
substantial costs in protecting and enforcing our intellectual property rights. The laws of some countries
in which our products are licensed do  not  protect our intellectual property rights to the same  extent as
the laws of the U.S.

Third-party claims that we infringe the  intellectual  property  rights of others may be costly to  defend or settle
and could damage our business.

We  cannot be certain that our software and services do not infringe issued patents,  copyrights,

trademarks or other intellectual property rights of third  parties. Litigation regarding intellectual
property rights is common in the software  industry,  and we may be subject  to  legal proceedings and
claims from time to time, including claims of  alleged infringement  of intellectual property  rights of
third parties by us or our licensees concerning their use of our software products and integration
technologies and services. Although we  believe that our intellectual property rights are sufficient to
allow us to market our software without  incurring liability to third  parties, third parties may  bring
claims of infringement against us. Because our software is  integrated with our customers’ networks  and
business processes, as well as other software applications, third parties may  bring  claims of infringement
against us, as well as our customers and other software suppliers, if the cause of the alleged
infringement cannot easily be determined.  Such  claims  may be with  or  without  merit.

24

Claims of alleged infringement may have  a material adverse effect on our business and  may
discourage potential customers from  doing business with us  on  acceptable terms, if  at all. Defending
against claims of infringement may be time-consuming  and  may  result in substantial costs and  diversion
of resources, including our management’s  attention to our  business. Furthermore, a party making an
infringement claim could secure a judgment that requires us  to  pay  substantial  damages. A judgment
could also include an injunction or other  court order that could prevent us  from selling  our software or
require that we re-engineer some or  all  of our products. Claims of  intellectual property infringement
also might require us to enter costly  royalty or  license  agreements.  We may be unable, however, to
obtain royalty or license agreements on  terms acceptable to us or at all.  Our business, operating  results
and financial condition could be harmed significantly if any of these events occurred, and the price of
our  common stock could be adversely  affected. Furthermore,  former  employers of our current  and
future employees may assert that our  employees have improperly disclosed confidential or proprietary
information to us. In addition, we have  agreed, and  may agree in the  future, to indemnify certain of
our  customers against claims that our  software  infringes upon  the intellectual  property rights of others.
Although we carry general liability insurance, our  current insurance coverage may not apply to, and
likely would not protect us from, liability  that may be imposed under any of the types  of  claims
described above.

Because some of our software products  incorporate or  otherwise require  technology licensed from, or provided
by, third parties, the loss of our right to use  that third-party technology  or defects in that technology could
harm our business.

Some of  our software products incorporate or otherwise require technology  that  is licensed from,
or otherwise provided by, third parties.  There is no assurance  that the suppliers of such  software will
continue to license to us or that they will  renew or not terminate the license  contracts. Any
interruption in the supply or support of any such third-party  software could materially adversely affect
our  sales, unless and until we can replace the functionality provided by the third-party software. In
addition, we depend on these third parties to deliver  and  support reliable  products, enhance our
current software, develop new software on  a timely and cost-effective basis and respond to emerging
industry standards and other technological changes. The failure  of  these  third parties  to  meet these
criteria could materially harm our business.

If we are not successful in attracting, integrating and retaining highly qualified personnel, we  may not be able
to successfully implement our business strategy.

Our ability to establish and maintain  a position of technology leadership in the highly competitive
software market depends in large part upon our ability to attract,  integrate and retain highly  qualified
managerial, sales, technical and accounting personnel.  Competition for qualified personnel in the
software industry is intense. We have from time to time in the  past  experienced, and we  expect to
continue to experience in the future,  difficulty in hiring and retaining  highly skilled employees with
appropriate qualifications. Our future success  will  depend in large part on  our  ability  to  attract,
integrate and retain a sufficient number of highly  qualified personnel, and there  can be no assurance
that we will be able to do so.

Our revenue growth, operating results,  financial  condition or  cash flows may be materially  and  adversely
affected by recent events in connection  with reseller relationships.

Prior to October 6, 2009, we had an exclusive reseller  relationship covering certain countries in the
Middle East with a reseller known as,  AspenTech Middle East  W.L.L., a Kuwait  corporation (ATME or
the reseller). Effective October 6, 2009, we  terminated the reseller relationship for material breach by
the reseller based on certain actions  of the reseller. On  November 2, 2009 the  reseller  filed a  Claim
Form (Arbitration) in the High Court of Justice,  Queen’s Bench Division, Commercial Court,  London,

25

England, reference 2009 Folio 1436 in  the matter of an  intended arbitration between the reseller and
us, seeking an injunction against certain  activities  by  us  in the alleged former territory  of the reseller.
We  believe that the reseller’s claims are without merit,  inasmuch as our termination  of the relationship
was based on actions by the reseller  constituting material  breach  as defined in the reseller agreement
document, and that the reseller is not  entitled to such  an injunction. We therefore  intend to defend the
claims vigorously. We can provide no assurance  as to the outcome of  this  proceeding or the  likelihood
of the filing of additional proceedings such as a  full arbitration,  and  these claims may  result in
judgments against us for significant damages and a  possible  injunction that would threaten our ability
to do business directly in certain countries  in the Middle East. In  addition,  regardless  of the outcome,
such claims may result in significant  legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources
of management, all of which could result in losses and damages  that have a material adverse effect  on
our  business. The reseller agreement document relating to the terminated relationship contained  a
provision  whereby we could be liable for  a termination fee if the agreement were terminated other than
for material breach. This fee would be  calculated based  on a formula  contained  in the reseller
agreement that we believe was originally  developed  based on  certain assumptions  about the  future
financial performance of the reseller, as  well  as the reseller’s actual financial performance.  Based on
the formula and the financial information  provided to us by  the  reseller, which we have not had the
opportunity to verify independently, a recent calculation associated with termination other than for
material breach based on the formula would result  in a termination fee  of  between  $60 million and
$77 million. Under the terminated reseller agreement  document, no  termination fee is owed on
termination for material breach.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Our common stock may experience substantial price and volume fluctuations.

The equity markets have from time to  time experienced extreme  price and  volume fluctuations,

particularly in the high technology sector,  and those fluctuations  have often been unrelated  to  the
operating performance of particular companies.  In  addition,  factors such  as changes to our business
model, our financial performance, announcements  of technological innovations or new products  by  us
or our competitors, as well as market  conditions  in the computer software or hardware industries, may
have a significant impact on the market price of  our common  stock.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the  market  price of a  public  company’s securities,

securities  class  action  litigation  has  often  been  instituted  against  the  company.  This  type  of  litigation
against us could result in substantial liability and  costs and divert management’s  attention  and
resources.

Our ability to raise capital in the future  may be limited, and our failure  to  raise capital  when needed could
prevent us from executing our business  plan.

We  expect that our current cash balances, future cash flows from our operations, and  continued
ability to sell installment receivable contracts  will be sufficient to meet our anticipated  cash needs for at
least the next twelve months. We may  need to obtain additional financing thereafter  or earlier,
however, if our current plans and projections  prove to be inaccurate or our  expected cash flows prove
to be insufficient to fund our operations because of lower-than-expected revenues, fewer sales of
installment receivable contracts, unanticipated expenses  or other unforeseen difficulties.

Our ability to obtain additional financing  will  depend on a number of factors, including  market

conditions, our operating performance,  the  quality of our installment receivable contracts, and the
availability of capital in the credit markets. These  factors may  make the timing, amount, terms  and
conditions of any financing unattractive. If adequate funds  are not available, or are not available  on

26

acceptable terms, we may have to forego strategic  acquisitions or investments, reduce  or defer our
development activities or delay our introduction of new products and services.

Any additional capital raised through the sale of equity or  convertible debt securities  may dilute
the existing shareholder percentage ownership of our  common stock. Furthermore, any new  securities
we issue could have rights, preferences  and  privileges  superior  to  our common  stock.  Capital raised
through debt financings could require us  to  make periodic interest payments and could impose
potentially restrictive covenants on the  conduct of our business.

Our corporate documents and provisions of Delaware law may prevent a change in control  or management
that stockholders may consider desirable.

Section 203 of the Delaware General  Corporation Law,  our  charter and  our by-laws  contain

provisions that might enable our management  to  resist a takeover of our company.

These provisions include:

(cid:127) limitations on the removal of directors;

(cid:127) a classified board of directors, so that  not all members of our board are elected at one time;

(cid:127) advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals  and  nominations;

(cid:127) the inability of stockholders to act  by written consent or  to call special meetings;

(cid:127) the ability of our board of directors to make, alter or repeal our by-laws; and

(cid:127) the ability of our board of directors to designate the terms  of and  issue new series of preferred

stock without stockholder approval.

These provisions could:

(cid:127) have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company or  a

change in our management that stockholders  may consider favorable or beneficial;

(cid:127) discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult  for stockholders  to elect directors and take

other corporate actions; and

(cid:127) limit the price that investors might  be  willing  to  pay in the  future for shares of our common

stock.

Sales of shares of common stock issued  upon  the conversion of our previously outstanding  Series D-1
preferred stock may result in a decrease  in  the price of our common stock.

Private equity funds managed by Advent  International  Corporation have  the right to require  that
we register under the Securities Act the  shares of common  stock  that were  issued upon  the conversion
of our previously outstanding Series D-1  preferred stock and upon the  exercise of certain previously
outstanding warrants. In addition, these  funds  could sell certain  of such shares without  registration.  In
May 2006, we received a demand letter from  such funds requesting the  registration of all of the shares
of common stock covered by those registration rights, for sale in an underwritten public offering.
Pursuant to this request, in April 2007 we  filed  a registration statement for a public offering of
18,000,000 shares of common stock held  by such funds. The registration statement also covered
2,700,000 shares that would be subject to an option  to  be  granted  to  the underwriters by such funds
solely to cover overallotments. On July 30, 2008,  we applied  to  withdraw this  registration statement and
requested the SEC’s consent thereto.  Any sale  of common stock into the public market could cause a
decline  in the trading price of our common stock.

27

There may be an increase in the sales volume of our common stock when  we are current  in  our  Exchange Act
filings,  and any sales of shares into the public market may cause a decline in the  trading price of our
common stock.

As previously disclosed, on December 6, 2007, our  board of  directors approved the extension of
the exercise periods of certain outstanding stock options that would  otherwise likely  expire prior  to  our
becoming current in our Exchange Act filings. When we were not current in those filings, we were
unable, under applicable securities laws, to issue  shares pursuant to exercises of options. Sales of shares
upon exercise of those and other options,  or  sales of  shares subsequent to lapse  of forfeiture
restrictions on restricted stock units,  may cause increased selling pressure in the market for our stock,
which  has generally traded at volume  levels  substantially  less than those prior to the delisting of our
common stock from the NASDAQ Stock Market on  February  19, 2008. Any sales of shares into the
public market may cause a decline in  the trading price  of our common stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

In May 2007, we entered into a lease agreement  with respect to office space in Burlington,

Massachusetts. Commencing September 1, 2007,  we moved our principal corporate  offices to this
location and occupied 60,177 square  feet  of space. The initial term of the lease  commenced  with
respect to (a) 31,174 square feet of leased premises on September 1, 2007, (b) an additional 29,003
square  feet on October 1, 2007, (c) an  additional 1,309  square  feet of  space on  October 26,  2007,
(d) an additional 1,680 square feet of  space on March  27, 2008, and (e)  an  additional 11,893  square
feet of space on August 1, 2008. The  initial term  of  the lease will expire seven  years  and four months
following the term commencement date for  the third  phase of the  leased premises.  Subject to the  terms
and conditions of the lease, we may extend the term of  the lease for two successive terms of five years
each  at 95% of the then-current market  rate. As of June 30, 2009, under the  lease, we  have total
non-cancelable lease obligations of approximately $11.2 million, and also will pay  additional rent for
our  proportionate share of operating  expenses and taxes.

Prior to September 1, 2007, our principal offices occupied approximately 110,843 square feet  of
office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts. The lease of this office space expires  on September  30, 2012.
As of June 30, 2009, we had agreements that expire through 2012 to sublease approximately 106,295
square  feet of space. We also lease space for  our Houston,  Texas facilities. This  lease encompasses
approximately 76,315 square feet and expires in July  2016. We  have an agreement to sublease
approximately 8,000 square feet of this  space that expires  in 2016. We terminated a portion of  our
Houston, Texas lease with respect to approximately  14,000 square feet  of the original leased space  in
September 2007. In addition to these  two facilities, we  and  our subsidiaries also lease office  space in
Shanghai, China; Reading, England; and  other locations.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

(a) FTC and Honeywell Settlement

In December 2004, we entered into a consent decree  with the FTC, with respect  to  a civil

administrative complaint filed by the FTC  in August 2003 alleging that our acquisition of
Hyprotech Ltd. and related subsidiaries  of AEA  Technology plc (Hyprotech) in May 2002  was
anticompetitive in violation of Section 5 of  the Federal Trade  Commission Act  and Section  7 of the
Clayton Act. In connection with the consent  decree, we entered into an agreement  with Honeywell
International, Inc. (Honeywell) on October 6,  2004 (Honeywell Agreement), pursuant to which  we

28

transferred our operator training business  and our rights to  the  intellectual property  of  various legacy
Hyprotech products.

On December 23, 2004, we completed the transactions  contemplated by  the  Honeywell  Agreement.

Under the terms of the transactions:

(cid:127) We agreed to a cash payment of approximately $6.0  million from Honeywell  in consideration of

the transfer of our operator training services business, our covenant  not  to  compete in the
operator training business until the third anniversary of the  closing  date, and the transfer of
ownership of the intellectual property of our Hyprotech engineering  products, $1.2  million  of
which  was held back by Honeywell and a portion of  which was released upon resolution of
adjustments for uncollected billed accounts  receivable and unbilled  accounts receivable,  as
discussed below;

(cid:127) We transferred and Honeywell assumed, as of the  closing  date, approximately $4.0  million in

accounts receivable relating to the operator training business; and

(cid:127) We entered into a two-year support agreement with Honeywell under  which we agreed to

provide Honeywell with source code of new releases of the Hyprotech engineering products
provided to customers under standard software  maintenance services agreements.

The Honeywell transaction resulted in a deferred gain of  $0.2  million,  which was amortized over

the two-year life of the support agreement, and was subject  to  a potential increase of  the gain of up  to
$1.2 million upon resolution of the holdback payment issue, which is discussed  below.

We  are subject to ongoing compliance  obligations  under the  FTC  consent decree. We responded to

requests by the Staff of the FTC beginning in 2006 for  information  relating to the  Staff’s investigation
of whether we have complied with the  consent  decree. In addition, the FTC voted to recommend to
the Consumer Litigation Division (Division) of the  U.S. Department of Justice that the  Division
commence litigation against us relating  to  our alleged failure  to  comply  with certain  aspects of the
decree. Although we believe that we  complied with  the consent decree and that the assertions  by  the
FTC Staff were without merit, we engaged  in settlement discussions with the FTC  Staff regarding this
matter. Following such discussions, on  July 6, 2009, we announced  that the FTC  closed  the
investigation relating to the alleged violations of  the decree, and issued an order modifying the consent
decree. Following a thirty-day period  for public  comment  on the modification to the  original  decree,
the modified order became final on August 20, 2009. The modification to the 2004 consent decree
requires that we continue to provide the ability for users to save  input variable case  data  for Aspen
HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS Dynamics software in a standard ‘‘portable’’ format, which  will make it
easier for users to transfer case data from  later versions of the products to earlier versions. AspenTech
will also provide documentation to Honeywell of  the Aspen HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS Dynamics
input variables, as well as documentation  of  the covered  heat exchange products.  These requirements
will apply to all existing and future versions  of  the covered products through  2014.

In March 2007, we were served with a complaint and  petition to compel arbitration filed  by
Honeywell in New York State Supreme Court. The complaint alleges  that  we failed to comply with our
obligations to deliver certain technology under the  Honeywell  Agreement, that we  owe  approximately
$0.8 million to Honeywell under the  Honeywell  Agreement, and that Honeywell is  entitled to some
portion of the $1.2 million holdback retained by  Honeywell  under the holdback provisions of the
Honeywell Agreement, plus unspecified  monetary damages. In accordance with  the Honeywell
Agreement, certain of Honeywell’s claims relating to the  holdback were the subject of a  proceeding
before an independent accountant, who  determined in December 2008 that  we were entitled  to  a
portion of the holdback. We reached a settlement in June 2009 and the  matter has  been dismissed. In
connection with the settlement, AspenTech  has provided  to Honeywell  a license to modify and
distribute (in object code form) certain versions of AspenTech’s flare system analyzer  software.

29

There is  no assurance that the actions required by the FTC’s modified order and related
settlement with Honeywell will not provide  Honeywell  with additional competitive advantages that
could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

(b) Class action and opt-out claims

In March 2006, we settled class action litigation,  including related derivative claims, arising out of

our  originally filed consolidated financial  statements  for fiscal 2000 through 2004, the accounting for
which  we restated in March 2005. Members of the  class who  opted out  of the settlement  (representing
1,457,969 shares of common stock, or less  than 1% of the shares putatively purchased during the class
action period) brought their own state or  federal law claims against  us, referred  to  as ‘‘opt-out’’  claims.

Separate actions were filed on behalf  of the holders of  approximately  1.1 million  shares who  either

opted out of the class action settlement  or were not covered by  that settlement. One of these actions
was settled. The claims in the remaining  actions (described below) include  claims against us  and one or
more of our former officers alleging  securities and  common law fraud,  breach of  contract, statutory
treble damages, deceptive practices and/or rescissory damages liability, based on the restated results of
one or more fiscal periods included in our restated consolidated  financial  statements referenced in the
class action.

(cid:127) Blecker, et al. v. Aspen Technology, Inc.,  et al., filed on June 5, 2006 in the Business Litigation
Session of the Massachusetts Superior  Court  for Suffolk County  and docketed as Civ. A.
No. 06-2357-BLS1 in that court, is an opt-out claim asserted by persons who  received 248,411
shares of our common stock in an acquisition.  Fact discovery in this action closed on July  18,
2008, and a non-jury trial began on November  3, 2009. On October  17, 2008, the  plaintiffs filed
a new complaint in the Superior Court  of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,  captioned
Herbert  G. and Eunice E. Blecker v. Aspen Technology, Inc. et al., Civ. A. No. 08-4625-BLS1
(Blecker II). The sole claim in Blecker II is based on  the Massachusetts  Uniform Securities Act.
We  served a motion to dismiss on December 3,  2008 which  the plaintiffs  have opposed. The
motion was argued before the court on  March 23,  2009 and is pending.

(cid:127) 380544 Canada, Inc., et al. v. Aspen Technology, Inc., et al., filed on February 15, 2007 in the

federal district court for the Southern District of New York and docketed as  Civ. A.
No. 1:07-cv-01204-JFK in that court, is a  claim  asserted  by persons who purchased 566,665
shares of our common stock in a private  placement. Certain  motions to dismiss filed by other
defendants were resolved on May 5, 2009, and discovery  is scheduled to conclude on
February 12, 2010.

The remaining claims in the Blecker and 380514 Canada actions referenced above are for damages

totaling at least $20 million, not including  claims  for treble damages and attorneys’  fees.  We  plan to
defend  these actions vigorously. We can  provide no assurance as to the  outcome of these opt-out claims
or the likelihood of the filing of additional opt-out claims,  and these claims may result in judgments
against us for significant damages. Regardless of  the outcome, such litigation  has resulted  in the past,
and may continue  to result in the future,  in  significant legal  expenses and may  require significant
attention and resources of management,  all of which could  result  in losses  and damages that have a
material adverse effect on our business.

(c) ATME Arbitration

Prior to October 6, 2009, we had an exclusive reseller  relationship covering certain countries in the
Middle East with a reseller known as,  AspenTech Middle East  W.L.L., a Kuwait  corporation (ATME or
the reseller). Effective October 6, 2009, we  terminated the reseller relationship for material breach by
the reseller based on certain actions  of the reseller. On  November 2, 2009 the  reseller  filed a  Claim
Form (Arbitration) in the High Court of Justice,  Queen’s Bench Division, Commercial Court,  London,

30

England, reference 2009 Folio 1436 in  the matter of an  intended arbitration between the reseller and
us, seeking an injunction against certain  activities  by  us  in the alleged former territory  of the reseller.
We  believe that the reseller’s claims are without merit,  inasmuch as our termination  of the relationship
was based on actions by the reseller  constituting material  breach  as defined in the reseller agreement
document, and that the reseller is not  entitled to such  an injunction. We therefore  intend to defend the
claims vigorously. We can provide no assurance  as to the outcome of  this  proceeding or the  likelihood
of the filing of additional proceedings such as a  full arbitration,  and  these claims may  result in
judgments against us for significant damages and a  possible  injunction that would threaten our ability
to do business directly in certain countries  in the Middle East. In  addition,  regardless  of the outcome,
such claims may result in significant  legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources
of management, all of which could result in losses and damages  that have a material adverse effect  on
our  business. The reseller agreement document relating to the terminated relationship contained  a
provision  whereby we could be liable for  a termination fee if the agreement were terminated other than
for material breach. This fee would be  calculated based  on a formula  contained  in the reseller
agreement that we believe was originally  developed  based on  certain assumptions  about the  future
financial performance of the reseller, as  well  as the reseller’s actual financial performance.  Based on
the formula and the financial information  provided to us by  the  reseller, which we have not had the
opportunity to verify independently, a recent calculation associated with termination other than for
material breach based on the formula would result  in a termination fee  of  between  $60 million and
$77 million. Under the terminated reseller agreement  document, no  termination fee is owed on
termination for material breach.

(d) Other

We  are currently defending a customer claim of  approximately $5  million  that  certain  of our
software products and implementation  services failed to meet customer expectations. Although  we are
defending the claim vigorously, the results  of litigation and claims cannot be predicted  with certainty,
and unfavorable resolutions are possible  and could materially affect our  results  of  operations,  cash
flows or financial position. In addition, regardless  of  the outcome, litigation could have  an adverse
impact on us  because of defense costs, diversion  of  management resources and other factors.

Item 4. Submission of Matters to a Vote  of  Security Holders.

We  held  an annual meeting on August 20, 2009 in lieu of our  2008 Annual Meeting  of

Stockholders. Our stockholders approved  the  following  proposal  by the vote specified  below.

Proposal 1—The election of two Class III  Directors to three-year terms:

Nominee

Votes For

Votes Withheld

Joan C.  McArdle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David M. McKenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

63,330,346
86,461,491

23,923,107
791,962

The terms of office of the following directors, who were not up for re-election at the annual

meeting  of stockholders on August 20, 2009, continued after  the meeting:  Donald  P. Casey,
Mark E. Fusco, Gary E. Haroian, Stephen M.  Jennings and  Michael Pehl.

31

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity,  Related  Stockholder Matters  and Issuer Purchases

PART II

of Equity Securities.

Market Information

Our common stock currently trades on the Pink  Sheets electronic quotation service under the

symbol ‘‘AZPN.’’ During fiscal 2007 and through February 18,  2008, halfway through our third fiscal
quarter of 2008, our common stock traded on The NASDAQ Global Market under the same  symbol.
From February 19, 2008, our common  stock  has traded on the  Pink OTC Markets Inc. The table below
sets forth the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as  reported by each respective
market during the quarters indicated.

Fiscal 2008:
First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Fiscal 2009:
First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

High

Low

$15.50
17.96
16.30
15.50

$15.10
13.00
8.25
9.60

$ 9.94
14.29
9.85
11.13

$11.45
5.10
5.50
6.00

Holders

There were 4,559 holders of our common  stock as of October 18, 2009.

Dividends

We  have never declared or paid cash dividends on our  common stock. We currently intend to
retain all of our earnings, if any, in the foreseeable  future. In addition, under the terms  of  our  January
2003 loan arrangement with Silicon Valley  Bank, we are prohibited from paying any dividends on our
stock, with the exception of dividends paid in common  stock  or preferred stock  dividends  paid in cash,
provided that we are not in default under the  loan arrangement.  Any future determination relating  to
our  dividend policy will be made at the  discretion of our board of directors  and will depend on a
number of factors, including our future  earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and future
prospects and such other factors as the  board of directors may deem relevant.

32

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under  Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information about the securities authorized  for issuance under our

equity compensation plans as of June  30, 2009:

Equity Compensation Plan Information

(A)

(B)

(C)

Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding options,
warrants  and rights

Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding options,
warrants  and  rights

Number of securities remaining
available for future issuance
under equity compensation
plans (excluding securities
reflected in column (A))

Plan category

Equity compensation plans

approved by security holders . . .

8,357,895

Equity compensation plans not

approved by security holders . . .

—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,357,895

$7.16

—

$7.16

4,174,861

—

4,174,861

Equity compensation plans approved by security  holders consist of our 2001  stock  option plan and

our  2005 stock incentive plan.

The securities remaining available for  future  issuance under  equity compensation plans  approved

by our security holders as of June 30,  2009 consisted  of:

(cid:127) 984,666 shares of common stock issuable under our 2001  stock option  plan;  and

(cid:127) 3,190,195 shares of common stock issuable under our 2005  stock incentive  plan.

Each  of the options issuable under the  2001 stock option plan has a term of ten  years.  Options

issuable under the 2005 stock incentive plan  have a maximum term of  seven  years.

33

Performance Graph

The graph below matches the cumulative five-year total return of holders of  our common  stock

with the cumulative total returns of The  NASDAQ Composite Index and The  NASDAQ  Computer &
Data Processing Index. The graph assumes that the  value of the investment in our common  stock  and
in each of the indices (including reinvestment of dividends) was $100  on June 30,  2004, and  tracks it
through June 30, 2009.

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Aspen Technology, Inc., The NASDAQ Composite  Index
And The NASDAQ Computer & Data  Processing Index

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

6/04

6/05

6/06

6/07

6/08

6/09

Aspen Technology, Inc.

NASDAQ Composite

5NOV200904351559
NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing

*

$100 invested on 6/30/04 in stock  or  index, including reinvestment of dividends.
Fiscal year ending June 30.

2004

2005

2006

2007

2008

2009

June 30,

Aspen Technology, Inc.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NASDAQ Composite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
NASDAQ Computer & Data Processing . . . . . . .

100.00
100.00
100.00

71.63
101.09
103.70

180.72
109.49
107.43

192.84
132.47
133.90

183.20
117.33
124.41

117.49
92.91
107.96

The stock price performance included  in  this graph is not  necessarily  indicative  of  future stock  price

performance.

34

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following table presents selected financial and other data for Aspen  Technology, Inc. The
statement of operations data set forth below for fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the balance sheet data
as of  June 30, 2009 and 2008, are derived from our audited  financial statements included elsewhere  in
this  annual report. The statement of operations data for fiscal 2006  and 2005  and the  balance  sheet
data as of June 30, 2007, 2006, and 2005 are derived from  our  audited  financial statements that are not
included in this annual report.

The selected historical financial data presented  below  should  be  read in  conjunction with  our
financial statements and accompanying  notes  and  ‘‘Management’s Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations’’ included at  Part II,  Item  7 of this annual  report (in thousands,
except per share data).

Consolidated Statement of Operations  Data:

Year Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

2006

2005

Revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $311,580 $311,613 $341,029 $294,416 $269,128
161,300
Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(58,986)
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income (loss) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(69,060)
Accretion of preferred stock discount and

196,362
18,834
6,465

226,620
18,637
24,946

247,469
55,403
45,518

235,760
43,934
52,924

dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

(7,290)

(15,383)

(14,450)

Income (loss) applicable to common

stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 52,924 $ 24,946 $ 38,228 $ (8,918) $ (83,510)

Basic income (loss) per share applicable  to

common stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

0.59 $

0.28 $

0.54 $

(0.20) $

(1.97)

Diluted income (loss) per share applicable  to

common stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $

0.57 $

0.27 $

0.50 $

(0.20) $

(1.97)

Weighted average shares outstanding—Basic . . . . .

90,053

89,640

70,879

44,627

42,381

Weighted average shares outstanding—Diluted . . .

92,578

94,092

91,869

44,627

42,381

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

2009

2008

June 30,

2007

2006

2005

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $122,213 $134,048 $132,267 $ 86,272 $ 68,149
(12,162)
Working capital (deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
475,257
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
60,085
Total deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
213,037
Total secured borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
121,210
Redeemable convertible preferred stock . . . . . .
(47,210)
Total stockholders’ equity (deficit) . . . . . . . . . . .

10,440
465,951
60,141
182,404
— 125,475
(22,602)

116,307
554,626
106,905
147,207
—
172,813

97,914
515,976
78,871
112,096
—
229,410

53,019
528,897
67,106
206,150

137,206

35

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and  Analysis  of Financial  Condition and  Results  of Operations.

The following discussion of our financial  condition  and  results of operations should be read in

conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related  notes thereto contained  or
incorporated in this report. This discussion contains forward-looking statements. Please see ‘‘Item  1A.
Risk Factors’’ for a discussion of some  of the  uncertainties, risks  and assumptions associated with these
statements.

Our fiscal year ends on June 30, and references to a  specific  fiscal  year are the twelve months

ended June 30 of such year (for example,  ‘‘fiscal  2009’’ refers to the  year  ended June 30, 2009).

Business  Overview

We  are a leading supplier of integrated software and services to the process industries, for which

the principal markets consist of: energy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and engineering and construction.
Additionally, we also serve other industries such as power and utilities, consumer  products, metals and
mining, pulp and paper and biofuels, which manufacture  and produce products  from a chemical
process. We provide a comprehensive, integrated  suite of software applications that utilize  proprietary
empirical models of chemical manufacturing processes to improve  plant and  process  design, economic
evaluation, production, production planning and scheduling,  supply chain  optimization,  and operational
performance, and an array of services designed to optimize the utilization of these products  by  our
customers. We are organized into three operating segments:  software licenses, maintenance and
training, and professional services. Each of these operating segments has unique characteristics and
faces different opportunities and challenges. Although we report our  actual results in U.S. dollars,  we
conduct a significant number of transactions in currencies other  than  U.S. dollars.

Adverse changes in the economy and  global economic  and political uncertainty  have previously

caused delays and reductions in information technology spending by our  customers  and a  consequent
deterioration of the markets for our  products and services, particularly our manufacturing/supply chain
product  suites. As a result of the decline in  economic conditions during  fiscal 2009, we experienced
some reductions, delays and postponements of customer  purchases that negatively impacted our
bookings, revenues and operating results.

Our Commercial Model

We  license software products to our customers  predominantly through our direct  sales force, and
indirectly through channel partners. As  described more  fully below, revenues are generated  from the
following sources:

(cid:127) software license fees—licensing the use  of  our  products;

(cid:127) maintenance and training fees—providing  customer technical support, access to software  fixes,

updates and enhancements, and education/training; and

(cid:127) professional services—providing consulting to assist customers in realizing maximum  value from

our  software solutions as well as implementation and  configuration services.

The timing and amount of fees recognized as revenue during a reporting period  are determined in

accordance with GAAP. Under this commercial model, we license our  products on both a term and
perpetual basis. However, increasingly  the majority  of our software licenses are  term-based.

Historically, the majority of our license  revenue  has been recognized on an up-front basis once all

revenue recognition criteria have been  met  in accordance with Statement of  Position 97-2  ‘‘Software
Revenue Recognition,’’, as amended  by SOP 98-9 ‘‘Modification of SOP 97-2, Software  Revenue
Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions. We refer  to  this licensing practice as ‘‘the up-front
revenue model’’. For licenses that did  not  meet the required criteria  for immediate up-front revenue

36

recognition, revenues were either deferred until  such time  as the criteria  had been  met, or  recognized
over the license term.

New Licensing Model

In July 2009, we announced that for  the fiscal year commencing July 1, 2009, we would offer a new
licensing model for our software and related maintenance. Previously, customers would  license the  right
to use specifically defined sets of products within  the aspenONE  solution suite based upon  their
perceived needs. The new licensing model provides customers with  access to all engineering or
manufacturing/supply chain software  products within  the aspenONE  software suite. As  part of the  new
offering, customers receive maintenance support  for  the term of  the  license and the right to unspecified
future software products that may be  introduced during the term  of  the arrangement. The  new
licensing model provides customers the ability to utilize any products within the aspenONE  suite
through the use of tokens (exchangeable units  of measurement) which  they license in  quantities
sufficient for their business needs. We  expect that the increased flexibility of  this licensing  model,  which
facilitates ease of access to the products  in  the aspenONE suite,  will lead to increase usage over  time,
which  would contribute to higher revenue.

Under the up-front revenue model, we typically recognized the net  present  value of  license fees

over the license term as revenue in the period in which the license agreement was delivered to the
customer assuming all other revenue recognition  criteria were met. Beginning in the  first  quarter  of
fiscal 2010 we will  start closing contracts under our new aspenONE licensing offering. Revenue
associated with these agreements will  be  recognized  over the term  of the license contract, which is
more representative of a subscription-based licensing model. In addition, if professional services are
sold on a fixed price basis in conjunction with a  license  agreement, the professional services revenue
will be recognized on a subscription  basis  over the term of the license contract. Until  we fully transition
our  book of business to the new licensing  model,  and the  contracts which were previously  recognized
under the up-front revenue model expire, we  will  report significantly  lower revenues. We  expect this
transition period to take several years. Since  there will not be a corresponding reduction in operating
expenses, we anticipate reporting significant operating and  net losses.

From a cash flow perspective, the predominant  method of customer billing and collections is
consistent between the two licensing models: we  will  continue to invoice the  customer over  the license
contract term. Consequently, we do not  expect  any  material change in our net cash provided by
operating activities as a result of our  change to the  new licensing  model,  provided the  change  to  the
new licensing model does not impact  customer retention. From a balance  sheet  perspective, the
conversion to the new licensing model  will cause the installments receivable balance to decline  over
time. Under the existing licensing model, installments receivable  represent the net present value of the
un-invoiced payments remaining on license contracts  where  revenues had been  recognized on an
up-front basis. This will not be the case  under the new licensing model.

During  the transition period, we may still execute  transactions which  meet  the criteria  for revenue

recognition under our up-front revenue model. Additionally, we expect to continue to offer perpetual
license arrangements, which typically  meet  the criteria for  up-front revenue  recognition. We do  not
expect either of these arrangement types  to  represent  a significant  portion of our license bookings.

Historically, to assess our financial results and  condition, we used a number  of  quantitative  and
qualitative performance indicators. These indicators  included: software license bookings; the value of
our  installed customer base; revenue and expense trends; gross margins; operating and  net income;
cash and cash equivalents; cash flow; and liquidity metrics. As a result of the  movement to the new
licensing model and the anticipated reduction in  reported revenues and  income, a  number of  these
indicators will not be meaningful for the  next several  years.  Accordingly, we will focus on: the  change

37

in the value of our installed customer base; software license bookings; expense trends; cash  and cash
equivalents; cash flow; and collateralized  receivable  and secured debt balances.

An overview of our three operating segments is described below.

Software  Licenses

Our solutions are focused on three primary business areas  of our  customers: engineering,

manufacturing, and supply chain management, and are delivered both as  stand-alone solutions and as
part of the integrated aspenONE product suite. The aspenONE framework  enables our products  to  be
integrated in modular fashion so that data can  be  shared  among such products, and additional modules
can be added as the customer’s requirements evolve. The result is  enterprise-wide access to real-time,
model-based information designed to  enable manufacturers to forecast or  simulate the economic  impact
of potential actions and make better,  faster  and more  profitable operating decisions. The  first  version
of the aspenONE suite was delivered  in late 2004. Since that time, each major  software release was
designed to increase the level of integration and functionality across our  product portfolio.

(cid:127) Engineering Process manufacturers must be able to address  a variety of challenging  questions

relating to strategic planning, collaborative  engineering, debottlenecking and  process
improvement—from where they should  locate their facilities, to how they can make their
products at the lowest cost, to what is the best  way to operate  for maximum  efficiency. To
address these issues, they must improve  asset optimization to enable  faster, better  execution of
complex projects. Our engineering solutions help companies maximize their return on plant
assets and enable collaboration with engineers  on common models and projects.

Our engineering solutions are used on the process engineer’s  desktop to design and improve
plants and processes. Customers use our engineering software and  services  during  both the
design  and ongoing operation of their facilities to model and improve  the way  they develop and
deploy manufacturing assets. Our products  enable our customers  to  improve their  return on
capital, improve physical plant operating performance and bring new products to market more
quickly.

Our engineering tools are based on an open  environment and are implemented  on Microsoft
Corporation’s operating systems. Implementation  of our engineering products does not typically
require substantial professional services, although services may be provided for customized
model designs, process synthesis and  energy management  analyses.

(cid:127) Manufacturing Our manufacturing products focus on optimizing customers’ day-to-day process
industry activities, enabling them to make better, more profitable decisions and improve plant
performance. The typical production cycle offers many opportunities for optimizing profits.
Process manufacturers must be able  to  address a  wide  range of  issues driving execution
efficiency and cost; from selecting the right feedstock and raw materials, to production
scheduling, to identifying the right balance  among  customer  satisfaction,  costs and inventory.
Our manufacturing products support the execution  of  the optimal operating plan in real  time.
These solutions include desktop and server applications and IT infrastructure  that  enable
companies to model, manage and control their plants more efficiently, helping  them to make
better-informed, more profitable decisions. These solutions help companies make decisions that
can reduce fixed and variable costs in the  plant,  improve product yields, procure the right  raw
materials and evaluate opportunities for cost savings and efficiencies in their operations.

(cid:127) Supply chain management Our supply chain management products enable  companies to reduce
inventory and increase asset efficiency  by giving them the tools to optimize their supply  chain
decisions, from choosing the right raw materials to delivering finished  product in the  most
cost-effective manner. The ever-changing nature of the process industries means new profit

38

opportunities can appear at any time. To  identify and seize these opportunities, process
manufacturers must be able to increase their access  to  data and  information across the value
chain,  optimize planning and collaborate across the value chain, and detect  and exploit supply
chain  opportunities. Our supply chain  management solutions include desktop and server
applications and IT infrastructure that enable manufacturers to operate their plants and supply
chains more efficiently, from customer demand  through manufacturing to delivery of the  finished
product. These solutions help companies to reduce inventory carrying costs,  respond more
quickly  to changes in market conditions and improve customer  service.

Because fees for our software products can  be  substantial and the decision to purchase our

products often involves members of our customers’  senior management, the sales process for our
solutions is frequently lengthy and can  exceed one year. Accordingly, the timing of our license bookings
and revenues is difficult to predict. Additionally, we  derive a majority  of our  total revenues  from
companies in or serving the energy, chemicals, pharmaceutical, and engineering and construction
industries. Accordingly, our future success depends  upon the  continued demand for  manufacturing
optimization software and services by  companies in these process manufacturing  industries. The energy,
chemicals, pharmaceutical, and engineering and construction industries  are highly cyclical and highly
reactive to the price of oil, as well as  general economic conditions.

Our software license business represented  57.6% of our total revenues on  a trailing four-quarter
basis. During 2009, we continued to grow our installed base  of software licenses  and increased the total
value of signed license contracts on a  year over year basis.

Maintenance and Training

Our maintenance business consists primarily of  providing customer technical support and access  to

software fixes and upgrades, when and if  they  become available. Our customer technical  support
services are provided throughout the world by our three global call centers as well as  via email and
through our support website. Our training  business consists of  a variety  of training solutions ranging
from standardized training, which can  be  delivered in a public forum  or on-site  at a customer’s
location, to customized training sessions  which can  be  tailored to fit customer needs.

Revenues generated by our maintenance and training business represented 26.8% of our total
revenues on a trailing four quarter basis and are closely correlated  to  changes in  our installed base of
software licenses. The majority of our customers  renew  their support contracts  when eligible to do  so,
and the majority of new software license  contracts sold include  a  maintenance component.

Professional Services

We  offer professional services that include  designing, analyzing, debottlenecking  and improving

plant performance through continuous  process  improvements, coupled with  activities aimed at
operating the plant safely and reliably  while minimizing energy costs and  improving yields  and
throughput. Our implementation and configuration services are  primarily associated with assisting
customers in their deployment of our  manufacturing and supply  chain  management solutions.

Customers who obtain professional services from us  typically engage us to provide such services
over periods of up to 24 months. We generally charge customers for  professional  services, ranging  from
supply chain to on-site advanced process  control  and optimization assistance services, on a fixed-price
basis or time-and-materials basis. The  professional services business  represented  15.6% of our total
revenues on a trailing four-quarter basis, and has experienced lower margins than our other business
segments.

39

Critical Accounting Estimates and Judgments

Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance  with GAAP.  The  preparation of

our  financial statements requires management  to  make  estimates and  judgments that affect the
reported amounts of assets, liabilities,  revenues,  expenses and  related  disclosures. We  base  our
estimates on historical experience and  various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable
under the circumstances, the results of which form  the basis for making judgments about the  carrying
values of assets and liabilities that are  not  readily apparent  from  other sources. Actual  results may
differ  from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. The  significant accounting
policies that we believe are the most  critical to aid in fully understanding and evaluating our reported
financial results include the following:

(cid:127) revenue recognition for both software licenses  and  fixed-fee professional services;

(cid:127) impairment of long-lived assets, goodwill and  intangible assets;

(cid:127) accounting for contingencies; and

(cid:127) accounting for income taxes.

Revenue Recognition

We  generate revenue from the following sources:  (1) licensing  software products; (2) providing
post-contract support (referred to as  maintenance); and (3) providing  professional  services,  such as
consulting and training. We sell our software products to customers under  fixed-term and perpetual
license arrangements, which generally  include  the first year of maintenance. As a  standard business
practice, we offer extended payment term options for our fixed-term license  customers. Software license
revenue has generally been recognized upon shipment, provided all other revenue  recognition criteria
were met. Maintenance fees are recognized  ratably over the contractual term  of  the maintenance
agreements, which are typically annual periods.

We  recognize revenue in accordance  with SOP 97-2, ‘‘Software Revenue Recognition,’’ as  amended

by SOP 98-9, ‘‘Modification of SOP 97-2, Software Revenue Recognition, With Respect to Certain
Transactions,’’ and Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 ‘‘Revenue  Recognition.’’  A factor  in our revenue
recognition model includes an assessment  of  whether professional services are  an essential  element to
the functionality of the software. This  assessment is based upon the nature of the services. Typically, the
majority of our professional services  have not been determined to be essential elements to the
functionality of the software because these services have generally consisted  of  assistance with routine
implementation and installation, were of  relatively short duration  compared to the license contract
period, and could be performed by customers or other third party vendors that provide  similar services.
If our business model were to change such that the  services were  deemed to be essential  to  the
functionality of the software, the period of time  over which  our software revenue could be recognized
would lengthen. When we provide professional  services that are considered essential to the functionality
of the software, we recognize the combined  revenue from the sale  of  our software licenses and related
services in accordance with SOP 81-1,  ‘‘Accounting for Performance  of Construction  Type and  Certain
Performance Type Contracts’’ using the cost-to-cost method as  the measure of performance. Our
revenue recognition for these arrangements  is dependent  upon our ability to reliably estimate the direct
labor hours to complete a project. We  use  historical  experience as a basis for future estimates to
complete current projects.

Four basic criteria  must be satisfied before software license revenue can be recognized: persuasive
evidence of an arrangement between us  and  an end user; delivery of our  product has  occurred; the fee
for the product is fixed or determinable; and collection  of  the fee is reasonably  assured.

40

Persuasive evidence of an arrangement—We use a contract signed by the customer as evidence  of  an
arrangement for software licenses. For  professional  services  we  use a signed agreement and a statement
of work to evidence an arrangement.  In  cases where  both a signed contract and a purchase order are
required by the customer, we consider  both taken together  as evidence  of  the arrangement.

Delivery of our product—Software and the corresponding access keys are  generally delivered to
customers via disk media with standard shipping terms of Free Carrier,  Aspen Technology’s  warehouse
(i.e. FCA, named place). Our software license agreements  do not contain conditions for acceptance.

Fee is fixed or determinable—We assess whether a fee is fixed or determinable  at the  outset of the
arrangement. Significant judgment is involved in making this assessment. Our  experience  has been  that
we are able to demonstrate that the fees are fixed or  determinable for  most arrangements, including
those for our term licenses that contain extended payment  terms. We have  established a history  of
collecting under the terms of our contracts without providing  concessions to customers. We have a
history of collecting receivables on installment contracts of up to six years. If  we no longer were to
have a history of collecting under term license  contracts without providing concessions, revenue would
be recognized when payments under the  installment  contract become  due and  payable. Such a change
could have a material impact on the  period in which revenue  is recognized.

We  must also assess whether contract modifications  to  an existing  term arrangement constitute  a
concession. In making this assessment, significant  analysis is performed to  ensure that no concessions
are given. Our software license agreements do not include right  of return or exchange.

Collection of fee is reasonably assured—We assess the probability of collecting from each customer

at the outset of the arrangement based  on a  number of  factors, including the customer’s payment
history, its current creditworthiness, economic conditions in the  customer’s industry  and geographic
location, and  general economic conditions. If in our judgment collection of a  fee  is not probable,
revenue is recognized as cash is collected, provided all other conditions  for revenue recognition  have
been met.

We  use judgment concerning the satisfaction  of these  criteria,  particularly the  criteria relating to
the determination of whether the arrangement fees are  fixed  and determinable and the criteria relating
to the collectability of the receivables,  during  our evaluation of each revenue transaction including
those with extended payment terms. Additionally,  judgment is  required concerning the satisfaction  of
these criteria for reseller transactions.  We typically recognize  the fees related  to  reseller  transactions on
a net basis using the sell-through method  of accounting.  To date, revenue  related to our reseller
arrangements has not been material.

We  have established vendor-specific  objective  evidence (VSOE) of fair value for maintenance and

professional services, but not for our  software  products. Our VSOE  determination is  based upon the
price charged to similarly-situated customers when  the elements are sold separately. We allocate the
arrangement consideration among the  elements included in our  multi-element arrangements using  the
residual method. Under the residual  method, the VSOE of the  undelivered elements is deferred, and
the remaining portion of the arrangement fee for perpetual  and term licenses is recognized as revenue
upon delivery of the software, assuming all other revenue recognition criteria are  met. If  VSOE does
not exist for an undelivered element in an arrangement,  revenue is  deferred  until such evidence  does
exist for the undelivered elements, or  until all elements  are delivered, whichever is earlier.

When all revenue recognition criteria  are  met to allow  for up-front  revenue recognition of our

term contracts, license revenue is recorded at  the net present value of  the  installment  payments. The
difference between the gross and net present value of the installment payments is  deferred and
recognized as interest income using the  effective  interest method  over the  license term.  In  certain
circumstances, customers may elect to make an up-front, single payment  of the license fee.  In  these
instances, no  interest income is generated.

41

Our standard licensing agreements include  a product warranty provision for all products. Such
warranties are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 5, ‘‘Accounting for Contingencies’’ (SFAS No.  5). The likelihood that  we will be required  to  make
refunds to customers under such provisions is considered  remote.

Under the terms of substantially all of  our  license agreements, we have agreed to indemnify
customers for costs and damages arising from  claims against such customers  based on, among other
things, allegations that our software products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third-party. In
most cases, in the event of an infringement  claim,  we retain the  right to (i)  procure  for the  customer
the right to continue using the software  product; (ii)  replace or modify the  software product  to
eliminate the infringement while providing substantially equivalent  functionality; or  (iii) if neither
(i) nor (ii) can be reasonably achieved,  we  may terminate the license agreement and provide a  refund
to the customer up to the license fees  paid by the  customer. Such indemnification provisions are
accounted for in accordance with SFAS No.  5. The likelihood that we will be required to make refunds
to customers under such provisions is considered  remote.  In  most cases  and where legally enforceable,
the indemnification is limited to the  amount paid by the  customer.

Professional services are provided to customers on a time-and-materials (T&M)  or fixed-price  basis

and are generally recognized as the services  are performed, assuming all other  revenue recognition
criteria have been met. We recognize professional services  fees for our  T&M contracts based upon
hours worked and contractually agreed-upon hourly rates. Revenues from fixed-price engagements are
recognized using the proportional performance method based on  the ratio  of  costs incurred,
substantially all of which are labor-related, to the total  estimated project costs. Project costs  are based
on standard rates, which vary by the consultant’s professional level, plus  all  direct expenses incurred to
complete the engagement that are not  reimbursed  by the client. All  project  costs are  expensed  as
incurred. The use of the proportional  performance method  is dependent upon our ability to reliably
estimate the direct costs to complete  a project. We use historical  experience as a basis  for future
estimates to complete current projects.  Additionally,  management believes  that  using costs are the best
available measure of performance. Reimbursables  received  from customers for  out-of-pocket expenses
are recorded as revenue.

In the past, we have occasionally been required to commit unanticipated additional resources  to
complete projects, which has resulted  in  lower than anticipated income or losses on those  contracts. We
may experience similar situations in the  future. Provisions for estimated losses  on contracts are made
during the period in which such losses  become probable and can be reasonably estimated. To date, such
losses have not been significant.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets, Goodwill and Intangible Assets

In accordance with SFAS No. 144, ‘‘Accounting for the  Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived
Assets,’’ we review the carrying value of  long-lived  assets when circumstances dictate that they should
be reevaluated, based upon the expected future  operating cash flows  of our business or other factors
that trigger an evaluation for potential impairment. The evaluation of the undiscounted  results of any
impairment evaluation is based upon our expected future cash flows.  These  future undiscounted  cash
flow estimates are based on historical  results, adjusted to reflect our best  estimate of future markets
and operating conditions, and are updated based on  actual operating trends. Historically, actual results
have occasionally differed from our estimated future cash  flow  estimates. In the future, actual results
may differ materially from these estimates, and accordingly cause impairment of our long-lived assets.

In accordance with SFAS No. 142, ‘‘Goodwill  and  Other  Intangible Assets,’’ on  an annual basis we

conduct an assessment of the carrying value of goodwill as of December 31, which  is based  on
weighting estimates of future cash flows  from the  reporting units or estimates of  the market  value of
the reporting units, based on comparable companies. We also perform  impairment  analyses whenever

42

events or circumstances indicate that  goodwill  or certain intangibles may  be  impaired.  Currently  our
reporting units are the same as our operating  segments. These estimates of future discounted  cash
flows are based upon historical results,  adjusted to reflect our  best estimate  of  future market and
operating conditions. Historically, actual  results have occasionally differed from  our estimated  future
cash flow estimates. In the future, actual results may differ materially  from these estimates.  In  addition,
the comparable companies used to establish  market  value  for our  reporting  units is  based on
management’s judgment. As discussed  earlier in the  Business Overview,  we expect to experience a
significant reduction in revenue for the next several years. However, we do not expect a material
change in cash flows, and as a result do not expect to negatively impact our impairment analysis of
goodwill.

Certain negative macroeconomic factors began to impact the global credit  markets  in late calendar

2008 and we noted significant unfavorable  trends in  business conditions in the second quarter of  fiscal
2009. Concurrently with these unfavorable  developments, we  commenced the  annual impairment
assessment of goodwill and certain intangible assets. In  connection with preparing the annual
impairment assessment, we identified  significant deterioration in  the expected  future financial
performance of the professional services segment compared  to  the expected future  financial
performance of this segment at the end of fiscal  2008. As a result, we recorded impairment  charges of
$0.5 million for goodwill and $0.1 million  for intangible  assets within  the professional services segment
during the quarter ended December 31,  2008. The method for  determining  fair value was based on
weighting estimates of future cash flows  from the  reporting units and estimates of the market value of
the reporting units, based on comparable companies. These impairment losses  were recorded  as
impairment of goodwill and intangible assets in  the consolidated  statement  of operations.

The timing and size of any future impairment charges involves the application of our estimates  and

judgment and could result in the impairment  of  all, or substantially all, of our goodwill, intangible
assets, or other long-lived assets.

Accounting for Income Taxes

We  utilize the asset and liability method of accounting  for  income taxes  in accordance with SFAS

No. 109 ‘‘Accounting for Income Taxes.’’ Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities  are
determined based on differences between the financial reporting  and  tax bases of assets and  liabilities.
Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the  enacted tax  rates and  statutes that will be in
effect when the differences are expected  to  reverse. Deferred tax assets can result from  unused
operating losses, and research and development and foreign  tax  credit carry  forwards and deductions
recorded  for financial statement purposes  prior to their deduction on  a tax return. Valuation allowances
are provided against net deferred tax  assets if,  based upon  the available evidence, it is  more likely  than
not that some or all of the deferred  tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred
tax assets is dependent upon the generation  of future taxable  income  and  the reversal of taxable
temporary differences. We consider, among other available information, scheduled  reversals  of deferred
tax liabilities, projected future taxable  income, limitations on  the availability of  net operating loss and
tax credit carry forwards, and other evidence  assessing the potential realization  of deferred tax assets.
Adjustments to the valuation allowance are included  in the tax provision  in our statement of operations
in the period they become known or can  be  estimated.

Significant management judgment is  required in  determining any valuation  allowance recorded
against deferred tax assets and liabilities.  The valuation allowance is based on  our  estimates of taxable
income for jurisdictions in which we  operate  and the  period over which our deferred  tax assets may be
recoverable. Historically, our U.S. taxable income has  been unpredictable and highly dependent  upon
closing a small number of large license transactions, the loss of which  would result  in a pre-tax loss.

43

With our adoption of the new software licensing model, we expect  to  recognize significantly lower

revenues over the  near term which will  result in substantial pre-tax losses.  Consequently, we have
concluded that it is appropriate to maintain our U.S. valuation allowance. When our U.S. tax
profitability becomes predictable we may reverse some or all of the valuation allowance related  to  our
U.S. net  deferred tax assets of $31.2 million. Such reversal would  be  recorded as  an income tax  benefit
in the consolidated statement of operations in the period  that  the utilization  of deferred tax assets  is
determined to be more likely than not.  For fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007,  we  also provided full or partial
valuation allowances for net deferred  tax  assets in several foreign  tax jurisdictions.

Our U.S. and foreign tax returns are subject to periodic compliance examinations by various local

and national tax authorities through  periods defined by tax  codes  in the  applicable jurisdiction.  The
years prior to 2005 are closed in the  U.S.,  although  the utilization of net operating loss carry  forwards
generated in earlier periods will keep these  periods  open for examination. The Canadian entities are
subject to audit from 2007 forward, the UK entities from 2003 forward,  and certain other  international
entities from 2002 forward. In connection with examinations of  tax filings, tax contingencies can  arise
from differing interpretations of applicable  tax  laws and regulations relative to the amount, timing or
proper inclusion or exclusion of revenues  and expenses  in taxable income or loss. For  periods  that
remain subject to audit, we have asserted  and  unasserted potential assessments that are subject  to  final
tax settlements.

In 2009, our income tax provision includes amounts determined under the provisions of FIN 48,
Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions, which was adopted as of July 1, 2007 and  is intended to satisfy
additional income tax assessments, including interest and penalties, that could result from any tax
return  positions for which the likelihood of sustaining  the position  on audit does  not  meet a threshold
of ‘‘more likely than not.’’ Prior to fiscal 2008,  we evaluated tax contingencies in  accordance  with the
requirements of SFAS No. 5, ‘‘Accounting  for Contingencies,’’ based on the information currently then
available, and had accrued for income tax contingencies that met both the criteria of SFAS No. 5.  The
tax accrual includes penalties and interest,  which are  recorded as a component  of our  income  tax
expense. The tax liabilities under FIN 48 are recorded as  a component of our income taxes payable and
other non-current liabilities balance and was  $19.2 million  as of June 30,  2009. The ultimate  amount  of
taxes due will not be known until examinations are completed and settled or the audit periods are
closed by statute.

44

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the percentages  of total revenues  represented by certain consolidated

statement of operations data for the  periods  indicated (amounts in thousands):

Years Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

Revenues:
Software licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $179,591
131,989
Service and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

57.6% $168,404
143,209
42.4

54.0% $199,761
141,268
46.0

58.6%
41.4

Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

311,580 100.0

311,613 100.0

341,029 100.0

Cost of revenues:
Cost of software licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of service and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of technology-related intangible

12,384
63,411

assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

25

Total cost of revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

75,820

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

235,760

Operating costs:
Selling and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss (gain) on sales and disposals of  assets . . .
Loss on impairment of goodwill and intangible

89,150
41,463
58,138
2,446
6

4.0
20.4

—

24.3

75.7

28.6
13.3
18.7
0.8
—

15,916
69,077

—

84,993

226,620

5.1
22.2

—

27.3

72.7

99,682
45,179
54,565
8,623

32.0
14.5
17.5
2.8
(66) —

14,588
72,426

6,546

93,560

247,469

93,387
42,703
51,010
4,634
332

4.3
21.2

1.9

27.4

72.6

27.4
12.5
15.0
1.3
0.1

assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

623

0.2

—

—

—

—

Total operating costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

191,826

61.6

207,983

66.7

192,066

56.3

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other (expense) income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income before provision for taxes . . . . . . .
Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

43,934
22,698
(10,516)
(1,824)

52,924
(1,368)

14.1
7.3
(3.4)
(0.6)

17.0
(0.4)

18,637
23,784
(17,783)
3,386

28,024
(3,078)

6.0
7.6
(5.7)
1.1

9.0
(1.0)

55,403
21,909
(18,613)
(734)

57,965
(12,447)

16.3
6.4
(5.5)
(0.2)

17.0
(3.6)

Net Income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

52,924

17.0% 24,946

8.0% 45,518

13.3%

Comparison of Fiscal 2009 to Fiscal 2008

Revenues

Total revenues in fiscal 2009 remained  fairly  consistent with  fiscal 2008. Total revenues from
customers outside the U.S. were $213.9 million or  68.7% of total revenues and $198.1 million or 63.6%
of total revenues for fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively. The geographical mix of revenues  can vary from
period to period.

Software  License Revenues

Software license revenues are generated primarily  from term license contracts, and  to  a lesser
degree, from perpetual arrangements.  Since we  have relationships  with most leading companies in the
process industries, growth in our software license revenues is derived  from the expansion of existing

45

customer relationships, either through licensing for incremental users or by  licensing additional software
products in the aspenONE suite. The addition of new customers has  traditionally represented a  smaller
component of our revenue growth.

During  each of the fiscal years, a significant  portion of our license bookings  was  not  recorded as

revenue in the same fiscal period due  to  certain  revenue recognition criteria not being met  (see further
discussion under ‘‘Liquidity and Capital Resources’’  related to deferred revenue). Revenues from
software licenses in fiscal 2009 increased $11.2 million compared to fiscal  2008. The year-over-year
revenue increase was primarily driven by  the  timing of revenue recognition  under GAAP as opposed to
an indication of actual business activity.

License bookings during fiscal 2009 were  approximately  $37.0 million lower than fiscal 2008, which

reflected  the  impact  of  the  global  economic  downturn.  License  bookings  associated  with  a  number  of
large contracts totaling approximately  $52.1 million and  $57.5 million during fiscal 2009  and 2008,
respectively, did not meet the criteria  for revenue  recognition  as of the end of each fiscal year.
However, during fiscal 2009 approximately $31.6 million of  revenues were recognized from business
booked in fiscal 2008. This level of license revenue deferral represents a  significant divergence from
prior fiscal years.

As previously discussed, we expect to report  significantly  lower software license  revenues over  the

next several years due to adoption of the  new  licensing model. We  believe that as our customers
transition to the new model, the predictability and  consistency of our license revenue stream will
improve, since we will generally recognize license revenue ratably  over the life of  the license  agreement
and thus the impact of up-front revenue  from  signing large license deals in  any one quarter will be
minimized. Until such time as the portfolio of our existing  license  contracts comes to term, license
revenue will not be a particularly meaningful  metric to measure  our business performance. Accordingly,
we believe license bookings and cash  flows to be the more meaningful near term metrics to assess
business performance.

Service and Other Revenues

Service and other  revenues primarily  consist of professional  services, post-contract maintenance

support on software licenses, and training, and are dependent upon a number of factors.

(cid:127) the number, value and labor rate per hour of services transactions  booked  during  the current

and preceding periods;

(cid:127) the number and availability of service resources actively engaged on billable  projects;

(cid:127) the timing of milestone acceptance for engagements  contractually requiring customer  sign-off;

(cid:127) the timing of collection of cash payments when collectability  is uncertain;

(cid:127) the timing of negotiating and signing  maintenance renewals; and

(cid:127) the size of the installed base of license contracts.

Service and other  revenues in fiscal 2009 decreased  by $11.2 million compared to fiscal 2008.  This

decrease was due to lower professional  services revenue  in fiscal 2009 of  $11.4 million. The global
economic environment during fiscal 2009  generally impacted  our customers’  ability  to  commit to more
discretionary spending initiatives, which  affected our professional services business. Maintenance and
training revenues in fiscal 2009 remained fairly  consistent compared  to  fiscal  2008.

46

Cost of Software Licenses

Cost of software licenses consists of royalties, amortization of capitalized software costs,  and costs

related to delivery of software, including: disk duplication;  third-party software costs; and printing of
manuals and packaging.

Cost of software licenses in fiscal 2009  decreased  $3.5 million compared to fiscal 2008. This  year

over year reduction was primarily due  to: lower capitalized software  amortization charges; reduced
royalty expenses; and third-party fees. The royalty and third  party fees were  lower as a  result of a
change in the mix of license products sold.

Cost of Service and Other

Cost of service and other consists primarily of personnel-related and external consultant costs
associated with providing professional  services, post-contract maintenance support, and training to
customers.

Cost of service and other in fiscal 2009  decreased $5.7  million  compared to fiscal 2008  primarily
due to lower staffing needs as a result  of  the  decreased demand for  our professional services. Stock-
based compensation expense decreased  because we  have been  unable to issue new equity-based
compensation awards since fiscal 2007. Finally, the  cost to deliver maintenance support was reduced by
consolidating work and bringing formerly  outsourced services, which  carried  a higher cost to us, in
house.

Selling and Marketing

Selling costs are primarily the personnel  and travel  expenses related to the effort expended to
license our products and services to current  and potential  customers, as well as for overall management
of customer relationships. Marketing  costs include  expenses needed to promote the Company and  our
products and to acquire market research  and measure  customer opinions  to  help us better understand
our  customers and their business needs.

Selling and marketing expenses in fiscal  2009 decreased $10.5 million compared  to  fiscal  2008. This

decrease was largely the result of lower  personnel-related costs including salaries,  commissions,
bonuses, and stock-based compensation. Stock-based  compensation expense decreased because we have
been unable to issue new equity-based compensation awards since  fiscal 2007. Additionally, there  were
other decreases in costs related to travel,  external consultants and marketing events.

Research and Development

Research and development (‘‘R&D’’)  expenses primarily consist  of  personnel  and external

consultants costs related to the creation  of new products, and  enhancements  and engineering changes
to existing products.

R&D expenses in fiscal 2009 decreased $3.7 million compared to fiscal 2008 related primarily to a
reduction in incentive bonuses for employees and decreases in stock-based compensation.  Stock-based
compensation expense decreased because  we have  been unable to issue new equity-based compensation
awards since fiscal 2007. Additionally, we capitalized a higher  portion of our R&D costs  during fiscal
year 2009 as compared to fiscal 2008, which contributed to a  year-over-year decrease  in R&D  expenses.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses  include  the costs  of  corporate and  support  functions which

include executive leadership and administration groups: finance;  legal;  human resources; corporate

47

communications; and other costs such as  outside professional  and consultant fees and  provisions for
doubtful accounts.

General and administrative expenses  in fiscal 2009  increased $3.6 million  compared to fiscal 2008.

The increase was primarily attributable to the  extended time and  effort  to  complete the fiscal 2008
audit. These higher costs were significant and  included extensive use of external financial consultants,
higher  audit fees, and to a lesser extent, an increase in  personnel costs. These  finance cost increases
were partially offset by lower legal costs. Stock-based  compensation expense also decreased because we
have been unable to issue new equity-based compensation awards  since fiscal 2007.

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring charges in fiscal 2009 decreased  $6.2 million compared  to  fiscal  2008. During fiscal
2009, we initiated a plan to reduce operating expenses that resulted in the  reduction of our workforce.
We  recorded a restructuring charge of  $2.4 million during fiscal 2009  primarily  associated with  this
program which was significantly lower  than  the restructuring charge that was incurred in the  prior year
associated with the relocation of our  corporate  headquarters. In  the future,  we may incur additional
expense to reflect actual costs in excess of existing restructuring reserves.

Interest Income

Interest income is  generated from the  accretion of interest  on the long term installment payments

of software license contracts where revenue  was  recognized up-front,  and to a  lesser extent from the
investment of cash balances in short  term instruments.

Interest income decreased $1.1 million in fiscal 2009 as compared to 2008 primarily due to lower

average receivables balances for both  installment and collateralized  receivables.

We  expect receivables balances and associated interest income to continue  to  decrease as

customers transition to our new aspenONE license offering.

Interest Expense

Interest expense is incurred on our secured borrowings. Interest  expense in  fiscal 2009 decreased

$7.3 million compared to fiscal 2008. The  decrease was attributable to lower average  secured borrowing
balances, principally due to the payoff  of  three significant securitizations during fiscal 2008.

Other Income (Expense), Net

Other income (expense), net is comprised primarily of foreign currency exchange gain (loss)
generated from transactions denominated  in  foreign currencies. To mitigate this risk we  occasionally
enter into foreign currency forward contracts to attempt to minimize the adverse impact related to
unfavorable exchange rate movements.  Our foreign currency  forward contracts have not been
designated as hedging instruments and, therefore, do not qualify  for  fair value or cash flow  hedge
treatment under the criteria of Statement  No. 133  ‘‘Accounting for Derivative  Instruments  and Hedging
Activities.’’ Therefore, the unrealized gains and losses on the foreign currency  forward contracts, as well
as the underlying transactions we are attempting  to  shield from exchange rate movements,  have been
recognized as a component of other  income (expense),  net. Other  income, net in fiscal  2009 decreased
$5.2 million compared to fiscal 2008 primarily  due  to  the strengthening of the U.S. dollar against the
British Pound Sterling and the Euro.

Provision for/Benefit from Income Taxes

We  recorded a provision for income taxes  of $1.4 million for fiscal 2009, primarily related to our
income in foreign jurisdictions, withholding taxes imposed on license fees paid to us  from customers

48

outside the U.S., and changes in estimates  under FIN 48. The income tax  provision also  includes state
income taxes. We did not record a federal  income tax  provision on our  domestic income, since we are
able  to  reduce  such  standard  tax  provision  by  net  operating  loss  carryforwards  that  expire  at  various
dates from 2010 through 2025, and available  tax  credit carryforwards.

The increase in the provision during  fiscal 2009 was  attributable  to

Comparison of Fiscal 2008 to Fiscal 2007

Revenues. Total revenues for fiscal 2008 decreased  by  $29.4 million,  or 8.6%, to $311.6 million
from $341.0 million in fiscal 2007. Total revenues from customers outside  the U.S.  were $198.1 million
or 63.6% of total revenues and $180.0  million  or 52.8% of  total  revenues for fiscal 2008  and 2007,
respectively. The geographical mix of revenues  can vary from period to period.

Software license revenues are attributable  to  software license renewals of term contracts with
existing users; the expansion of existing customer  relationships through  licenses for additional users, or
licenses of additional software products; and to a lesser extent, to the  addition of  new customers.
Software license revenues represented 54.0% and 58.6%  of total revenues for  fiscal  2008 and 2007,
respectively. Revenues from software  licenses  in fiscal 2008 decreased 15.7%  to  $168.4 million from
$199.8 million in fiscal 2007.

Service and other  revenues primarily  consist of professional  services, post-contract maintenance

support on software licenses, and training, and are dependent upon a number of factors.

(cid:127) the number, value and labor rate per hour of services transactions  booked  during  the current

and preceding periods;

(cid:127) the number and availability of service resources actively engaged on billable  projects;

(cid:127) the timing of milestone acceptance for engagements  contractually requiring customer  sign-off;

(cid:127) the timing of collection of cash payments when collectability  is uncertain;

(cid:127) the timing of negotiating and signing  maintenance renewals; and

(cid:127) the size and comparison of both new sales and the installed base of license  contracts.

Service and other  revenues in fiscal 2008 increased slightly  by $1.9 million, or 1.3%,  to

$143.2 million from $141.3 in fiscal 2007.  This increase  was driven  by an increase in  maintenance and
training revenue of 6.2%, to $83.5 million  in fiscal 2008  from $78.6 million in fiscal  2007 due to the
continued growth of our installed base  of maintenance contracts. This increase was  partially offset by a
4.8% decline in the professional services  business, to $59.7 million from  $62.7 million,  which was due to
a $1.1 million decrease in reimbursable expenses included in revenue in  the current quarter, coupled
with $2.2 million of revenues related to the completion of a sizeable customer  application  project
milestone.

Cost of Software Licenses. Cost of software licenses consists of royalties,  amortization of

previously capitalized software costs, costs  related  to  delivery of software,  including disk duplication and
third-party software costs, printing of manuals  and  packaging. Cost  of software licenses for fiscal 2008
increased $1.3 million, or 8.9%, to $15.9 million from $14.6 million in  fiscal 2007. This increase is due
to $2.8 million in increased royalty payments attributed to the mix of software  licenses  sold,  offset by a
$1.4 million decrease due to the continued  amortization of capitalized  software. The lower  capitalized
software development costs were attributed to the achievement  of technological feasibility occurring
near the end of the fiscal 2008.

Cost of Service and Other. Cost of service and other consists of the  cost of execution of

professional services, technical support expenses and the  cost of training  services.  Cost of service and

49

other for fiscal 2008 decreased $3.3 million, or 4.6%, to $69.1 million from  $72.4 million for  fiscal  2007.
This decrease is attributed to $1.0 million reduction in sub-contractor fees  associated with  service  and
maintenance contract renewals, stemming from the termination of an external contractor.  The work
which  was previously contracted to the  third party contractor has been brought back  in house.
Additionally, there was a $0.9 million  reduction in infrastructure-related expenses resulting mostly from
facility consolidations and lower project  reimbursable expenses  of $1.1 million.

Amortization of Technology Related Intangible Assets. Amortization of technology related intangible

assets consists of the amortization of intangible assets from acquisitions. These  assets were generally
being amortized over a period of three to five years. Amortization of these intangible assets  decreased
by 100% in fiscal 2008 as compared  to  fiscal 2007 due  to  the related assets  being  fully amortized as of
the end of fiscal 2007.

Selling and Marketing. Selling and marketing expenses for fiscal  2008 increased $6.3 million,  or

6.7%, to $99.7 million from $93.4 million in fiscal 2007.  This was  primarily  attributable  to  an increase
in personnel costs of $5.0 million resulting from  annual merit  increases and an  increase in headcount;
as well as an increase of $1.5 million in marketing costs principally due to increased participation in
tradeshows and events.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses consist of personnel and outside

consultancy costs required to conduct our  product development efforts. Research and development
expenses for fiscal 2008 increased $2.5 million, or 5.9%, to $45.2 million from $42.7 million in  fiscal
2007. During fiscal 2007, $3.5 million  of software research  and  development  costs were capitalized for  a
development effort which began in the prior fiscal year.  In fiscal 2008, only  $0.8 million of software
research and development costs were  capitalized due  to  the achievement of technological feasibility
occurring near the end of the fiscal year.

General and Administrative. General and administrative expenses consist  primarily of personnel

costs of administrative, executive, financial and  legal  personnel, including outside professional fees.
General and administrative expenses  for fiscal 2008  increased $3.6 million, or 7.1%, to $54.6 million
from $51.0 million in fiscal 2007. The increase  was attributed primarily to external consultant and audit
fees of  $8.4 million associated with the restatement of our  fiscal 2007 financial statements and
professional fee costs associated with  the extended  period of time to complete our fiscal 2008 audit and
a $1.2 million increase in recruiting fees.  These costs were  partially offset by lower legal fees of
$4.1 million compared to fiscal 2007. The  decrease in legal  fees  from fiscal 2007 to fiscal 2008 was
associated with expenses incurred in  fiscal  2007 associated with an SEC  civil enforcement action and an
arbitration proceeding alleging that software products  and implementation services failed to meet
customer expectations. This change is  further  explained by a decrease in the  provision for bad debt of
$2.4 million as a result of collecting cash  received  for customer  account balances which  were previously
considered uncollectible.

Restructuring Charges. During fiscal 2008, we recorded $8.6 million in  restructuring charges. The

restructuring  charges  of  $6.0  million  were  related  to  costs  associated  with  our  plan  to  relocate  our
corporate headquarters and recorded under the May 2007 restructuring plan.  The  remainder of the
restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2008  consisted of revisions  of  estimates associated  with lease
exit costs and accretion of the discounted restructuring accruals under  previous restructuring plans.

Interest  Income.

Interest income for fiscal 2008 increased $1.9 million, or 8.7%, to $23.8  million

from $21.9 million in fiscal 2007. Interest  income  is generated from  the investment of excess cash in
short term instruments, and from the accretion of interest on  multi-year  software licenses when
revenues are recognized at the time the  license was  shipped.  In these transactions, interest income
represents the difference between the  sum  of  the installment payments  on the software  license and the
net present value of the payment stream, and is earned  over the life of the contract. The year over year

50

increase in interest income is a result  of a  higher average receivables  balance, both installment and
collateralized, during fiscal 2008.

We  have pledged a portion of the installments receivable  contracts to unrelated financial

institutions as collateral for secured borrowings and recorded  the  value  of  these  installments  as
collateralized receivables on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

Interest Expense.

Interest expense is incurred primarily  from our secured borrowings. The secured

borrowings are derived from our securitizations  and borrowing arrangements with unrelated  financial
institutions. Interest expense in fiscal 2008 decreased 4.3%  to  $17.8 million  from $18.6 million in fiscal
2007. The overall decrease was attributable to a lower  level of secured borrowings, in  particular a lower
level  of  high interest debt due to the repayment  of  the securitization arrangements entered into during
fiscal 2005 and fiscal 2007, referenced  below  at Liquidity and Capital Resources, which occurred in
fiscal 2008.

Foreign Currency Exchange Gain (Loss). We use forward contracts to manage  the currency risk

related to certain business transactions denominated in  foreign currencies. The contracts mitigate our
risk from exchange rate movements since they generally offset gains and losses  on the  related foreign
currency denominated transactions. Our  foreign  currency  forward contracts have  not  been designated as
hedging instruments and, therefore, do not qualify  for  fair value or cash flow hedge  treatment under
the criteria of Statement No. 133 ‘‘Accounting  for Derivative Instruments  and Hedging  Activities.’’
Therefore, the unrealized gains and losses  on  our contracts, as  well as  the underlying transaction we
are attempting to hedge, have been recognized  as a component of  other expense in  the consolidated
statements of operations. The $3.6 million gain  is a result of significant increases in  the two  primary
foreign currency cash accounts whose balances  doubled during the  fiscal year.

Provision for/Benefit from Income Taxes. We recorded a provision for income taxes  of $1.4 million
for fiscal 2009, primarily related to state  income taxes.  Although our foreign subsidiaries are profitable,
current taxes were offset by reversals in  FIN 48  reserves.  We did not record a  federal income tax
provision  on our domestic income, due to the offset in valuation allowance.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Resources

Our primary source of cash is from the licensing  of our products and associated  services.  Our
primary use of cash is payment of our operating costs  which consist  primarily  of  employee-related
expenses, such as compensation and  benefits, as well as general  operating expenses for  marketing,
facilities and overhead costs. We historically have financed our  operations  through cash  generated from
operating activities, public offerings of our convertible debentures  and common stock, private  offerings
of our preferred stock and common stock, borrowings  secured by our installment receivable contracts
and borrowings under bank credit facilities. As  of June 30, 2009,  our principal  sources  of liquidity
consisted of $122.2 million in cash and  cash equivalents and  $17.5 million of unused borrowings under
our  credit facility. The amount of unused borrowings actually available,  under the credit facility varies
in accordance with the terms of the agreement. We believe that the amount of borrowing capacity
currently available along with our current  cash and cash equivalents balance and future cash  flows from
operations, will be sufficient to meet  our anticipated cash  needs  for at least the  next twelve months. We
are not currently dependent upon short-term funding, and the limited availability  of  credit in the
market has not affected our credit facility  our liquidity, or  materially impacted our funding costs.

51

The following table summarizes our cash flow activities for the periods indicated (in thousands):

Cash flow provided by (used in):
Operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect of exchange rates on cash balances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 33,450
(5,772)
(38,419)
(1,094)

$ 70,829
(9,756)
(59,761)
469

$55,720
(7,864)
(2,182)
321

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(11,835) $ 1,781

$45,995

2009

2008

2007

Operating Activities

Cash generated by operating activities is our primary source of liquidity  and provided $33.5 million

during fiscal 2009. This amount resulted  from net income of $52.9  million,  adjusted for non-cash
charges of $17.1 million, and a net $36.5  million  use of cash due to an increase  in working  capital.

Non-cash items within net income consisted  primarily of $8.7 million of depreciation and
amortization, $4.7 million of stock-based  compensation, and $3.8 million of net  unrealized foreign
currency losses driven by the strengthening of the U.S. dollar.

Our cash  balance decreased in part due to a $36.5 million  increase in  working capital.  The  change
in working capital consisted primarily  of  decreases in: deferred  revenues of  $27.7 million; income taxes
payable of $10.2 million, decreases in prepaid expenses of $11.2  million, other non-current liabilities
attributed to adjustments to our FIN 48  reserves  of  $6.7 million, accounts payable and accrued
expenses and other current liabilities of  $10.1 million and decreases  in installments and  collateralized
receivables of $8.0 million, partially offset  by a decrease in accounts receivable of $34.6 million and to a
lesser  extent  a  decrease  in  unbilled  services.

The decrease in deferred revenue was primarily attributable to the  timing of revenue  recognition

for certain license agreements that were signed during fiscal 2008, but not  fully delivered and therefore
did not meet revenue recognition criteria  until fiscal 2009. While  we  had a material amount of  license
bookings closed during fiscal 2009 that were not recognized  as revenue during the fiscal year, unlike
fiscal 2008, the majority of these license  bookings  were not recorded  as receivables and deferred
revenue on our fiscal 2009 year-end  balance sheet. The decrease  in accounts receivable  resulted from a
number of large contracts closed during  the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008  where customers elected to
pay for their multi-year contract at the outset of the arrangement, resulting in  the full contract value of
the receivable being recorded as accounts  receivable  at the  end of fiscal  2008. There was a lower dollar
value of contracts with similar terms in the  fourth quarter  of fiscal 2009. The decreases in accounts
payable, accrued expenses and other  current  liabilities were  primarily  due to lower income taxes
payable and accrued bonus amounts.

Looking ahead, we expect to generate positive cash  flow from operations.  As discussed  in the
Business Overview section of this Item  7, we do  not  expect  the  adoption of our new licensing  model  to
have a negative impact on our operating  cash flows because  most  of  our existing contracts are already
on an installment term basis. We anticipate that existing  cash balances, together  with funds generated
from operations, will be sufficient to finance our operations and meet our cash  requirements for the
foreseeable future.

Investing Activities

During  fiscal 2009, we used $5.8 million of cash for investments to upgrade our financial reporting

and management information systems  and for the development of our  aspenONE v7 software release,
which  provided additional integration  benefits  within the aspenONE suite.

52

We  are continuing our efforts to enhance our  information  system and implement other related

internal control changes, which have been designed  in part to remediate our  material  weakness  in
internal controls over financial reporting. A portion of  the remediation costs are expected to be
incurred to upgrade our existing financial applications. We  do not expect these costs to be materially
different from our IT investment costs in prior  fiscal years.

We  are not currently party to any material  purchase  contracts related to future capital

expenditures.

Financing Activities

During  fiscal 2009, we used $38.4 million of cash for financing activities  of which  $38.1 million was
used to reduce our secured borrowings balance. Based on the current cash  forecast,  we expect secured
borrowings balances to continue to decline during fiscal 2010.

Borrowings Collateralized by Receivable Contracts

Traditional Programs

We  historically have maintained arrangements, which  we refer  to  as our Traditional  Programs, with
financial institutions providing for borrowings that  are secured  by our installment and other receivable
contracts, and for which limited recourse exists against us. Under our  arrangements with General
Electric Capital Corporation, Bank of America and Silicon Valley Bank (SVB),  both  parties must agree
to enter into each transaction and negotiate the amount borrowed and interest rate secured by each
receivable. The customers’ payments of  the underlying receivables  fund the repayment  of the related
amounts borrowed. The weighted average interest rate on the secured borrowings was 8.1% and 7.6%
at June  30, 2009 and 2008, respectively.

The collateralized receivables earn interest income, and  the secured borrowings accrue  borrowing

costs at approximately the same interest  rate. When we receive  cash from  a customer,  the collateralized
receivable balance is reduced and the related secured  borrowing is  reclassified to an accrued liability
for amounts we must remit to the financial institution. The accrued liability is reduced when payment is
remitted to the financial institutions.  The terms of the customer receivables  range from amounts due
within 30 days to receivables due over  five  years.

Under these arrangements, we received aggregate  cash  proceeds of  $30.2 million,  $74.1 million and

$148.9 million during fiscal 2009, 2008 and  2007, respectively. Since  December 2007,  we have  not  sold
any receivables for the purpose of raising  cash, but we have sold some  large dollar receivables in order
to fund the repurchase of several large groups  of  smaller  receivables previously sold to the banks, for
the purpose of simplifying our administration of the programs. As of June 30, 2009,  we had outstanding
secured borrowings of $112.1 million that  were secured by  collateralized receivables totaling
$96.4 million under the Traditional Programs.

We  estimate that there was in excess of $35.0 million available under the SVB program at  June  30,

2009. As the collection of the collateralized receivables  and resulting payment  of  the borrowing
obligation will reduce the outstanding balance, the availability under the  arrangement can  be  increased.
We  expect to maintain our access to  cash under this  arrangement, and to transfer installments
receivable as business requirements dictate. Our ongoing ability to access the available capacity will
depend  upon a number of factors, including the generation  of  additional customer receivables  and the
financial institution’s willingness to continue  to  enter into these  transactions.

Under the terms of the Traditional Programs, we  have transferred  the receivables  to  the financial

institutions with limited financial recourse  to us. We can be required  to  repurchase the receivables
under certain circumstances in case of specific defaults by us as set forth in the  program terms.
Potential recourse obligations are primarily related to the SVB arrangement  that  requires us to pay

53

interest to SVB when the underlying  customer has  not  paid  by the receivable due date. This recourse is
limited to a maximum period of 90 days  after the  due date. The amount of  outstanding receivables that
have this potential recourse obligation is  $43.6 million at June  30, 2009. This 90-day recourse obligation
is recognized as interest expense as incurred and totaled  $0.1 million, $0.4 million, and $0.7 million for
fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively. Otherwise,  recourse generally results  from circumstances in
which  we failed to perform requirements  related to contracts with the  customer. Other than the specific
items noted above, the financial institutions bear  the credit risk of the customers associated with the
receivables the institution purchased.

In the ordinary course of us acting as a  servicing agent  for receivables transferred  to  SVB, we
regularly receive funds from customers  that are processed  and  remitted onward to SVB.  While  in our
possession, these cash receipts are contractually owned by SVB and are held by us on  their behalf  until
remitted to the bank. Cash receipts held  for the benefit of SVB recorded in  our  cash balances and
current liabilities totaled $0.9 million as  of June 30, 2008, no such funds were held as of  June 30, 2009.
Such amounts are restricted from our  use.

The terms of the asset purchase agreement for one of the programs requires the timely  reporting

of financial information. As of June 30, 2009,  we were not in  compliance with that requirement. We
have obtained waivers for such non-compliance which  extends the deadline for delivering the fiscal
2009 financial information until November 30,  2009. We are in  the process  of obtaining an additional
waiver to extend the reporting deadline for the  financial  information  for  the first quarter of fiscal 2010.
Because we have been unable to timely report financial information and the waiver of this covenant
does not extend the grace period for a  year  and  a day past the balance  sheet date, the obligation under
this  program has been classified as a current obligation in the  accompanying consolidated balance sheet
as of  June 30, 2009.

In June 2008, we paid the outstanding amount under the Bank of America program  at its carrying

value of $2.7 million inclusive of a one  percent pre-payment penalty.

Securitization of Accounts Receivable

During  fiscal 2005 and 2007 we entered into two securitization arrangements where  we securitized

and transferred receivables with a net  carrying value of $71.9 million and $32.1  million,  respectively,
and received cash proceeds of $43.8 million and $20.0 million, respectively. These  borrowings were
secured by the transferred receivables,  and the  debt  and borrowing costs were  repaid as the  receivables
were collected. Neither arrangement met  the criteria for a sale and as  such had  been accounted for as
a secured borrowing. We received and  retained collections  on these receivables  after all borrowing and
related costs were paid to the financial institution. The financial institutions’ rights to repayment were
limited to the payments received from the receivables.  Both  securitizations were  paid off  during  fiscal
2008 at their respective carrying values of $4.2 million and $12.2 million. The payments  resulted in  a
reclassification to accounts receivable  of $9.8 million and to current  installments  receivable of
$17.8 million from the current portion of collateralized receivables, and $23.9 million  from non-current
collateralized receivables to non-current  installment receivables.

54

Credit Facility

In January 2003 and through subsequent  amendments,  we executed a  loan arrangement with  SVB.
This arrangement provides a line of credit of up to the lesser of (i) $25.0  million or  (ii) 80%  of eligible
domestic receivables. The line of credit bears  interest at the greater of  the bank’s prime  rate (3.25%  at
June 30, 2009) plus 0.5%, or 4.75%. If  we maintain  a $10.0 million compensating cash  balance  with the
bank, our unused line of credit fee will  be 0.1875% per annum; otherwise  it will be 0.375%  per  annum.
The  line  of  credit  is  collateralized  by  substantially  all  of  our  assets  and  we  are  required  to  provide
certain financial information and to meet certain financial  covenants,  including  minimum tangible net
worth, minimum cash balances and an  adjusted quick ratio.  As of June  30, 2009, we were  not  in
compliance with certain financial reporting requirements under the terms  of  the loan arrangement,  and
have obtained waivers for such non-compliance. Furthermore, the terms of the  loan arrangement
restrict our ability to pay dividends, with the exception of dividends paid in  common stock or preferred
stock dividends paid in cash.

On November 3, 2009, we executed an amendment to the loan arrangement that adjusted certain

terms of covenants, including modifying  the date we must  provide monthly  unaudited and  annual
audited financial statements to the bank and the maturity date of the credit loan, which was extended
to May 15, 2010. As of June 30, 2009,  there were $7.7 million in  letters of credit outstanding  under the
line of credit, and there was $17.5 million available for future  borrowing.

Requirements

Contractual obligations and requirements

As described above, we have transferred certain  receivables under  our receivable sale  facilities,  and

these transactions have been classified  as collateralized receivables  and  secured borrowings for
accounting purposes. Repayments of these borrowings  are funded by  the payments made  by  the
customer either directly to the applicable  financial institution or to us as  agent,  with no financial
recourse to us. Accordingly, we do not  have any  contractual obligation to fund these payments, as the
scheduled payments are not our obligation, and there  are no  financial  guarantees issued in relation to
these transactions. The table below excludes these transactions,  as we do not  have a contractual
payment obligation.

Our contractual obligations at June 30,  2009 primarily consisted  of  operating leases  for our

headquarters and other facilities, purchase  commitments, and other  debt obligations. Other than these,
there were no other commitments for  capital or other expenditures. Our obligations related  to  these
items at June 30, 2009 were as follows  (in  thousands):

Payments due by Period

Total

Less than
1 Year

2-3
Years

4-5
Years

More than
5 Years

Contractual Cash Obligations:
Operating leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed fee royalty obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contractual royalty obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

43,823
3,268
14,479

12,460
1,134
8,627

17,541
1,586
3,968

8,817
374
1,884

5,005
174
—

Total contractual cash obligations . . . . . . . . . .

$61,570

$22,221

$23,095

$11,075

$5,179

Other Commercial Commitments:
Standby letters of credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,733

$ 1,016

$ 1,959

$ — $4,758

Total commercial commitments . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,733

$ 1,016

$ 1,959

$ — $4,758

Total contractual future sublease rental income as of June 30, 2009 was $9.5 million, which  is not

included in the above table.

55

On September 5, 2007, we entered into an  additional sublease agreement related to our former
office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts, effective October 1, 2007 for  approximately  50,000 square
feet that expires on September 30, 2012.  As of June 30,  2009, we had multiple agreements that expire
through 2012 to sublease approximately  106,295  square  feet of space  in our former  office space in
Cambridge. These sublease agreements  represent $7.6 million of scheduled sublease  payments not
included in the above table.

See Note 11 of the Notes to the Consolidated Financial  Statements under  the caption  of

‘‘Operating Leases’’ for additional disclosure.

The standby letters of credit are issued to secure performance on professional services  contracts
and rental agreements and were issued  by SVB in  the U.S. and National  Westminster  Bank in  the UK.

Dividends

In accordance with our charter, upon each conversion of  shares of our Series D-1  or D-2

convertible preferred stock into common  stock, we paid a cash dividend in the  amount  of the dividends
accumulated with respect to those shares  from their original issue date  to the  conversion  date. We paid
to the holders of those shares a total  of $2.4  million  upon the  conversion  of 30,000 shares of Series  D-1
convertible preferred stock into 3,000,000  shares of common stock in  May  2006 and  an additional
$27.4 million upon the conversion of the  remaining  270,300 shares of Series D-1 convertible  preferred
stock into 27,030,000 shares of common stock in December 2006. We paid  $6.6 million to the holder of
our  Series D-2 convertible preferred stock upon conversion of all of  the  63,064 outstanding  shares of
such preferred stock into 6,306,400 shares  of common stock in  January 2007. Historically we have  not
paid dividends on our common stock and do  not  anticipate paying dividends in  the future.

Inflation

Inflation has not had a significant impact on our operating results to date and we do  not  expect

inflation to have a significant impact  during  fiscal 2010.

New Accounting Pronouncements

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued  SFAS No. 157, ‘‘Fair Value Measurements,’’  (SFAS No. 157)

which  enhances existing guidance for  measuring assets  and liabilities at fair value.  SFAS No. 157
defines fair value, establishes a framework  for measuring fair value and expands disclosure  about fair
value measurements. This statement  is effective for fiscal  years beginning  after November 15,  2007. In
February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No.  157-2,  ‘‘Effective  Date of FASB Statement  No 157,’’
which  permits companies to partially defer  the effective date of SFAS No.  157 for  one year  for
nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair  value in  the financial
statements on a nonrecurring basis. We  adopted  SFAS No.  157 on  July  1, 2008. The adoption of  SFAS
No. 157 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No. 159, ‘‘The  Fair Value Option for  Financial Assets
and Financial Liabilities’’ (SFAS No. 159). SFAS No. 159 permits entities  to measure many  financial
instruments and certain other items at  fair  value and provides  entities with the  opportunity to mitigate
volatility in reported earnings caused by  measuring related assets and liabilities differently without
having to apply complex hedge accounting  provisions. Once  an entity has elected the  fair value option
for designated financial instruments and other items, changes in fair value must be recognized  in the
statement of operations. SFAS No. 159 is  effective  for fiscal years beginning  after November 15, 2007.
We  adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 159  as of July 1, 2008. As of June 30, 2009, we had  not  elected
the fair value option for any eligible financial asset or liability.

56

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161, ‘‘Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and

Hedging Activities—An Amendment of  FASB Statement No. 133.’’ This statement changes the
disclosure requirements for derivative instruments and  hedging activities. SFAS  No. 161  requires
enhanced disclosures about (a) how and  why an  entity  uses  derivative instruments, (b)  how derivative
instruments and related hedged items are accounted for under SFAS No.  133 and  its  related
interpretations, and (c) how derivative  instruments and related  hedged items  affect an entity’s  financial
position, financial performance, and  cash flows.  This  statement is  effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years and interim periods  beginning after November 15, 2008.  We adopted the
provisions of SFAS No. 161 as of January  1, 2009. The adoption  of SFAS No. 161  did not have a
material impact on our consolidated  financial statements.

In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS  No. 165, ‘‘Subsequent Events’’ (SFAS No.  165).  SFAS No. 165

establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after  the balance
sheet date but before financial statements  are issued or are available to be issued. SFAS No.  165 is
effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15,  2009. We adopted SFAS  No. 165  on
April 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS  No.  165 did not have  a  material impact on  our consolidated
financial statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No.  141(R), ‘‘Business Combinations,’’  (SFAS

No. 141(R)) which replaces SFAS No. 141.  SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements
for how an acquirer recognizes and measures  in its financial statements the identifiable assets  acquired,
the liabilities assumed, any noncontrolling  interest  in the acquiree and  the goodwill acquired. It also
establishes disclosure requirements which  will enable users  to  evaluate  the  nature and financial  effects
of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2008. We will adopt the provisions of  SFAS No. 141(R) on  July  1, 2009. We expect that the adoption  of
SFAS No. 141(R)  will have an impact  on accounting for business combinations but  the effect is
primarily dependent upon future acquisitions.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No.  160, ‘‘Noncontrolling  Interests in  Consolidated
Financial Statements—An amendment of  Accounting Research Bulletin No.  51’’ (‘‘SFAS No. 160’’),
which  establishes accounting and reporting  standards for  ownership  interests in subsidiaries held  by
parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the  parent and  to
the noncontrolling interest, changes in a  parent’s ownership interest,  and the valuation  of  retained
noncontrolling equity investments when a  subsidiary  is deconsolidated. The Statement also establishes
reporting requirements that provide  sufficient disclosures  that  clearly identify  and distinguish  between
the interests of the parent and the interests  of the noncontrolling  owners. SFAS No. 160 is  effective for
fiscal years beginning after December  15, 2008.  We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No.  160 as of
July 1, 2009. We do not expect the adoption of  SFAS  No. 160 to have a  material impact on our
consolidated financial statements as no  minority interests are reported as  of June 30,  2009.

In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS 140-3, ‘‘Accounting for Transfers of

Financial Assets and Repurchase Financing  Transactions’’  (FSP FAS 140-3).  The objective  of FSP
FAS 140-3 is to provide guidance on  accounting for a transfer  of  a  financial asset and repurchase
financing. FSP FAS 140-3 presumes that an initial  transfer of a financial asset and a repurchase
financing are considered part of the same  arrangement (linked transaction) under SFAS No. 140.
However, if certain criteria are met, the  initial transfer and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated
as a linked transaction and shall be evaluated separately  under SFAS No. 140. FSP FAS 140-3 is
effective for fiscal years beginning after November 15, 2008  and interim periods in those fiscal years.
Early adoption is not permitted. We  will adopt the  provisions  of  FSP FAS 140-3 on  July 1,  2009. The
adoption of FSP FAS 140-3 will not have a  material impact on our  consolidated financial statements.

57

In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS 142-3,  ‘‘Determination of the Useful Life
of Intangible Assets’’ (FSP FAS 142-3).  FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should  be  considered in
developing renewal or extension assumptions  used  to  determine the  useful life of  a recognized
intangible asset under SFAS No. 142. FSP FAS 142-3 is  effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2008. We will adopt the provisions of FSP FAS  142-3 on July 1, 2009.  The adoption of
FSP FAS 142-3 will not have a material  impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 166,  ‘‘Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets’’
(SFAS No. 166). SFAS No. 166 removes the concept of a Qualifying Special Purpose Entity  from SFAS
No. 140 and removes the exception from  applying FIN 46R. This  statement also clarifies the
requirements for isolation and limitations on  portions of financial  assets that are eligible for sale
accounting. This statement is effective  for fiscal years beginning  after Nov. 15, 2009. We will  adopt  the
provisions of SFAS No. 166 on July 1, 2010.  The adoption of SFAS No. 166 will not have a  material
impact on our consolidated financial  statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167,  ‘‘Amendments  to  FASB Interpretation No.  46(R)’’

(SFAS No. 167). SFAS No. 167 amends the  consolidation guidance applicable to variable  interest
entities and affects the overall consolidation analysis  under FASB Interpretation No.  46(R). SFAS
No. 167 is effective for fiscal years beginning  after November  15, 2009. We will adopt the provisions of
SFAS No. 167 as of July 1, 2010. We  are  currently  assessing  the impact of the adoption of SFAS
No. 167 on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 168,  ‘‘The FASB Accounting  Standards Codification and

the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted  Accounting Principles—A replacement of  FASB  Statement
No. 162’’ (SFAS No. 168). SFAS No. 168  stipulates the  FASB Accounting Standards  Codification  is the
source of authoritative U.S. GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental  entities.
SFAS No. 168 is effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after
September 15, 2009. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 168  on July 1, 2009.  The
implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued EITF 08-1 ‘‘Multiple-Deliverable  Revenue Arrangements’’
(EITF 08-1). EITF 08-1 amends EITF  00-21, ‘‘Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables’’ to
eliminate the requirement that all undelivered elements have Vendor-Specific Objective Evidence
(VSOE)  or Third-Party Evidence (TPE)  before  an entity can recognize the portion of an overall
arrangement fee that is attributable to  items that  already  have been  delivered. In the  absence of  VSOE
or TPE of the standalone selling price  for one or more delivered or  undelivered elements  in a multiple-
element arrangement, entities will be  required to estimate the selling prices  of  those elements. The
overall arrangement fee will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based
on their relative selling prices, regardless  of whether those selling prices  are evidenced  by  VSOE or
TPE or are based on the entity’s estimated  selling price.  Application of the ‘‘residual method’’ of
allocating an overall arrangement fee  between delivered and undelivered  elements will no longer  be
permitted upon adoption of EITF 08-1. Additionally, the new guidance will require entities to disclose
more information about their multiple-element revenue  arrangements. EITF  08-1  is effective
prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on
or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt  EITF 08-1 on July  1, 2010. We are
currently evaluating the impacts of the adoption  of  EITF 08-1 on our consolidated financial  statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued EITF 09-3 ‘‘Certain  Revenue Arrangements that Include
Software Elements’’ (EITF 09-3). EITF  09-3 amends  SOP 97-2, ‘‘Software Revenue Recognition’’ to
exclude from its scope tangible products that  contain both software and  non-software components that
function together to deliver a product’s  essential functionality. EITF 09-3  is effective prospectively for
revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning  on or after  June  15,

58

2010. Early adoption is permitted. We  will adopt  EITF 09-3 on July 1,  2010. We  do not expect  the
adoption of EITF 09-3 to have a material  impact on our  consolidated  financial  statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative  Disclosures about Market  Risk.

In the ordinary course of conducting business, we are exposed to certain  risks associated with
potential changes in market conditions.  These  market  risks  include changes in currency exchange rates
and interest rates. In order to manage the  volatility of our  more significant  market  risks, we enter into
derivative financial instruments such  as  forward currency exchange contracts.

Foreign Currency Exposure

Foreign currency risk arises primarily  from the net difference between (a)  non-U.S. dollar

(non-USD) receipts from customers outside the U.S. and (b) non-USD operating costs for  subsidiaries
in foreign countries. Although it was our  historical practice to hedge the majority of our non-USD
receipts,  beginning in late fiscal 2008  we  revised this practice  to  evaluate  the  need for hedges based  on
only the net exposure to foreign currencies.  We  measure our  net exposure to each currency for which
we have either cash inflows or outflows.

During  fiscal 2009, our largest exposures  to  foreign exchange rates existed primarily with  the Euro,

British Pound Sterling, Canadian Dollar, and Japanese  Yen against  the U.S. dollar. Based  on the
anticipated net exposures to these currencies,  we believe that our  foreign currency risk is not large
enough to require hedging, and as such  there were no  foreign currency exchange contracts  outstanding
at June  30, 2009.

Investment Portfolio

We  do not use derivative financial instruments in our  investment portfolio. We place  our

investments in instruments that meet high  credit quality standards,  as specified in our investment policy
guidelines. We do not expect any material  loss  with respect  to  our investment  portfolio  from changes in
market interest rates or credit losses as  our investments  consist primarily of money market accounts. At
June 30, 2009, all of the instruments in our  investment portfolio were included in cash and  cash
equivalents.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

The following consolidated financial  statements  specified by this Item, together with the  reports
thereon of KPMG LLP and Deloitte  & Touche LLP, are presented following Item  15 of this report:

Financial Statements:

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30,  2009, 2008, and 2007

Consolidated Balance Sheets at June 30,  2009 and 2008

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity (Deficit) for  the years ended June 30,  2009,
2008, and 2007

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  for  the years ended June 30, 2009,  2008, and 2007

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

59

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants  on Accounting  and Financial Disclosure.

On January 10, 2008, Deloitte & Touche LLP (‘‘Deloitte’’) informed  our Audit Committee that
Deloitte declined to stand for re-appointment as our independent registered public accounting firm for
the fiscal 2008 audit. However, Deloitte agreed to be engaged for  the review of our interim
consolidated financial statements included in  our Quarterly Report  on Form  10-Q for  the quarter
ended September 30, 2007. On March 12,  2008,  the Audit Committee appointed  KPMG LLP as our
independent registered public accounting  firm for  fiscal  2008.

During  fiscal 2006 and 2007 and through the  subsequent interim period preceding such resignation,
there was no disagreement between us and  Deloitte on any matter of accounting principles or practices,
financial statement disclosure, or auditing  scope or procedure that,  if not resolved  to  Deloitte’s
satisfaction, would have caused Deloitte  to  make reference to the subject matter of  the disagreement in
connection with its audit report. There  were no  ‘‘reportable events’’ as that term  is described  in
Item 304(a) (1) (v) of Regulation S-K during fiscal 2006 and  2007 or the subsequent  interim period
through September 30, 2007, except for  the material weaknesses in our internal  control over financial
reporting as of June 30, 2007 reported in Item 9A  of  the fiscal 2007 Form 10-K.  Deloitte has not
expressed any opinion on our internal  control over financial reporting on  any date subsequent to
June 30, 2007.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

a) Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our management, with the participation of our chief  executive  officer and chief  financial officer,

evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls  and  procedures as of June 30, 2009.  The  term
‘‘disclosure controls and procedures,’’ as defined in  Rules 13a-15(e)  and 15d-15(e)  under the Securities
Exchange Act, means controls and other procedures of a company that are designed  to  ensure that
information required to be disclosed  by  a  company in  the reports that  it files  or submits under  the
Securities Exchange Act is recorded, processed,  summarized  and reported, within the  time periods
specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation,
controls and procedures designed to  ensure that information required  to  be  disclosed by a company in
the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act  is accumulated and communicated
to the Company’s management, including  its  principal  executive and  principal  financial officers,  as
appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding  required disclosure.  Management  recognizes that any
controls and procedures, no matter how  well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable
assurance of achieving their objectives  and management  necessarily  applies its judgment  in evaluating
the cost-benefit relationship of possible  controls and procedures. Based on  the evaluation of our
disclosure controls and procedures as  of June 30,  2009, and  due to the material weaknesses  in our
internal control over financial reporting described in our accompanying Management’s Report on
Internal Control over Financial Reporting, our chief executive officer and chief  financial officer
concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were  not  effective.

b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over  Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal  control over

financial reporting for our company.  Internal  control  over financial reporting  is defined in
Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) promulgated  under the  Exchange Act, as  a  process  designed by, or under
the supervision of, a Company’s principal  executive and principal  financial  officers and  effected by the
Company’s board of directors, management and other  personnel, to provide  reasonable  assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external

60

purposes  in accordance with generally accepted  accounting principles and  includes those  policies  and
procedures that:

(cid:127) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly  reflect the

transactions and dispositions of the assets of  the company;

(cid:127) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded  as necessary to permit preparation
of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted  accounting principles, and  that
receipts  and expenditures of the company are  being made in accordance with  authorizations of
management and directors of the company; and

(cid:127) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of  unauthorized

acquisition, use or  disposition of the  company’s assets that could have  a  material effect on  the
financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over  financial  reporting may not prevent or
detect misstatements. Projections of any  evaluation of effectiveness  to  future periods are  subject to the
risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes  in conditions, or that the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, including our chief executive officer and  chief financial officer, assessed  the
effectiveness of our internal control over  financial reporting  as of June 30,  2009. In connection with this
assessment, we identified the following material weaknesses in internal control over  financial  reporting
as of  June 30, 2009. A material weakness is  a deficiency, or a combination of  deficiencies, in  internal
control over financial reporting such  that there is a reasonable possibility  that  a material misstatement
of the annual or interim financial statements  will  not  be  prevented or detected on a timely basis. In
making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth  by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control—An Integrated Framework (September
1992). Because of the material weaknesses described below, management concluded that, as  of  June  30,
2009, our internal  control over financial reporting was  not  effective.

1) Inadequate and ineffective monitoring controls

Management did not sufficiently monitor internal  control over  financial reporting, specifically:

(cid:127) we lacked a sufficient number of accounting, tax  and  finance professionals to perform adequate

supervisory reviews and monitoring activities over  financial reporting matters and controls;

(cid:127) we did not have sufficient personnel with an appropriate  level of technical accounting

knowledge, experience, and training who could execute  appropriate monitoring and review
controls particularly in situations where transactions were  complex or non-routine;

(cid:127) we did not have sufficient personnel to monitor the  timely review of  period-end account
reconciliations to ensure appropriate and timely recording  of  required adjustments; and

(cid:127) we lacked a sufficient number of qualified professionals to  monitor compliance  with certain

established policies and procedures related  to  our internal controls.

This material weakness contributed to the additional material weaknesses discussed below.

2) Inadequate and ineffective controls over the  periodic  financial  close process

We  did not have adequate controls in  our  financial close process that  would provide reasonable
assurance that financial statements could be prepared in accordance with  GAAP. Specifically,  we did
not have: (a) properly designed or effectively operating process, systems and  review of our periodic
closing activities to ensure accurate and  timely  generation  of  financial statements; primarily with respect
to timely and accurate recording of license and professional services revenue,  non-standard expense

61

accruals,  tax  expenses  and  deferred  tax  assets;  (b)  properly  designed  and  consistently  performed
account reconciliations and review of manual journal entries;  (c) effectively designed  and operating
controls for consolidation and accounting  for intercompany  activities including those denominated in
foreign currencies; and (d) effectively  operating reconciliation or review  controls to ensure  the
appropriate accounting for stock-based  awards.

This material weakness resulted in material post-closing adjustments  reflected  in the financial
statements for the year ended June 30, 2009. These  adjustments resulted in changes  to  assets, liabilities,
stockholders’ equity, revenue and expenses.

3) Inadequate and ineffective controls over income tax accounting and disclosure

We  did not have adequate design or  operation of controls that provide reasonable assurance that

the accounting for income taxes and related disclosures were prepared in  accordance  with GAAP.
Specifically, we did not have sufficient  staffing  and technical expertise in the tax function  to  provide
adequate review and control with respect to the  (a) foreign subsidiary  tax provisions and related
accruals; (b) complete and accurate recording of deferred tax assets and liabilities due to differences in
accounting treatment for book and tax  purposes; and (c)  complete and  accurate recording  of income
tax accounting entries and corresponding tax provisions and accruals.

This material weakness contributed to  material post-closing adjustments which have been reflected
in the financial statements for the year ended June 30, 2009.  These adjustments  resulted in changes  in
deferred income tax assets and liabilities, accrued tax liability, income  tax expense, retained  earnings
and related disclosures.

4) Inadequate and ineffective controls over the recognition  of revenue

We  did not have adequate controls that  provided reasonable assurance that revenue was recorded
in accordance with GAAP. Specifically, the  complexity of arrangements and timing  of license  shipments
make  it  difficult  to  consistently  determine  appropriate  revenue  recognition  in  an  accurate  and  timely
manner. In addition, we did not have:  (a) appropriately documented revenue recognition policies and
procedures, and adequately designed  or effectively  operating review controls to ensure  that  revenue
would be recorded consistently in accordance with GAAP; (b) effective communications between each
of  our  departments  regarding  matters  that  may  have  accounting  consequences;  (c)  appropriately
designed or effectively operating review controls performed by individuals with appropriate technical
expertise to ensure that multiple-element arrangements and non routine  transactions were properly
accounted for; (d) appropriately designed  system configuration controls or effectively operating review
and reconciliation controls to ensure  that reports generated  from  our information  systems could be
relied upon for the purpose of recording revenue  transactions in accordance  with GAAP;
(e) appropriately designed and effectively operating  review controls to ensure that appropriate
customer discount rates were used to calculate the present value of  license contracts with extended
payment terms; and (f) effectively designed and operating review  controls to ensure that the delivery
criterion  was  met  for  all  license  transactions  prior  to  being  recognized  as  revenue.

This material weakness resulted in material post closing adjustments which have been  reflected  in

the financial statements for the year ended June 30,  2009. These adjustments caused changes  in
accounts receivable, unbilled services,  deferred revenue,  revenue, commissions, and  royalty expenses.

KPMG LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, has  audited our consolidated
financial statements and the effectiveness of our internal  control over  financial reporting  as of June 30,
2009. This report appears below.

62

c) Changes in Internal Control Over  Financial  Reporting

As previously reported in Item 9A of our  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K for the year ended

June 30, 2008 we reported material weaknesses in our internal  control over financial reporting  (as
defined in Rule 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)  under the Exchange  Act). As a result of  those material
weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, our principal financial officer concluded
that our internal controls over financial  reporting  were not effective as of June 30,  2008. Those
material weaknesses included the following:

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective monitoring controls

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective controls  over the  periodic  financial  close process;

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective controls  over income tax accounting  and  disclosure;

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective controls  over the  recognition  of revenue; and

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective controls  over the  accounts receivable  function.

During  the quarter ended June 30, 2009, no  changes other than those in conjunction with certain

remediation efforts described below, were  identified to our  internal control over financial reporting that
materially affected, or were reasonably likely to materially affect, our  internal control over  financial
reporting.

d) Remediation Efforts

We  determined that the following material weakness (reported in our 2008  Form 10-K)  was

remediated as of June 30, 2009:

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective controls  over the  accounts receivable  function

The remediation in our fourth quarter  of fiscal 2009  included the following:

1) We implemented an updated Allowance for Doubtful Account  (Receivable) policy to help
increase the level and frequency of review of past due  accounts in  the accounts receivable
aging. We also developed systemic aging reports to facilitate review of collection  status and
customer aging worldwide.

2) We enhanced the quality and timeliness  of  our  procedures for the review and approval of
customer credit memos and adjustments, including a monthly reconciliation of authorized
amounts to actual credits and adjustments recorded.

3) We increased the level, frequency and timeliness of  review of professional services projects

with unbilled and unearned balances to ensure  that  the amounts recorded as unbilled  services
or deferred revenue are valid and accurate.

In the first three quarters of fiscal 2009, we hired key financial leaders with subject  matter expertise. In
our  fourth  quarter  of  fiscal  2009,  we  also  implemented  the  following  measures  to  improve  our  internal
controls over financial reporting process. We plan to further  enhance  these  measures in fiscal 2010.

(cid:127) Integrated and automated our quote to invoicing revenue process  within Oracle, to help

management increase the level of quality and timely review  and  reconciliation of complex
revenue transactions;

(cid:127) Improved system configuration to  automate  some critical financial  reports to provide

management with reliable data to record revenue  accurately and  completely;

63

(cid:127) Enhanced management review controls  to  help  ensure  that proper accounting for all complex,

non-routine transactions is researched,  detailed in memoranda and reviewed  by  senior
management prior to recording;

(cid:127) Implemented detailed period end closing and reporting  schedule  to  help  ensure that all closing

activities were properly monitored and completed in a timely manner;

(cid:127) Enhanced information technology general controls including configuration and user access
review to help provide a reliable information  infrastructure and reduce level of inefficient
manual reviews and reconciliations;

(cid:127) Enhanced procedures to include establishment, review  and approval of customer

creditworthiness; and

(cid:127) Enhanced procedures and implemented system configuration controls to help ensure that cash
flows used or provided from operating,  investing and financing  activities used to compile  the
cash flow statement are calculated accurately.

e) Remediation Plans

Management, in coordination with the input, oversight  and support of our Audit  Committee, has

identified the following measures to strengthen our internal control  over financial  reporting and  to
address the material weaknesses described  above. In addition to improving the effectiveness and
compliance with key controls, our remediation  efforts involve numerous business  and accounting
process improvements and the implementation of key system enhancements.  The  process  and system
enhancements are generally designed  to  simplify and  standardize business practices and to improve
timeliness and access to associated accounting data through  increased systems automation. We began
implementing certain of these measures  prior to the filing of this  Form  10-K. While we  expect remedial
actions to be essentially implemented  in fiscal 2010, some may not be in place  for a  sufficient period of
time to help us certify that material weaknesses have been  fully remediated  as of the end  of fiscal year
2010. We will continue to develop our remediation plans and  implement additional measures during
fiscal 2010 and possibly into fiscal 2011.

(cid:127) Enhance people management to help improve our monitoring controls

(cid:127) Continue our efforts to recruit  and retain qualified finance professionals necessary to help

ensure the accountability and effective implementation of key controls and remedial  actions
designed in the areas that material weaknesses  were previously identified.

(cid:127) Continue to assess training requirements and the  adequacy and expertise  of the finance,  tax

and accounting staff on a global basis.

(cid:127) Enhance  the  financial  reporting  process  to  ensure  that  we  can  complete  periodic  financial
closing activities accurately and in a timely manner. Specifically, we will accomplish the
following:

(cid:127) Redesign our key accounting process relating to management  analysis, estimates and
accruals to help ensure that related transactions are  properly reviewed  and recorded
appropriately and in a timely manner;

(cid:127) Redesign our tax accounting function, processes and related controls to ensure that our  tax

provisions can be completed accurately and in a timely manner;

(cid:127) Enhance our management reporting  process to improve  the information query and

reporting capability and provide reliable  data  for management to be used in  performing
timely and effective monitoring of our internal control; and

64

(cid:127) Redesign our processes in the professional services  accounting and management function  in
order to enhance presales review to accelerate the process  for  timely  revenue accounting
determinations, and to help ensure that  multiple-element arrangements where services  are
bundled with a license or other services arrangement are properly accounted for.

(cid:127) Enhance the automation and configuration controls of  our information systems to provide

reliable data on a consistent basis to improve effectiveness and efficiency  of our reconciliation
and review controls. Specifically, we will:

(cid:127) Automate our order process including  order entry, contract administration, billing and

revenue recognition;

(cid:127) Reengineer the professional services process,  including automating project  accounting, in

order to have appropriately designed  system configuration controls  to  ensure that data and
reports generated from the system can be relied upon for the purpose  of  accurately and
timely recording revenue in accordance with GAAP.

In addition to the remedial measures  discussed above, we recently introduced a  new subscription-
based license offering for our aspenONE software  suite that was available as of  July 9,  2009. This new
aspenONE license offering will result  in  revenue being recognized on a subscription  basis over the  term
of multi-year contracts and we expect  that  the majority of our customers will purchase under this
offering. In our previous license offering,  revenue was recognized  for the  net present value  of  license
fees over the license term in the period in which the license agreement was signed  and the  software
was delivered to the customer. We expect  that this  change from  predominantly up-front revenue
recognition will simplify certain business processes and decrease the  complexities of our current license
revenue recognition model. We expect  that the  simplification of these  business processes combined with
the remedial measures discussed above  will increase the likelihood of  successful remediation of our
material weaknesses.

If the remedial measures described above are insufficient to address any of the identified material

weaknesses or are not implemented effectively,  or additional deficiencies arise in the future, material
misstatements in our interim or annual  financial statements  may  occur in  the future  and we may
continue to be delinquent in our filings.  We  are currently working to improve and simplify our internal
processes and implement enhanced controls, as  discussed above,  to  address the material weaknesses  in
our  internal control over financial reporting and to remedy the ineffectiveness of our disclosure
controls and procedures. While this implementation phase  is underway,  we  are relying on extensive
manual procedures including the use  of qualified  external consultants and management detailed
reviews, to assist us with meeting the objectives otherwise fulfilled  by an effective internal  control. A
key element of our remediation effort  is  the ability to recruit  and retain qualified  individuals to support
our  remediation efforts as well as to  complete the significant backlog of work required for us to
become  current with our SEC filings.  While  our  Audit Committee and Board of Directors have been
supportive of our efforts by supporting the hiring of various  individuals in  finance, treasury, tax  and
internal audit as well as funding efforts  to  improve our financial reporting system, improvement in
internal control will be hampered if we can not recruit and retain  more qualified professionals. Among
other things, any unremediated material  weaknesses could result in material post-closing adjustments in
future financial statements. Furthermore,  any such unremediated material weaknesses could have the
effects described in ‘‘Item 1A. Risk Factors—In preparing our consolidated financial statements, we
identified material weaknesses in our internal  control over  financial reporting, and  our failure to
effectively remedy the material weaknesses identified  as of June 30, 2009 could result in  material
misstatements in our financial statements’’  in Part I of this Form  10-K.

65

Report of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Aspen Technology, Inc.:

We  have audited Aspen Technology, Inc.’s and subsidiaries  (the ‘‘Company’’) internal  control  over

financial reporting as of June 30, 2009,  based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(COSO). The Company’s management is responsible  for maintaining effective internal  control over
financial reporting and for its assessment  of the  effectiveness  of internal control over financial
reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over  Financial
Reporting (Item 9A(b)). Our responsibility is to express an  opinion on  the Company’s  internal control
over financial reporting based on our audit.

We  conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those  standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  effective  internal control over financial reporting was maintained
in all material respects. Our audit included  obtaining an understanding  of internal control  over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a  material weakness exists, and testing and  evaluating  the
design and operating effectiveness of internal  control  based on the assessed risk. Our  audit also
included performing such other procedures as we considered  necessary in the circumstances.  We believe
that our audit provides a reasonable  basis  for our  opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide  reasonable

assurance regarding the reliability of  financial  reporting and the preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external  purposes in accordance with  generally accepted accounting  principles. A company’s internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable  detail, accurately and fairly reflect the  transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable  assurance that transactions are
recorded  as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in  accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made  only
in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and  (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention  or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that  could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over  financial  reporting may not prevent or

detect misstatements. Also, projections  of any evaluation  of  effectiveness to future periods are  subject
to the risk that controls may become inadequate  because of changes in conditions, or  that  the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

A material weakness is a deficiency,  or a combination of  deficiencies, in  internal control over
financial reporting, such that there is  a reasonable possibility that a  material  misstatement of the
company’s annual or interim financial  statements will  not  be  prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Material weaknesses have been identified and  included in management’s assessment related  to  the
following:

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective monitoring controls

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective controls  over the  periodic  financial  close process;

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective controls  over income tax accounting  and  disclosure; and

(cid:127) Inadequate and ineffective controls  over the  recognition  of revenue

We  also have audited, in accordance  with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the  consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of June 30, 2009

66

and the related consolidated statements  of operations, stockholders’  equity  (deficit)  and comprehensive
income, and cash flows for the year then  ended. These  material weaknesses were considered  in
determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied  in our audit of the 2009 consolidated
financial statements, and this report  does not affect our report dated November 6, 2009, which
expressed an unqualified opinion on  those consolidated financial statements.

In our opinion, because of the effect  of the  aforementioned material weaknesses on the

achievement of the objectives of the  control  criteria, the  Company has  not  maintained  effective  internal
control over financial reporting as of  June 30, 2009, based on  criteria established in Internal Control—
Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the Treadway
Commission.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
November 6, 2009

67

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

Item 10. Directors and Executive Officers  of the Registrant.

Executive Officers and Directors

PART III

The following table sets forth information  regarding our executive officers and directors, including

their ages, as of October 18, 2009:

President, Chief Executive
Officer, and Director

Mark E. Fusco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Fusco has served as our President and Chief  Executive
Officer since January 2005 and as one of our directors since
2003. Mr. Fusco served as president and chief operating
officer of Ajilon Consulting, an information technology
consulting firm, from May 2002 to January 2005, and  as
executive vice president of Ajilon Consulting from 1999  to
2002. Mr. Fusco was a co-founder of Software Quality
Partners, an information technology consulting firm
specializing in software quality assurance and  testing that  was
acquired by Ajilon Consulting in 1999, and served  as president
of Software Quality Partners from 1994 to 1999. From 1994 to
1999, Mr. Fusco also served as president of Analysis and
Computer Systems, Inc., a producer  of  simulation  and  test
equipment for digital communications in the defense industry.
Mr. Fusco was a professional ice hockey player  for the
Hartford Whalers of the National Hockey League, and was a
member of the 1984 U.S. Olympic ice  hockey team. He holds
a B.A. in Economics from Harvard College and  an M.B.A.
from the Harvard Graduate School of  Business
Administration. Mr. Fusco is 48 years old.

Antonio J. Pietri

Executive Vice President,
Field Operations

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Pietri has served as our Executive Vice President, Field
Operations since July 2007. Mr. Pietri served  as our Senior
Vice President and Managing Director for the APAC Region
from 2002 to June 2007 and held various other positions with
our Company from 1996 until 2002. From 1996  until 2002, he
held various positions with our Company. From 1992  to  1996,
he was at Setpoint Systems, Inc., which we acquired,  and
before that he worked at ABB Simcon and AECTRA Refining
and Marketing, Inc. He holds an M.B.A. from  the University
of Houston and a B.S. in Chemical Engineering  from the
University of Tulsa. Mr. Pietri is 44 years old.

68

Senior Vice President and
Chief  Financial Officer

Mark P. Sullivan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Sullivan has served as our Senior Vice  President and
Chief Financial Officer since July 1, 2009.  He  served as a
financial consultant to our Company from March  2009
through  June 2009. From 1994 to December 2008,
Mr. Sullivan served in various financial  executive positions  at
Fidelity Investments (FMR LLC), a diversified  financial
services company. From 1987 to 1993, he  served as Chief
Operating Officer and Principal Finance and Accounting
Officer at Westerbeke Corporation, a manufacturer of
generators, diesel propulsion engines and other power
solutions for commercial and recreational marine applications.
During 1987, he served as Consulting  Manager  in the  Business
Investigatory Services group of Coopers &  Lybrand Company,
a public accounting and professional services firm  which
merged with Price  Waterhouse in 1998  to  form
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP. From 1980  to  1987 ,  he held a
number of financial leadership roles  with  Analog  Devices, Inc.,
a manufacturer of analog, mixed-signal and digital signal
processing integrated circuits used in industrial,
communication, computer and consumer applications.  He
holds a  B.A. from Middlebury College and an  M.S. in
Management from the Massachusetts Institute of Technology.
Mr. Sullivan is 53 years old.

Frederic G. Hammond . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Hammond has served as our Senior Vice President,

Senior Vice President, General
Counsel and Secretary

General Counsel and Secretary since  July 2005. From
February to June 2005, Mr. Hammond  was a partner at the
law firm of Hinckley, Allen & Snyder  LLP  in  Boston,
Massachusetts. From 1999 through August 2004,
Mr. Hammond served as vice president,  business affairs  and
general counsel of Gomez Advisors, Inc., a performance
management and benchmarking technology  services firm.
From 1992 to 1999, Mr. Hammond served as general  counsel
of Avid Technology, Inc., a provider of digital media creation,
management and distribution solutions.  Prior to 1992,
Mr. Hammond was an attorney with the law firm  of Ropes &
Gray LLP in Boston, Massachusetts. He holds a B.A.  from
Yale College and a J.D. from Boston  College Law  School.
Mr. Hammond is 49 years old.

69

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Kotzabasakis has served as our Senior Vice President,

Senior Vice President,
Sales and Strategy

Sales and Strategy since July 2007. Mr.  Kotzabasakis served as
our Senior Vice President, Worldwide Sales and Business
Development from January 2005 to June 2007; Senior Vice
President, Marketing and Strategy from July  2004 to
December 2004; Senior Vice President,  Engineering Business
Unit from September 2002 to June 2004; Vice  President  of
our Aspen Engineering Suite of Products, Research and
Development from 1998 to 2002; and  Director of our
Advanced Process Design Group from  1997 to 1998. He holds
a B.Sc.  in Chemical Engineering from the National Technical
University of Athens and a M.Sc. and Ph.D. in Chemical
Engineering from the University of Manchester Institute of
Science and Technology. Mr. Kotzabasakis  is  50 years old.

Blair F. Wheeler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Wheeler has served as our Senior Vice President,

Senior Vice President, Marketing

Marketing since February 2005. From 2000 to January 2005,
Mr. Wheeler served as vice president, marketing of
Relicore, Inc., a provider of enterprise information  technology
infrastructure management software  that he co-founded. From
1998 to 2000, Mr. Wheeler served as  vice  president, business
development for Webline Communications Corp., an Internet
communications infrastructure and applications company  that
was acquired by Cisco Systems, Inc. in  1999.  From 1993  to
1998, Mr. Wheeler was head of product marketing  and
business development for the broadcast products  division of
Avid Technology, Inc., a provider of digital media  creation,
management and distribution solutions.  Mr. Wheeler was also
previously a management consultant with The Boston
Consulting Group and a geologist for Amoco Production
Company International. He holds a B.S.  in Geology and
Geophysics from Yale College and an M.B.A.  from the
Harvard Graduate School of Business Administration.
Mr. Wheeler is 51 years old.

Donald P. Casey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr.  Casey has served as one of our directors  since 2004. Since

Director

2001, Mr. Casey has been an information  strategy and
operations consultant to technology and  financial services
companies. From 2000 to 2001, Mr. Casey served as  president
and chief operating officer of Exodus Communications, Inc.,
an Internet infrastructure services provider.  From 1991  to
1999, Mr. Casey served as chief technology officer  and
president of Wang Global, Inc. Mr. Casey previously held
executive management positions at Lotus Development
Corporation, Apple Computer, Inc. and International Business
Machines Corporation. He holds a B.S. in Mathematics from
St. Francis College. Mr. Casey is 63 years old.

70

Director

Gary E. Haroian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Haroian has served as one of our directors since 2003.
Since 2002, Mr. Haroian has been a  consultant to emerging
technology companies. From 2000 to 2002,  Mr. Haroian served
in various positions, including as chief financial officer, chief
operating officer and chief executive  officer, at
Bowstreet, Inc., a provider of software application tools.  From
1997 to 2000, Mr. Haroian served as senior vice president  of
finance and administration and chief financial officer  of
Concord Communications, Inc., a network management
software company. From 1983 to 1996, Mr. Haroian served in
various positions, including chief financial officer,  president,
chief operating officer and chief executive officer,  at Stratus
Computer, Inc., a provider of continuous availability  solutions.
Mr. Haroian serves as a director of A123  Systems, a  company
that designs, develops, manufactures and sells  advanced,
rechargeable lithium-ion batteries and battery systems, and
began trading publicly on September 24, 2009.  He also serves
as a director of Embarcadero Technologies, Inc.,  a provider of
data lifecycle management solutions, Lightbridge, Inc., a
provider of transaction and payment processing services,
Network Engines, Inc., a provider of  server appliance software
solutions and Phase Forward Incorporated, a provider of
clinical trials and drug safety software. He is  a Certified  Public
Accountant and holds a B.S. in Economics  and  Accounting
from the University of Massachusetts  Amherst. Mr. Haroian is
58 years old.

Stephen M. Jennings . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr.  Jennings has served as Chairman of the Board since

Director

January 2005 and as one of our directors  since  2000.
Mr. Jennings has been a director of The Monitor  Group, a
strategy consulting firm, since 1996. He also serves  as  a
director of LTX Corporation, a semiconductor test equipment
manufacturer. He holds a B.A. in Economics from  Dartmouth
College and an M.A. (Oxon) from Oxford University, where
he studied Philosophy, Politics and Economics as a Marshall
Scholar. Mr. Jennings is 48 years old.

Joan C.  McArdle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ms. McArdle has served as one of our directors  since 1994.

Director

Ms. McArdle has served as a senior vice president of
Massachusetts Capital Resource Company, an  investment
company, since 2001, and served as a vice president of
Massachusetts Capital Resource Company from  1985 to 2001.
She holds an A.B. in English from Smith College.
Ms. McArdle is 58 years old.

71

Director

David M. McKenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. McKenna has served as one of our directors since 2006.
He has been a partner of Advent International Corporation
since 2003 and held various other positions  at Advent
International Corporation from 1992 to 2000. Mr. McKenna
was a principal at Bain Capital from 2000 to 2003. From  1992
to 2000, Mr. McKenna held various positions with Advent
International. He holds a B.A. in English  from Dartmouth
College. Mr. McKenna is 41 years old.

Michael  Pehl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Mr. Pehl has served as one of our directors since 2003.

Director

Mr. Pehl has been a partner of North Bridge Growth  Equity,
a growth equity fund, since February 2007. Before joining
North Bridge, Mr. Pehl was an operating partner  of  Advent
International Corporation, a venture private  equity  firm, from
2001 to December 2006. From 1999 to 2000, Mr. Pehl held
various positions, including president, chief operating officer
and director, at Razorfish, Inc., a strategic,  creative and
technology solutions provider for digital  businesses. From  1996
to 1999, Mr. Pehl was chairman and chief executive officer of
International Integration, Inc. (i-Cube), which was acquired by
Razorfish, Inc. Prior to joining i-Cube, Mr.  Pehl was  a founder
of International Consulting Solutions,  Inc., an SAP
implementation and business process consulting firm. Mr. Pehl
is 48 years old.

Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our  executive  officers  and  directors, and persons who

own more than 10% of a registered class of  our equity  securities, to file initial  reports of ownership
and reports of changes in ownership with the SEC.  These executive  officers, directors and  10%
stockholders are also required by SEC  rules to furnish  us  with copies of all Section 16(a) reports they
file. To our knowledge, based solely on  our review  of  the copies  of these  forms furnished to us and
written representations that no other  reports were required,  during  fiscal  2009, all section 16(a)  filing
requirements applicable to our officers, directors,  and  greater than 10% beneficial owners were
complied with.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We  have adopted a written code of business conduct and  ethics that applies to our  directors,
officers and employees, including our principal  executive  officer, principal financial officer, principal
accounting officer or controller, and  persons  performing similar functions. We  have posted a  copy  of
the code of business conduct and ethics in the  corporate governance section of our website,
www.aspentech.com. We intend to satisfy disclosure requirements regarding amendments  to, or waivers
from, our code by posting such information on our website.

Audit Committee

Our board of directors has a separately designated standing audit  committee in  accordance  with

Section 3(a) (58) (A) of the Exchange  Act. The responsibilities of  the  audit committee include:

(cid:127) appointing, approving the compensation of, and overseeing the independence of  our

independent registered public accounting firm;

72

(cid:127) oversight of our independent registered public accounting  firm, including the  receipt and

consideration of reports from such firm;

(cid:127) reviewing and discussing our audited  financial  statements and related disclosures  with

management and our independent registered  public  accounting firm;

(cid:127) coordination of the board’s oversight of our internal accounting controls  for financial reporting

and our disclosure controls and procedures, as well as the administration of our code of business
conduct and ethics;

(cid:127) overseeing our internal audit function;

(cid:127) establishing policies for the receipt, retention and treatment  of  complaints and concerns

regarding accounting, internal accounting  controls or auditing matters;

(cid:127) meeting independently with members  of  our  internal  auditing staff and our independent

registered public accounting firm; and

(cid:127) preparing the audit committee report required by SEC  rules.

The members of the audit committee are Donald  Casey, Gary  Haroian and Joan McArdle.  The

board of directors has determined that  all the  members  of the audit committee  are independent
directors as defined under applicable NASDAQ rules, including the independence requirements
contemplated by rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act. The  board  of  directors has  determined that
Mr. Haroian is an ‘‘audit committee financial expert’’ as defined  in applicable SEC  rules.  The audit
committee met 43 times during fiscal  2009, either in person or by teleconference.  Each member
attended at least 75% of the meetings  held  by  the audit  committee in  fiscal 2009.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The compensation committee of our board of directors  oversees our executive compensation
program. In this role, the compensation committee is responsible for determining compensation  of  our
executive officers for each fiscal year.

Objectives and Philosophy of Our Executive Compensation  Program

AspenTech has a total compensation philosophy designed to  provide compensation  that  is linked to

performance, competitive with other companies  in the markets in which  we compete,  and perceived  to
be fair and equitable, and that can be  sustained in all  business environments. The compensation
policies established by the compensation  committee have been  designed to link executive compensation
to the attainment of specific performance goals and to align the  interests  of  executive  officers with
those of our stockholders. The policies  are also  designed to  allow us to attract and retain senior
executives critical to our long-term success by providing competitive compensation packages and
recognizing and rewarding individual contributions, to ensure that executive compensation is aligned
with corporate strategies and business objectives,  and  to  promote the achievement  of key strategic and
financial performance measures.

To achieve these objectives, the compensation  committee evaluates our  executive compensation

program with the goal of setting compensation at  levels the  compensation  committee believes are
competitive with those of other companies in  our  industry  and  regions that compete  with us for
executive talent. In addition, our executive compensation  program ties a substantial portion of each
executive’s overall compensation to key  strategic, financial and  operational goals such as growth  and
penetration of customer base and financial and  operational  performance, as  measured by metrics such
as revenue and profitability. We also  provide a portion  of our executive compensation in the  form of

73

stock options and restricted stock units  that vest  over time,  which we  believe helps  to  retain our
executives and aligns their interests with  those  of our stockholders  by allowing the executives to
participate in the longer term success of  our Company through stock price appreciation.

In making compensation decisions, the  compensation  committee reviewed  information on practices,

programs and compensation levels implemented by publicly traded software companies. This  peer
group consists of companies the compensation committee believes are generally  comparable to our
Company and against which the compensation committee believes  we compete  for executive talent.  The
composition of the peer group is reviewed and updated  periodically by  the compensation committee.
The companies included in this peer  group as  of  June  30, 2009 were:

ANSYS, Inc.

Epicor Software Corporation

i2 Technologies, Inc.

Informatica Corporation

JDA Software Group, Inc.

Lawson Software, Inc.

Manhattan Associates, Inc.

Mentor Graphics Corporation

Parametric Technology Corporation

Progress  Software  Corporation

QAD Inc.

TIBCO Software Inc.

In fiscal  2009, we did not engage any  compensation  consultants in determining or  recommending

the amount or form of executive or director compensation.

We  consider actual realized compensation  received in  determining if our compensation programs

are meeting their objectives. We do not typically  reduce compensation  plan targets because of
compensation realized from prior awards, however, as  we do not  want to create a disincentive for
exceptional performance.

Components of Our Executive Compensation Program

Our executive compensation program  includes the following elements:

(cid:127) base salary;

(cid:127) annual discretionary and performance-based cash bonuses;

(cid:127) stock options and restricted stock units;

(cid:127) insurance, retirement and other employee  benefits;  and

(cid:127) severance and change-of-control benefits.

We  have no formal or informal policy or  target  for allocating compensation between long-term and

short-term compensation, between cash  and  non-cash compensation or among the different forms of
non-cash compensation. Instead, the  compensation committee exercises its judgment  and discretion in
determining what it believes to be the  appropriate level and mix  of the various  compensation

74

components. The committee also has a practice of reviewing  its recommendations with  the full board
before making its final compensation  determinations.

Base Salary

We  establish base salaries at competitive  market  rates  to  attract and retain  the caliber  of talent

necessary for our success. Base salary is used to recognize  the performance,  skills,  knowledge,
experience and responsibilities required  of  all our  employees, including our executive  officers. When
establishing base salaries of our executive  officers for  fiscal 2010 and 2009,  the compensation
committee considered the survey data  of compensation in the  peer group, as well as  a variety  of  other
factors, including the experience and  performance of the executive, the  scope  of the executive’s
responsibility, and the base salary of the  executive at his/her  prior employment, where applicable.
Generally, we believe that our executives’ base salaries should be targeted near  the median  of  the
range of salaries for executives in similar  positions at comparable companies.

The compensation committee reviews  the base salaries  of our  executive officers at  least annually,

and adjusts base salaries from time-to-time to realign  salaries with  market  levels after  taking into
account individual  responsibilities, performance and experience.

Annual Cash Bonus

In fiscal  2009 we had two annual incentive bonus plans for our executives: the  Executive Annual
Incentive Bonus Plan, which we refer to below  as the Executive  Plan,  and  the Operations Executives
Plan, which we refer to as the Operations Plan. The participants in the Executive  Plan consist of our
chief executive officer and the executives  reporting directly to our chief  executive  officer, except  for
executives who participate in the Operations Plan. Each  of our  named  executive officers  participated in
the Executive Plan for fiscal 2009, except for Mr. Kotzabasakis, who participated in the Operations
Plan. Each of our named executive officers  will participate  in the  Executive Plan for  fiscal 2010.

In addition to the Executive Plan and the Operations Plan, on September 9, 2009,  the

compensation committee approved funding a  discretionary bonus pool for employees who did  not
participate in a commission-based incentive  plan. Awards from the bonus pool were paid in  cash based
on individual performance during fiscal  2009. The awards included payments  to  Messrs.  Fusco, Pietri
and Hammond.

Executive Plan

Amounts earned under the Executive  Plan  are payable in cash and directly tied  to  achievement of

corporate financial targets and attainment of individual performance goals.  The threshold level for
being awarded a bonus pursuant to the Executive Plan can be characterized as demanding,  while the
maximum goal contemplates compliance  with challenging requirements.  We do not have  a general
policy regarding the adjustment of compensation  following  a restatement or adjustment  of  our
performance measures. Amounts payable  under the Executive Plan in 2009  were based in part on
meeting  corporate operating income  targets. The corporate  operating income component was  weighted
at 60% to 70% of the overall bonus,  and  measured the  extent to which we achieved  a corporate
operating income target amount. For  fiscal 2009,  the Executive Plan included both a minimum
operating income threshold of 80% of  the target amount, which had  to  be  met in  order  for any bonus
to be paid under the Executive Plan, and a maximum  operating income threshold, above which no
additional bonus would be earned. Amounts  payable under the Executive Plan  corresponded to the
applicable executive’s base salary, with  those  with broader scope typically being compensated at a
higher  level. The annual corporate operating income target  was  contained in the  business  plan adopted
by the board of directors. Bonuses attributable to the corporate operating  income  component  were paid
annually.

75

Amounts payable under the Executive Plan in fiscal 2009  were also based  in part  on whether an

individual met specific performance goals.  Individual objectives  were weighted at 30% to 40%,  and
measured the extent to which an individual achieved performance  objectives  established specifically for
that executive officer. The performance objectives were  necessarily tied to the  particular  functional
responsibilities of the individual, and  his/her performance in fulfilling those  responsibilities.

The compensation committee reviewed with  the board and  approved the individual  performance

goals for each executive under the Executive  Plan.  The  chief executive officer  developed  individual
goals for the executives reporting to him,  subject to the compensation committee’s review and approval.
The compensation committee established goals for the  chief  executive officer.

On September 9, 2009, the compensation  committee approved the Executive Plan for fiscal 2010.

For fiscal 2010, the employees eligible under this plan include our Chief  Executive Officer; the
Executive Vice President—Field Operations;  the Chief  Financial  Officer; the Senior Vice  President
Worldwide Sales Operations; the Senior  Vice  President, Marketing; the Senior  Vice President, Human
Resources; the Senior Vice President,  Research & Development; the Senior Vice President, Worldwide
Customer Service & Training; the Senior Vice President, Strategy; the Senior Vice President and
General Counsel; and such other executives  as may be determined  from  time-to-time by our Board of
Directors or the Committee.

Payments under this plan are based on a combination of the Company’s overall performance and

the eligible executive’s individual performance.

(cid:127) We must achieve target global license bookings and cash  flow  from  operations  amounts

established by our board of directors.  These criteria are  weighted at 65% and  35%, respectively,
for purposes of determining each eligible executive’s bonus. In order  for any bonus  to  be
payable to any executive under the plan,  we must achieve at least 70% of  the specified metrics.
Each  metric is measured and funded independently.

(cid:127) The eligible executive must achieve  individual performance objectives approved by our  Chief

Executive Officer or the compensation committee (in  the case of our Chief Executive Officer),
and his/her individual performance will be assessed by the Chief Executive Officer or  by  the
compensation committee (in the case of the  Chief  Executive Officer). The executive may receive
a performance achievement rating between 80% and 100%, and this  rating will be used as  a
multiplier against the funded level of  each financial metric to determine  a final earned bonus
under each financial metric.

In fiscal  2010, performance will be evaluated at  mid-year and  at  year-end, and the bonus will  be

allocated 25% to mid-year and 75%  to year-end. The year-end calculation will also be weighted by the
individual performance assessment rating.

No award will be payable to an executive under the plan  if the executive’s employment terminates

prior to the payment date under the  plan;  provided that in the event the executive’s employment
terminates due to death, incapacity or retirement, then any award payable will be prorated.

In addition to awards based on the performance metrics established  in the  plan, the compensation

committee may make discretionary awards to eligible employees in such amounts  as the committee
determines are appropriate and in our best interests.

Operations Plan

Amounts earned under the Operations Plan in  fiscal 2009 were payable in  cash and directly tied to

achievement of corporate financial targets and regional  performance objectives.

76

Amounts payable under the Operations Plan in fiscal  2009  were based in  part on meeting

corporate operating income targets and  specific individual performance goals. Bonuses attributable to
these components were paid annually.

The corporate operating income component was  weighted at 20% of  the overall bonus for fiscal
2009, and measured the extent to which we achieved a corporate operating  income  target  amount.  The
plan  included both a minimum operating income threshold of 80% of  the target amount, which  was
required to be met in order for any bonus to be paid under the  Operations Plan, and a maximum
operating income threshold, above which  no additional  bonus would  be  earned.

Individual objectives were weighted at 5% for fiscal 2009,  and measured the extent  to  which an

individual achieved performance objectives established specifically for that executive officer. Payments
based on this component were capped  at  the executive officers’  respective  target bonus amounts. The
performance objectives were necessarily tied to the particular  functional responsibilities of the
individual and his/her performance in fulfilling those responsibilities.

The regional performance component was weighted at 75%  of  the overall bonus for fiscal 2009,

and measured the extent to which we achieved  performance objectives  for the region(s)  for which the
executive was responsible. Bonuses attributable to the regional performance  component  were paid  as
quarterly commissions based on quarterly  regional or consolidated financial results.

The compensation committee approved the performance goals  for  each executive,  the weighting  of

various goals for each executive, and the  formula for determining  potential bonus amounts based on
achievement of those goals. Our chief executive officer and the executive  vice president  for field
operations were responsible for developing, and assessing compliance  with, the  individual performance
goals for each executive participating  in the  Operations Plan for fiscal  2009. The threshold  level for
being awarded a bonus pursuant to the Operations Plan  can be characterized as  demanding, while the
maximum goal contemplates compliance  with challenging requirements.

Stock Options and Restricted Stock Units

Our equity award program is the primary vehicle  for offering long-term  incentives to our
executives. We believe that equity grants help to align the  interests of  our  executives  and our
stockholders, provide our executives with  a strong  link to our  long-term performance and create an
ownership culture. In addition, the vesting feature of our  equity grants should further our  goal of
executive retention by providing an incentive  to  an executive to remain  in our employ during  the
vesting period. In determining the size  of  equity grants to our executives, our compensation committee
considers comparative share ownership of executives in  our compensation  peer group,  our company-
level  performance, the individual executive’s performance, the amount of  equity previously awarded to
the executive, the vesting status of the previous awards and the recommendations of the chief executive
officer. We do not have any equity ownership guidelines for our executives.

We  typically  make  an  initial  equity  award  of  stock  options  and/or  restricted  stock  units  to  new
executives and an annual equity program  grant as part of our overall compensation program. All grants
of options and restricted stock units to  our  executives  are approved by  the compensation committee.

Our equity awards typically have taken the form of stock options and restricted stock units.  The

compensation committee reviews all components of an  executive’s  compensation  when determining
annual equity awards to ensure that the executive’s total compensation conforms to our overall
philosophy and objectives.

We  set the exercise price of all stock  option grants to equal  the prior day’s closing price of our

common stock. Typically, the stock options we grant  to  our executives vest  pro rata over  the first
sixteen quarters of a ten-year option  term. Vesting and exercise rights cease shortly after  termination of
employment except in the case of death or disability.  Prior to the exercise of an option, the holder has

77

no rights as a stockholder with respect to the  shares subject to such option, including  voting rights  and
the right to receive dividends or dividend  equivalents.

We  became delinquent in our SEC filings  in fiscal 2008  because of certain accounting  errors we
had identified. Our failure to timely file  reports under the  Exchange Act  resulted in lack  of  an effective
registration statement, so we suspended option  grants until we became current.

Benefits and Other Compensation

We  maintain broad-based benefits that are  provided to all employees,  including  health  and dental
insurance, life and disability insurance  and a  401(k) plan.  Executives are eligible to participate in  all  of
our  employee benefit plans, in each case on  the same basis  as other employees.  Our named executive
officers are not entitled to benefits that are not otherwise  available  to  all employees.

Severance and Change-in-Control Benefits

Pursuant to executive retention agreements  we have  entered into with  each of our named  executive

officers as of June 30, 2009 and to the provisions of our option agreements, those executives are
entitled to specified benefits in the event  of the  termination  of their employment  under specified
circumstances, including termination  following  a change in  control of our Company. We have provided
more detailed information about these  benefits, along with estimates of value under  various
circumstances, in the table below under  ‘‘Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in  Control.’’

We  believe these agreements assist in  maintaining a  competitive  position in terms of attracting  and

retaining key executives. The agreements also support decision-making that is in  the best interests of
our  stockholders, and enable our executives  to  focus  on company priorities. We  believe that our
severance and change in control benefits  are  generally in line with prevalent peer  practice  with respect
to severance packages offered to executives.

Except with respect to our chief executive officer, our practice in the  case of change-of-control

benefits under the executive retention  agreements  has been to structure these as ‘‘double  trigger’’
benefits. In other words, the change in control does not  itself trigger benefits; rather, benefits are paid
only if the employment of the executive  is  terminated under the circumstances described below during
a specified period after the change in control.  We believe  a ‘‘double trigger’’  benefit maximizes
shareholder value because it prevents an unintended windfall to executives in the  event of a friendly
change in control, while still providing them appropriate incentives to cooperate  in negotiating  any
change in control in which they believe  they may  lose their jobs.

Role of Executive Officers in the Compensation Process

Our senior vice president, human resources confers with the  chief executive officer  and the
compensation committee to provide  a  market perspective on  the competitive landscape and  needs  of
the business and compensation levels in the peer  group and relevant  market surveys.

Our chief executive officer provides the compensation committee  with his perspective  on the

performance of other executive officers.  Based on his  judgment and experience, our chief  executive
officer recommends specific compensation amounts and  awards for  the other executive officers, and the
compensation committee considers those recommendations and makes the  ultimate decision.

The compensation committee independently establishes  the compensation of the chief executive

officer, who is not present during discussions where his  compensation is established.

78

Tax and  Accounting Considerations

Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (IRC) Section 162(m)  generally disallows a  tax deduction to a

publicly traded company for certain compensation in excess of $1,000,000 paid to the chief executive
officer and the four other most highly  compensated  executive  officers. Qualifying performance-based
compensation is not subject to the deduction limitation if specified requirements are met.

We  periodically review the potential consequences  of  IRC Section 162(m), and  we generally intend

to structure the performance-based portion of our  executive compensation,  where feasible, to comply
with exemptions in Section 162(m) so that the  compensation  remains tax-deductible  to  us.  The
compensation committee in its judgment may, however, authorize compensation payments  that  do  not
comply  with the exemptions in IRC Section  162(m)  when it believes  that such payments are appropriate
to attract and retain executive talent.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

On December 7, 2004, we entered into  an employment  agreement with  Mark E.  Fusco,  pursuant

to which Mr.  Fusco agreed to serve as  our President and Chief Executive  Officer. Under this
agreement, in the event of termination  of Mr.  Fusco’s employment (other  than for the reasons set  forth
below), including termination of his employment after  a change in  control (as defined below) or
termination of employment by Mr. Fusco  for ‘‘good  reason’’  (which includes constructive  termination,
relocation, or reduction in salary or benefits),  Mr. Fusco  will be entitled to a lump sum severance
payment equal to two times the sum of:

(cid:127) the amount of Mr. Fusco’s annual base salary in  effect immediately prior  to  notice of

termination (or in the event of termination after  a change in control, then the amount of his
annual base salary in effect immediately prior to the change  in control, if higher);  and

(cid:127) the amount of the average of the annual bonuses paid  to Mr. Fusco for  the three years (or the
number of years employed, if less) immediately  preceding the notice of  termination (or in the
event of termination after a change in  control,  then the amount of the average annual bonuses
paid to Mr. Fusco for the three years  [or the number of years employed,  if less] immediately
prior to the change in control, if higher)  or the occurrence of a change  in control, as  the case
may be.

In addition, in lieu of any further life, disability, and  accident insurance benefits otherwise due to
Mr. Fusco following his termination  (other than for the reasons set forth  below), including termination
after a change in control, we will pay Mr.  Fusco a  lump  sum amount equal to the estimated  cost (as
determined in good faith by us) to Mr. Fusco of  providing such benefits, to the  extent that Mr. Fusco  is
eligible to receive such benefits immediately  prior to notice of termination, for a period of two years
commencing on the date of termination. We will also  pay all health insurance  due  to  Mr.  Fusco for  a
period of two years commencing on  the date of termination.

Mr. Fusco’s employment agreement provides that the  payments received by him relating  to

termination of his employment will be increased in the event that  these payments would subject him to
excise tax as a parachute payment under  IRC  Section 4999. The increase  would be equal to an  amount
necessary for Mr. Fusco to receive, after  payment of such tax, cash in an amount equal to the amount
he would have received in the absence  of such tax. However, the  increased payment will not be made  if
the total severance payment, if so increased, would not exceed 110% of the highest amount that could
be paid without causing an imposition  of the excise tax. In that  event, in  lieu of an increased payment,
the total severance payment will be reduced to such reduced amount. We  have indemnified Mr. Fusco
for the amount of  any penalty applicable  to  any payments Mr. Fusco receives from us as  a result of his
termination that are imposed by IRC  Section 409A.

79

However, in the event that Mr. Fusco’s employment is terminated for one or more  of  the following

reasons, then Mr. Fusco will not be entitled to the severance payments described above:

(cid:127) by  us for ‘‘cause’’ (as defined below);

(cid:127) by  reason of Mr. Fusco’s death or  disability;

(cid:127) by  Mr. Fusco without good reason (unless  such resignation occurs within  six months following a

change in control); or

(cid:127) after Mr. Fusco shall have attained  age 70.

Under the terms of Mr. Fusco’s employment agreement,  in the event  of  a ‘‘potential change in

control’’ (as defined below), Mr. Fusco  agrees to remain in  our employment until the  earliest of:

(cid:127) three months after the date of such  potential change in  control;

(cid:127) the date of a change in control;

(cid:127) the date of termination by Mr. Fusco of his employment  for good reason  or by reason  of  death

or retirement; and

(cid:127) our termination of Mr. Fusco’s employment for any reason.

For the purposes of Mr. Fusco’s employment agreement, ‘‘cause’’ for our terminating  Mr.  Fusco

means:

(cid:127) the willful and continued failure by Mr. Fusco  to  substantially  perform his duties  after written

demand by the board;

(cid:127) willful engagement by Mr. Fusco in gross misconduct materially  injurious to us; or

(cid:127) a plea  by Mr. Fusco of guilty or no contest  to  a felony charge.

For the purposes of Mr. Fusco’s employment agreement, a ‘‘change in control’’ is deemed to have

occurred if any of the following conditions shall  have been satisfied:

(cid:127) continuing directors cease to constitute  more than two-thirds of the membership of the board;

(cid:127) any person or entity acquires, directly or indirectly, beneficial  ownership of 50% or  more of the

combined voting power of our then-outstanding voting securities;

(cid:127) a change in control occurs of a nature that  we would be required  to  report on a  current report
on Form 8-K or pursuant to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A  of  Regulation 14A  or any  similar item,
schedule or form under the Exchange Act, as in  effect at the time of the change, whether or  not
we are then subject to such reporting requirement, including  our merger or consolidation with
any other corporation, other than:

(cid:127) a merger or consolidation where (1) our voting securities  outstanding immediately prior to
such transaction continue to represent 51% or more of the  combined voting power of the
voting securities of the surviving or resulting entity outstanding  immediately after such
transaction, and (2) our directors immediately  prior to such  merger or consolidation
continue to constitute more than two-thirds of the membership  of the board of directors of
the surviving or combined entity following such transaction; or

(cid:127) a merger or consolidation effected to implement our recapitalization  (or  similar transaction)
in which no person or entity acquires  25% or more  of  the combined voting power of our
then outstanding securities;

(cid:127) our stockholders approve a plan of complete liquidation or an agreement  for the  sale or

disposition of all or substantially all of our  assets (or any transaction having a similar effect).

80

For the purposes of Mr. Fusco’s employment agreement, a ‘‘potential change in control’’ is deemed

to have occurred if any of the following  conditions  shall have been satisfied:

(cid:127) we enter into an agreement, the consummation of which  would result  in the occurrence of a

change in control;

(cid:127) we or  anyone else publicly announces  an intention to take or to consider taking actions which, if

consummated, would constitute a change in control;

(cid:127) any person or entity becomes the beneficial owner, directly or indirectly,  of 15% or more  of the
combined voting power of our then-outstanding securities  (entitled  to  vote generally for the
election of directors); or

(cid:127) the board adopts a resolution to the effect  that, for  purposes of Mr. Fusco’s  employment

agreement, a ‘‘potential change in control’’ has  occurred.

On October 28, 2005, we entered into  an amendment to our employment  agreement with

Mr. Fusco. This amendment provides that  in the  event Mr. Fusco becomes entitled, on  the terms and
conditions set forth in the employment  agreement, to receive a severance payment upon termination of
his employment, such a payment must be made within 30 days after the Date of Termination  (as
defined in the employment agreement). Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the severance  payment will
constitute ‘‘nonqualified deferred compensation’’ subject  to  the provisions  of  IRC Section 409A,  then
the payment instead will be due within  15 days after the earlier of  (i) the  expiration of six months  and
one day following the Date of Termination or  (ii) Mr. Fusco’s death following the  Date of Termination.
Mr. Fusco’s agreement was amended and restated on  October 3,  2007 to comply with the applicable
provisions of IRC Section 409A.

On September 26, 2006, we entered  into executive retention agreements with the following

executive officers: Bradley T. Miller,  our Senior Vice President and Chief  Financial Officer;
Antonio J. Pietri, our Executive Vice  President  of  Field Operations; Manolis E. Kotzabasakis,  our
Senior Vice President, Sales and Strategy; and Frederic G. Hammond, our Senior  Vice President,
General Counsel, and Secretary; each of  whom we refer to  as a specified executive.

Pursuant to the terms of each executive retention agreement,  if the specified executive’s

employment is terminated prior to a  change in control without cause,  the specified executive will be
entitled to the following:

(cid:127) payment of an amount equal to the specified  executive’s  annual  base  salary  then in effect,

payable over twelve months;

(cid:127) payment of an amount equal to the specified  executive’s  total target bonus  for the  fiscal  year,
pro-rated for the portion of the fiscal year elapsed prior to  termination, payable  in one lump
sum;

(cid:127) payment of an amount equal to the cost  to  the specified executive of providing life, disability

and accident insurance benefits, payable  in one lump sum, for a period of one year;  and

(cid:127) continuation of medical, dental and  vision insurance  coverage to which the  specified executive

was entitled prior to termination for  a period  of one year.

In  the  event  the  specified  executive’s  employment  is  terminated  without  cause  within  twelve
months following a change in control or  by the specified executive for good reason (which includes
constructive termination, relocation, a  reduction in salary  or benefits, or our  breach of  any employment

81

agreement with the specified executive  or a  failure to pay benefits when  due), then  the specified
executive shall be entitled to the following:

(cid:127) payment of an amount equal to the sum of the specified  executive’s  annual base salary  then in
effect and the specified executive’s target  bonus for the then-current fiscal  year, payable in a
single installment;

(cid:127) payment of an amount equal to the cost  to  the specified executive of providing life, disability
and accident insurance benefits, payable  in a single installment, for a period of one year;

(cid:127) continuation of medical, dental and  vision insurance  coverage to which the  specified executive

was entitled prior to termination for  a period  of one year; and

(cid:127) full vesting of (a) all of the specified executive’s options to purchase shares of our stock, which
options may be exercised by the specified executive  for a period of twelve months following the
date  of termination and (b) all restricted stock  and restricted stock units then  held by the
specified executive.

Each  executive retention agreement  provides that the total payments received by the specified
executive relating to termination of his/her employment will be reduced  to  an amount equal to the
highest amount that could be paid to the  specified executive without  subjecting such payment to excise
tax as a  parachute payment under IRC Section  409A, provided  that no  reduction shall be made if the
amount by which these payments are  reduced exceeds 110% of the value  of any  additional taxes  that
the specified executive would incur if  the total payments were not  reduced.

For the purposes of each agreement:

(cid:127) ‘‘change in control’’ means (a) the  acquisition  of 50% or more of either the  then-outstanding
shares of our common stock or the combined voting  power of our  then-outstanding securities;
(b) such time as the members of the board immediately prior to the change in  control  do not
continue to constitute the majority of our  directors following the  change in control;  (c)  the
consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization,  recapitalization or  share exchange
involving our company, unless the transaction would not result  in a  change  in ownership of 50%
or more of both our then-outstanding  common stock and  the combined voting power of our
then-outstanding securities; or (d) our liquidation or dissolution;

(cid:127) ‘‘cause’’ means (a) the willful and continued failure by a specified executive to substantially

perform his/her duties for us after delivery by the board of a written demand for performance
(other than any such failure resulting from  the executive’s incapacity due to physical or mental
illness, or any such failure after the executive gives us  notice  of termination for  good reason),
and a failure by the specified executive  to  cure the  performance failure  within 30 days;  or
(b) the willful engaging by the specified executive in gross  misconduct that is  demonstrably and
materially injurious to us; and

(cid:127) ‘‘good reason’’ means constructive  termination of the specified  executive, relocation, a reduction
in the specified executive’s salary or benefits, our  breach of any employment agreement  with the
specified executive or our failure to pay benefits when due.

Each  executive retention agreement  terminates on  the earliest to occur of (a) July 31,  2010, (b)  the

first anniversary of a change in control, and (c) our payment  of  all amounts due to the specified
executive following a change in control.  Each agreement is subject to automatic renewal on August  1 of
each  year, unless we give notice of termination  at least seven days  prior to the renewal date.

82

The following table sets forth estimated  compensation  that would have  been payable  to  each of

these officers as severance or upon a  change in control of our Company under three alternative
scenarios, assuming the termination triggering  severance payments or a change in control took place on
June 30, 2009:

POTENTIAL PAYMENTS UPON TERMINATION OR CHANGE IN CONTROL  TABLE

Name

Mark E. Fusco

(cid:127) Termination without cause or with  good

reason prior to change in control . . . . . . . .
(cid:127) Change in control only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(cid:127) Change in control with termination without

cause or with good reason . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Antonio J. Pietri

(cid:127) Termination without cause or with  good

reason prior to change in control . . . . . . . .
(cid:127) Change in control only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(cid:127) Change in control with  termination without

cause or with good reason . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manolis E. Kotzabasakis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(cid:127) Termination without cause or with  good

reason prior to change in control . . . . . . . .
(cid:127) Change in control only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(cid:127) Change in control with  termination without

cause or with good reason . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frederic G. Hammond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(cid:127) Termination without cause or with  good

reason prior to change in control . . . . . . . .
(cid:127) Change in control only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
(cid:127) Change in control with  termination without

Cash
Payment
($)(1)

Accelerated
Vesting of
Stock Options
($)(2)

Accelerated
Vesting of
Restricted
Stock  Units
($)(3)

Welfare
Benefits
($)(4)

Total  ($)

$2,448,321

—

— $37,216

2,448,321

$101,875

$266,563

37,216

575,827

—

—

18,608

575,827

10,188

26,656

18,608

525,827

—

—

18,608

525,827

16,300

31,988

18,608

415,827

—

—

18,186

$2,485,537
—

2,853,975
—

594,435
—

631,279
—

544,435
—

592,723
—

434,013
—

cause or with good reason . . . . . . . . . . . . .

415,827

20,375

31,988

18,186

486,376

(1) Amounts shown reflect payments based on  salary  and  bonus as  well  as  payment  of  estimated  cost of  life,

disability and accident insurance benefits  during  the agreement period.

(2) Amounts shown represent the value of  stock options  upon the  applicable  triggering event described  in the

first column. The value of stock options is  based  on the  difference between  the  exercise  price of the  options
and  $8.53, which was the closing price of the  common  stock on  The  Pink  OTC  Markets,  Inc. on  the last
trading day of fiscal 2009, June 30, 2009.

(3) Amounts shown represent the value of  restricted stock  units upon  the  applicable  triggering  event described  in
the first column, based on  the closing price  of the common stock  on The Pink  OTC  Markets, Inc. on  the last
trading day of fiscal 2009, June 30, 2009.

(4) Amounts shown represent the estimated  cost of  providing  employment-related  benefits during  the  agreement

period.

During  the third quarter of fiscal 2009,  Mr. Miller stepped down from his position as Senior  Vice

President and Chief Financial Officer.  He  was paid in accordance with his retention agreement:
$300,000 base annual salary; $131,250  for  a pro-rated portion  of  the fiscal 2009  target bonus;  $38,380 in
vacation benefits; and $15,556 in health  care benefits.

83

Compensation Committee Report

The compensation committee of the board of directors has reviewed  and discussed with
management the foregoing ‘‘Compensation Discussion and Analysis.’’ Based on this review and
discussion, the compensation committee has  recommended  to  the board,  and the  board has  agreed,
that the section entitled ‘‘Compensation  Discussion and Analysis’’  as it  appears above,  be  included in
this  Form 10-K.

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE

Donald P. Casey
Stephen M. Jennings

84

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Executive Compensation Tables

Summary Compensation

The following table summarizes information regarding compensation earned during the last three

fiscal years by the named executive officers, who  consist of Mark Fusco, Chief  Executive Officer;
Bradley T. Miller, who stepped down  from  his position as our Chief Financial Officer in February  2009;
and our three other most highly compensated executive officers in fiscal 2009. Mark P. Sullivan was
named our Senior Vice President and Chief Financial  Officer effective July 1,  2009.

SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

Name  and Principal Position

Year Salary ($)

Bonus
($)(1)

Stock
Awards
($)(2)

Option
Awards
($)(2)

Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation Compensation

All Other

($)(3)

($)(4)

Total  ($)

Mark E. Fusco . . . . . . . . 2009 $500,000 $350,000 $113,085 $1,110,087
1,460,695
1,380,267

President and Chief
Executive Officer

— 236,520
414,508

500,000
450,000

2008
2007

11,250

Bradley T. Miller . . . . . . . 2009
2008
2007

Senior Vice President  and
Chief Financial Officer

Antonio J. Pietri . . . . . . . 2009
2008

Executive Vice President,
Field Operations

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis
Senior Vice President,
Sales and Strategy

. 2009
2008
2007

Frederic G. Hammond . . . 2009
2008

Senior Vice President,
General Counsel, and
Secretary

226,154
300,000
215,769

300,000
275,000

265,000
250,000
250,000

275,000
250,000

131,250

28,451
— 173,750
— 140,933

192,500

11,308
— 23,652

— 13,570
— 28,382
— 49,741

70,000

13,570
— 28,382

444,716
—
113,444

57,762
141,864

62,594
192,100
410,157

127,500
246,904

$

—
420,000
838,750

—
151,813
209,668

—
275,000

130,964
224,990
239,015

—
140,000

$

5,811
3,305
2,250

42,256
4,332
2,922

$2,078,983
2,620,520
3,097,025

872,827
629,895
682,736

259,050
302,281

820,620
1,017,797

7,452
24,370
3,885

5,937
2,808

479,580
719,842
952,798

492,007
668,094

(1) The amount shown for Mr. Fusco in fiscal 2007  represents  a  discretionary  bonus earned by Mr.  Fusco  in  fiscal
2007 but paid to him in July 2007. Amounts  shown  exclude  performance-based  incentive payments,  which are
included in ‘‘Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation.’’

(2) The amounts shown represent compensation expense recognized for  financial  statement  purposes under
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123  (revised  2004), ‘‘Share-Based Payment’’ (SFAS
No. 123R), with respect to restricted stock units  and  stock options  granted  to  the  named  executive  officers.
Each stock option was granted with an  exercise  price  equal to the  fair  market value  of our  common stock on
the grant date. For a description of the assumptions  relating  to  our  valuations  of the restricted  stock  units and
stock options, see Note 8 to the Consolidated  Financial Statements.

(3) Amounts shown consist of awards based  on performance  under  our  Executive Annual  Incentive Bonus Plan
and Operations Executives Plan. For additional  information  regarding  these  awards,  see ‘‘Compensation
Discussion and Analysis—Annual Cash Bonus.’’ The  amounts earned in fiscal  2009,  2008 and  2007 were paid
on September 30, 2009, September 15, 2008  and  July  31, 2007, respectively.

(4) For named executive officers, amounts shown include  matching  contributions  under our  401(k) deferred
savings retirement  plan. The amount shown  for Mr.  Pietri in  fiscal 2008  includes  payments related  to  his
former expatriate assignment as Senior Vice  President  of Regional  Sales and Services  in Shanghai,  China
prior to relocation to Burlington, Massachusetts  in July 2007, consisting  of:  (a)  $81,885 for  reimbursement of
his relocation and housing expenses in connection  with  his move  from Shanghai  to  Burlington; (b)  $1,500 for
expatriate executive transition and hardship assistance  payments; (c)  $146,022  in related  Chinese  tax
payments; (d) $44,260 for applicable  federal,  state  and  medical tax  gross-ups;  (e)  $23,549 in  tax  equalization

85

payments for expatriate  benefits; (f)  $786 for  foreign  goods  and services adjustments; and (g)  $4,279  in
matching contributions under our 401(k) deferred  savings  retirement plan.

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth information  regarding incentive  compensation we  granted to the

named executive officers during fiscal  2009.

GRANTS OF  PLAN-BASED AWARDS TABLE

Name

Mark E. Fusco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bradley T. Miller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antonio J. Pietri
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Manolis E. Kotzabasakis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frederic G. Hammond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Estimated Future Payouts
Under Non-Equity
Incentive Plan Awards(1)

Threshold
($)

$245,000
61,250
96,250
26,000
49,000

Target
($)

Maximum
($)

$700,000
175,000
275,000
260,000
140,000

$1,067,500
266,875
419,375
370,500
213,500

(1) Consists of performance-based cash incentive bonus awards  under  the Executive Annual
Incentive Bonus Plan and Operations Executives Plan. Actual amounts of awards  are set
forth in the summary compensation table above.

Each  of the named executive officers other than Mr. Kotzabasakis participated  in our Executive

Plan in fiscal 2009. Amounts payable under the Executive  Plan  were  based in part on meeting
corporate operating income targets. The  corporate operating income component was weighted at 60%
to 70% of the overall bonus for fiscal 2009,  and measured the extent to which we achieved a corporate
operating income target amount. For  fiscal 2009,  the Executive Plan included a minimum operating
income threshold of 80% of the target  amount,  which had to be met in order for  any bonus to be paid
under the Executive Plan, and a maximum operating income  threshold, above which  no additional
bonus  would be earned. Amounts payable under the  Executive Plan corresponded to the  applicable
executive’s base salary, with those with  broader  scope  typically being compensated  at a  higher level.
The annual corporate operating income target was contained in the business plan adopted by the board
of directors. Bonuses attributable to  the corporate  operating income component were paid annually.

Amounts payable under the Executive Plan were  also based in part  on  whether an individual met

specific  performance goals. Individual objectives were weighted  at 30%  to 40% for  fiscal  2009, and
measured the extent to which an individual achieved performance  objectives  established specifically for
that executive officer. The performance objectives were  necessarily tied to the  particular  functional
responsibilities of the individual, and  his/her performance in fulfilling those  responsibilities.

Mr. Kotzabasakis participated in the  Operations Plan in  fiscal  2009. Amounts  payable under the

Operations Plan were based in part on meeting  corporate  operating income targets. The  corporate
operating income component was weighted  at 20%  of  the overall bonus for fiscal 2009, and  measured
the extent to which we achieved a corporate operating income target amount. For fiscal  2009, the plan
included both a minimum operating income  threshold of  80%  of the target  amount,  which was required
to be met in order for any bonus to be  paid under the Operations Plan,  and a  maximum operating
income threshold, above which no additional bonus would  be earned.

Individual objectives were weighted at 5% for fiscal 2009,  and measured the extent  to  which an

individual achieved performance objectives established specifically for that executive officer. Payments
based on this component were capped  at  the executive officers’  respective  target bonus amounts. The

86

performance objectives were necessarily tied to the particular  functional responsibilities of the
individual and his/her performance in fulfilling those responsibilities.

The regional performance component was weighted at 75%  of  the overall bonus for fiscal 2009,

and measured the extent to which we achieved  performance objectives  for the region(s)  for which the
executive was responsible. Bonuses attributable to the regional performance  component  were paid  as
quarterly commissions based on quarterly  regional or consolidated financial results.

In addition to the Executive Plan and the Operations Plan, on September 9, 2009,  the

compensation committee approved funding a  discretionary bonus pool for employees who did  not
participate in a commission-based incentive  plan. Awards from the bonus pool were paid in  cash based
on individual performance during fiscal  2009. The awards included payments  to  Messrs.  Fusco, Pietri
and Hammond.

We  became delinquent in our SEC filings  in fiscal 2008  because of certain accounting  errors we
had identified. Our failure to timely file  reports under the  Exchange Act  resulted in lack  of  an effective
registration statement, so we suspended option  grants until we became current.

87

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year End

The following table sets forth information  as to unexercised options  held  at  the end of such fiscal

year, by the named executive officers. The named executive  officers did not exercise any options during
fiscal 2009.

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL  YEAR-END

Mark E. Fusco . . . . . . . . . .

Bradley T. Miller . . . . . . . .

Antonio J. Pietri . . . . . . . . .

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis . . .

OPTION AWARDS

Number of
Securities
Underylying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)

Option
Exercise
Price ($)(2)

Option
Expiration
Date(3)

—
24,000
17,452
82,548
69,808
930,192
328,125
140,625
137,500
—

30,808
31,692

4,000
6,000
5,188
—
18,213
3,781
13,558
14,567
11,250
2,500

7,500
2,873
2,981
4,519
9,998
2
7,674
545
4,326
2
25,000
33,739
12,311
23,863
55,400
28,761
79,537
32,963
1,137

—
$ 8.12
5.73
5.73
5.73
5.73
5.27
5.27
10.42
10.42

10.42
10.42

8.50
14.05
3.25
—
6.57
6.57
5.27
5.27
10.42
10.42

$15.44
8.50
30.75
30.75
14.05
14.05
2.98
2.98
2.98
2.98
2.50
2.75
2.85
2.85
2.85
2.75
2.85
2.85
2.85

11/15/2013
12/6/2013
3/19/2015
3/19/2015
3/19/2015
3/19/2015
9/13/2015
9/13/2015
11/14/2016
11/14/2016

Note (6)
Note (6)

8/30/2009
4/9/2011
8/15/2013
11/15/2013
10/13/2014
10/13/2014
9/13/2015
9/13/2015
11/14/2016
11/14/2016

Note (6)
8/30/2009
10/17/2010
10/17/2010
4/9/2011
4/9/2011
8/16/2012
8/16/2012
8/16/2012
8/16/2012
12/20/2012
8/15/2013
8/15/2013
8/15/2013
8/15/2013
8/15/2013
8/15/2013
8/15/2013
8/15/2013

—
—
—
—
—
—
21,875
9,375
52,862
9,638

—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
3,125
—
110
6,140

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

88

STOCK AWARDS

Number
of Shares
or  Units
of Stock
That  Have
Not Vested
(#)(4)

Market Value
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That  Have
Not Vested
($)(5)

31,250

$266,563

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
3,125
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
26,656
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

OUTSTANDING EQUITY AWARDS AT FISCAL  YEAR-END

OPTION AWARDS

Number of
Securities
Underylying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable

Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable(1)

Option
Exercise
Price ($)(2)

Option
Expiration
Date(3)

STOCK AWARDS

Number
of Shares
or  Units
of Stock
That  Have
Not Vested
(#)(4)

Market Value
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That  Have
Not Vested
($)(5)

30,777
—
26,250
11,250
14,964
50,036
14,460
2,040

—
12,779
17,913
87,221
75,837
16,359
141

—
—
—
—
5,000
—
3,000
4,500

—
—
—
—
6,250
3,000
4,500

2.75
—
6.57
6.57
5.27
5.27
10.42
10.42

—
5.27
5.27
5.27
5.27
10.42
10.42

8/15/2013
11/15/2013
10/13/2014
10/13/2014
9/13/2015
9/13/2015
11/14/2016
11/14/2016

11/15/2013
9/13/2015
9/13/2015
9/13/2015
9/13/2015
11/14/2016
11/14/2016

—
3,750
—
—
—
—
—
—

3,750
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
$ 31,988
—
—
—
—
—
—

31,988
—
—
—
—
—
—

Frederic G. Hammond . . . .

(1) Each option that had not fully vested as  of June 30,  2009  becomes exercisable, subject  to  the  optionee’s

continued employment with us, over a four-year  period  in  equal quarterly  installments,  with  the exception of
the option grant to Mr. Fusco on March 21,  2005 for  1,100,000 shares,  of which  500,000 vested  immediately
and 600,000 vested over a four-year period  in  equal quarterly  installments.

(2) Each option has an exercise price  equal to the  fair market  value  of our common  stock  at the  time of  grant.

(3) The expiration date of each option occurs  ten years after the  grant of such  option.

(4) Each restricted stock unit  becomes  exercisable  subject  to  the  holder’s  continued  employment  with us as  to
25% on achievement of specified performance  goals  and  the  balance in  twelve  equal  quarterly installments
thereafter.

(5) The closing price of  our  common stock on The Pink  OTC  Markets,  Inc.  on June  30, 2009,  was  $8.53.

(6)

In connection with our failure to timely file  reports  under the  Exchange  Act  and consequent  lack  of  an
effective registration statement covering shares  issuable  in  connection with  certain  equity grant  awards,  in
December 2007 the board of  directors voted  to  extend the period of  time  within  which  such awards may be
exercised. These awards are subject to this  extension.

Vesting dates for each outstanding option award for the  named executive officers are as follows:

Vesting Date

2010
9/30/2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
9/30/2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
12/31/2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3/31/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
6/30/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2011
9/30/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Number of Shares Underlying Vesting  Awards

Exercise Mark E.

Price

Fusco

Antonio J.
Pietri

Manolis E.
Kotzabasakis

Frederic G.
Hammond

5.27
10.42
10.42
10.42
10.42

31,250
12,500
12,500
12,500
12,500

3,125
1,250
1,250
1,250
1,250

5,000
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,500

6,250
1,500
1,500
1,500
1,500

10.42

12,500

1,250

1,500

1,500

89

Vesting dates for each outstanding restricted  stock unit for the named executive officers are  as

follows:

Vesting Date

Number of Shares Underlying Vesting  Awards

Mark E.
Fusco

Antonio J.
Pietri

Manolis E.
Kotzabasakis

Frederic G.
Hammond

2010
7/28/2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10/29/2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1/29/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4/28/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6,250
6,250
6,250
6,250

625
625
625
625

2011
7/28/2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6,250

625

750
750
750
750

750

750
750
750
750

750

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The named executive officers did not  exercise any options during fiscal 2009.  The  table below

details shares of common stock that  vested under restricted stock  units during fiscal 2009.

Mark E. Fusco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Bradley T. Miller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Antonio J. Pietri
Manolis E. Kotzabasakis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Frederic G. Hammond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2009 Shares Vested

Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting(1)

25,000
6,375
2,500
3,000
3,000

Value
Realized on
Vesting($)

$213,125
58,119
21,313
25,575
25,575

(1) With respect to shares acquired  upon vesting of  restricted  stock units,  each  named

executive elected to have shares withheld to pay associated income taxes.  The number  of
shares reported represents the gross  number prior  to  withholding of such  shares.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider  Participation

Neither Donald P. Casey nor Stephen M.  Jennings, the members  of the compensation committee,
is or has  ever been an officer or employee of  our  Company  or any of our subsidiaries, nor has  had any
related person transaction involving our  Company. None of our  executive officers  serves as a member
of the board of directors or compensation committee of any  entity that has  one  or more executive
officers serving as members of the board  of directors or compensation committee.

90

Director Compensation

The following table provides information regarding the compensation paid to our non-employee

members of the board of directors in fiscal 2009.

Name

Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)

Option
Awards
($)(1)

Total
($)

Donald P. Casey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gary E. Haroian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stephen M. Jennings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Joan C. McArdle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
David M. McKenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Michael  Pehl

$205,500
180,500
174,500
172,500
60,000
64,500

$ — $205,500
— 180,500
— 174,500
— 172,500
85,134
64,500

25,134
—

(1) The amounts shown represent compensation expense recognized for financial statement
purposes  under SFAS No. 123(R) with  respect to stock options granted to the directors.
Each stock option was granted with an  exercise price equal to the  fair market value of
our common stock on the grant date. For a description of the assumptions relating  to  our
valuations of the stock options, see Note 8  to  the Consolidated Financial  Statements. The
following are the aggregate number of  option awards  outstanding held by each of our
non-employee directors as of June 30,  2009:  Mr. Casey, 48,000; Mr.  Haroian, 48,000;
Mr. Jennings, 100,298; Ms. McArdle, 117,298; Mr.  McKenna, 24,000; and Mr. Pehl,
60,000.

In fiscal  2009, we paid our non-employee directors an annual fee of $25,000  for their services as

directors, and we paid retainers as set forth in  the table below. All annual retainers are payable in
monthly installments.

Position

Chairman of the Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit Committee Chair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit Committee Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compensation Committee Chair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Compensation Committee Member . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Retainer

$75,000
30,000
20,000
15,000
7,500

We  also paid each director $2,500 for  participation in our quarterly board  meetings, and $2,000 for

participation in all other board of directors or committee meetings of  at  least one  hour duration. All
participation fees are payable quarterly.

Historically, we granted to each non-employee  director, upon his or her initial election to the

board, an option to purchase 24,000 shares of our  common stock at the fair market value of our
common stock on the date of grant,  provided such non-employee director was  not,  within the twelve
months preceding his or her election as  a  director,  an officer  or  employee of our company or  any of
our  subsidiaries. Any such option vests  quarterly over  a three-year  period, beginning on the last day of
the calendar quarter following the grant  date. Beginning with  the first annual  meeting following a
non-employee director’s election to the board and on  a quarterly basis thereafter, we also granted  each
non-employee director an option to purchase 3,000 shares of our common stock. Each option was fully
exercisable at the time of grant and had  an exercise price equal  to  the fair market value of our
common stock at the time of grant. Options granted to non-employee directors have  terms of ten  years.
Unless otherwise agreed between the optionee  and us, all  options granted  to  non-employee directors
may be exercised for up to 24 months  from the date of the director’s resignation from  the board.

91

In January 2008, the board determined to grant each non-employee director options to purchase

21,000 shares of our common stock on the second trading day immediately  following our becoming
current in our SEC filings. Of those  shares, 15,000  would vest immediately on  the date  of  grant and  the
balance would vest in two equal quarterly  installments on the  last business day of  the two  quarters
following the date of grant. The options would  have an exercise price equal to the closing price  of  our
common stock on the business day immediately  preceding the date  of  grant and would have  a term of
ten years.

On October 29, 2009, the board determined to supsersede its January  11, 2008 resolution with
respect to option grants to non-employee directors following our  becoming current in our SEC  filings,
and resolved instead to grant 9,750 restricted  stock  units to each non-employee  director
contemporaneously with the next annual program grant to our employees.  The restricted stock units
shall be  fully vested on the grant date.  The board further resolved on October  29, 2009 that each
non-employee director be paid cash in  an amount equal  to  5,250 times the closing price per share of
our  common stock on the last trading day before the grant date, which  shall  be  the date  of  program
grants to our employees. Payment shall  be  made no later  than thirty  days following date of  grant.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners  and  Management and Related Stockholder

Matters.

See ‘‘Securities Authorized for Issuance  Under  Equity Compensation  Plans’’  under ‘‘Item  5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity,  Related  Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of  Equity
Securities’’ in Part II of this Form 10-K.

The following table sets forth information  with respect  to  the beneficial ownership of common

stock as of October 18, 2009 for:

(cid:127) each beneficial owner of more than 5% of the  outstanding common stock;

(cid:127) each of the directors, director nominees and  named  executive officers; and

(cid:127) all of our directors and executive officers  as a group.

A total of 90,115,300 shares of common stock were outstanding as of October  18, 2009.

Unless otherwise noted, each person  identified possesses sole voting and  investment power with

respect to the shares listed, subject to  community property  laws where applicable. Shares under
‘‘Common Stock—Right to Acquire’’ include shares subject to options or warrants  that  were vested as
of October 18, 2009 or will vest within 60 days  of  October 18,  2009. Shares not outstanding but deemed
beneficially owned by virtue of the right  of  a person to acquire  those shares are  treated  as outstanding
only for purposes of determining the number  and  percent of shares of common stock owned  by  such
person or group. Percentages under ‘‘Common  Stock—Percent of Voting Power’’ represent beneficial
rights to vote with respect to matters  on  which holders  of  common stock generally are entitled to vote,
as of  October 18, 2009, and are based on (a) the number  of  outstanding shares of common stock
beneficially owned by that person and  (b)  the number  of  shares  subject to options  or warrants  held by
that person that were exercisable on,  or  within  60 days after, October  18, 2009. In calculating
percentages under ‘‘Common Stock—Percent  of Voting Power,’’ the total  number of votes entitled  to
be cast as of October 18, 2009 consisted of  (a) 98,073,209 votes, which is the total votes to which the
holders  of outstanding shares of common  stock are entitled, plus (b) for  an identified person, a number
of votes equal to the number of shares  issuable  upon conversion  or  subject to options or warrants that
were exercisable by such person on, or within 60 days  after October 18, 2009.

92

The address of all of our executive officers and directors is in care of Aspen Technology, Inc.,  200

Wheeler Road, Burlington, Massachusetts  01803.

Name  of Stockholder

Common Stock

Outstanding
Shares

Right to
Acquire

Total
Number

Percent of
Voting Power

5% Stockholders
Advent International Corporation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

29,512,336

— 29,512,336

30.1%

75 State Street, 29th Floor
Boston, MA 02109

Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc.

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

8,835,500

— 8,835,500

9.0%

6300 Lamar Avenue
Overland Park, KS 66202

Third Point LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6,091,000

— 6,091,000

6.2%

390 Park Avenue
New York, New York 10022

Alydar Partners, LLC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

4,600,875

— 4,600,875

4.7%

222 Berkeley Street
17th Floor Boston, MA 02116

Named Executive Officers and Directors
Mark E. Fusco . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

59,942

1,780,250

1,840,192

1.9%

Antonio J Pietri . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

6,341

84,057

90,398

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,752

490,158

497,910

Frederic G. Hammond . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,762

218,750

226,512

Mark P. Sullivan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

—

Joan C.  McArdle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— 117,298

117,298

Stephen M. Jennings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

— 100,298

100,298

Michael  Pehl . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Donald P. Casey . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gary E. Haroian . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

David M. McKenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—

—

—

—

60,000

48,000

48,000

22,000

60,000

48,000

48,000

22,000

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

*

Directors and Executive Officers, as a group (12 persons)

87,748

3,147,561

3,235,309

3.3%

*

Less than one percent.

Advent International Corporation is an investment advisory firm.  Advent International  Corporation

is the General Partner of Advent Partners II  Limited  Partnership, Advent Partners DMC  III Limited
Partnership, Advent Partners GPE-IV  Limited  Partnership, Advent Partners  GPE-III Limited
Partnership, Advent Partners (NA) GPE-III Limited Partnership  and Advent  International Limited
Partnership, which is in turn the general partner of Global  Private Equity III Limited Partnership,
Global Private Equity IV Limited Partnership, Advent PGGM  Global  Limited Partnership, Digital
Media & Communications III Limited Partnership,  Digital  Media  & Communications  III-A Limited
Partnership, Digital Media & Communications III-B Limited  Partnership,  Digital Media  &
Communications III-C Limited Partnership, Digital Media  & Communications III-D C.V.,  Digital

93

Media & Communications III-E C.V., and  Advent  Energy  II Limited Partnership. We refer to these
entities as the Advent funds.

The shares reflected as beneficially owned by Waddell & Reed Financial, Inc. (‘‘WDR’’) are
beneficially owned by one or more open-end investment companies  or  other managed accounts which
are advised or sub-advised by Ivy Investment Management Company (‘‘IICO’’), an investment advisory
subsidiary of WDR or Waddell & Reed  Investment Management Company (‘‘WRIMCO’’), an
investment advisory subsidiary of Waddell  & Reed,  Inc. (‘‘WRI’’), based  upon  information provided in
a Schedule 13G filed by WDR with the SEC on February 1,  2008. WRI is  a broker-dealer  and
underwriting subsidiary of Waddell &  Reed  Financial Services,  Inc., a parent holding company
(‘‘WRFSI’’). In turn, WRFSI is a subsidiary of WDR, a  publicly traded  company. The investment
advisory contracts grant IICO and WRIMCO all investment and/or voting  power  over securities  owned
by such advisory clients. The investment sub-advisory contracts grant  IICO and WRIMCO investment
power over securities owned by such  sub-advisory  clients and, in  most cases, voting power. Any
investment restriction of a sub-advisory  contract does not restrict  investment  discretion or power in a
material manner.

The number of shares reflected as beneficially  owned by Third  Point LLC is  based upon
information provided in a Schedule 13G filed by Third Point  with the  SEC on  March 12, 2008  and
Amendment No. 1 filed on January 5,  2009.

The number of shares reflected as beneficially  owned by Alydar  Partners, LLC  is based  upon

information provided in a Schedule 13G filed by Alydar with the SEC on April  29, 2009.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions.

Board Determination of Independence

Our board of directors uses the definition  of independence established  by The NASDAQ Stock

Market. Under applicable NASDAQ  rules,  a director  qualifies as an ‘‘independent director’’  if, in the
opinion of the board of directors, he or she  does not have  a  relationship that  would interfere with the
exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities  of a director.  The board  of
directors has determined that Donald P.  Casey, Gary  E. Haroian,  Stephen M.  Jennings and  Joan  C.
McArdle do not have any relationship that would interfere with the exercise  of independent  judgment
in carrying out the responsibilities of a director of Aspen Technology,  Inc., and that each of these
directors therefore is an ‘‘independent director’’ as defined in  NASDAQ Listing Rule  5605(a) (2).

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees  and  Services.

The following table summarizes the fees of KPMG LLP, our  independent registered public

accounting firm, and of Deloitte & Touche LLP, our former independent registered public account firm,
for each  of the last two fiscal years, in  thousands:

Fee Category

KPMG LLP

Deloitte &
Touche LLP

Fiscal 2009

Fiscal  2008

Fiscal  2008

Audit Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Audit-Related Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
All other fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$5,052
—
—
—

$5,052

$9,911
—
—
77

$9,988

$3,950
—
27
35

$4,012

94

‘‘Audit Fees’’ consist of fees for the audit of our  financial  statements, the review of the  interim
financial statements included in our quarterly reports on Form  10-Q, and  other  professional  services
provided in connection with statutory and  regulatory filings  or engagements.

‘‘Audit-Related Fees’’ consist of fees for  assurance and related  services that were  reasonably  related

to the performance of the audit and review of our financial  statements  and that are  not  reported as
audit fees.

‘‘Tax Fees’’ consist of fees for tax compliance,  tax  advice  and tax planning services.

Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies  and Procedures

The audit committee has adopted policies and procedures relating to the approval of  all  audit and
non-audit services  that are to be performed by our independent registered  public accounting  firm.  This
policy generally provides that we will  not  engage our independent registered  public accounting  firm  to
render audit or non-audit services unless the  service is specifically  approved  in advance by the audit
committee, except that de minimis non-audit services may instead be approved  in accordance with
applicable SEC rules.

95

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

PART IV

(a)(1) Financial Statements

Description

Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firms . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended June 30,  2009,

2008 and 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30,  2008 and 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’  Equity  (Deficit)  and Comprehensive
Income for the years ended June 30, 2009, 2008 and 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  for  the years ended June 30, 2009,

2008 and 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

F-2

F-4
F-5

F-6

F-7
F-8

(a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules

All schedules are omitted because they are  not  required or the required  information is shown in

the consolidated financial statements or  notes thereto.

(a)(3) Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.3

10.1

Description

Certificate of Incorporation of Aspen Technology, Inc., as
amended

By-laws of Aspen Technology, Inc.

Specimen certificate for common stock, $.10 par value, of
Aspen Technology, Inc.

Form of WD Common Stock Purchase Warrants of Aspen
Technology, Inc. dated August 14, 2003

Lease Agreement dated January 30, 1992 between Aspen
Technology, Inc. and Teachers Insurance and Annuity
Association of America regarding 10 Canal Park, Cambridge,
Massachusetts

Filed with
this

Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

8-K

August 22, 2003

8-K

March 27, 1998

8-A/A

June 12, 1998

4

3.2

4

8-K

August 22, 2003

99.3

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.1

10.1a First Amendment to Lease Agreement dated May 5, 1997

10-K

September 28, 2000

10.2

between Aspen Technology, Inc. and  Beacon  Properties, L.P.,
successor-in-interest to Teachers Insurance and Annuity
Association of America

10.1b

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated August 14,
2000 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and EOP-Ten Canal
Park, L.L.C., successor-in-interest to Beacon Properties,  L.P.

10-K

September 28, 2000

10.3

10.1c Amendment dated September 5, 2007 to Lease Agreement

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.1c

dated January 30, 1992 between Aspen Technology, Inc.  and
MA-Ten Canal Park, L.L.C.

10.2

Sublease dated September 5, 2007 between Aspen
Technology, Inc. and MA-Ten Canal Park L.L.C. regarding
10 Canal Park, Cambridge, Massachusetts

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.2

96

Exhibit
Number

10.3

10.4

10.5

Description

Lease dated May 7, 2007 between Aspen Technology, Inc.
and One Wheeler Road Associates regarding  200 Wheeler
Road, Burlington Massachusetts

System License Agreement dated March 30, 1982 between
Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Massachusetts  Institute of
Technology

Amendment dated March 30, 1982 to System License
Agreement dated March 30, 1982 between Aspen
Technology, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology

Filed with
this

Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.3

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.4

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.5

10.6† Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 6, 2004 among

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.1

Aspen Technology, Inc., Hyprotech Company, AspenTech
Canada Ltd. and Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell
International Inc., Honeywell Control Systems Limited and
Honeywell Limited-Honeywell Limitee

10.6a† Amendment No. 1 dated December 23, 2004 to Purchase and
Sale Agreement dated October 6, 2004 among Aspen
Technology, Inc., Hyprotech Company, AspenTech
Canada Ltd., and Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell
International Inc., Honeywell Control Systems Limited and
Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee

10.7† Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004
between Aspen Technology, Inc. and  Honeywell
International, Inc.

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.2

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.3

10.8† Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.4

between AspenTech Canada Ltd. and Honeywell  Limited—
Honeywell Limitee

10.9† Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004
between Hyprotech Company and Honeywell Limited—
Honeywell Limitee

10.10† Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004
between AspenTech Ltd. and Honeywell Control Systems
Limited

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.5

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.6

10.11† Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.7

between Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell  Control Systems
Limited

10.13

Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between
Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital
Corporation

10.13a Rider No. 1 dated December 14, 1994, to Vendor Program
Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen
Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation

10.13b Rider No. 2 dated September 4, 2001 to Vendor Program
Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen
Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital Corporation

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.13

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.13a

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.13b

10.13c Waiver and Consent Agreement dated March 31, 2009

10-K

June 30, 2009

10.13c

10.15

Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

10-Q

February 17, 2004

10.1

97

Exhibit
Number

10.15a

10.15b

Description

First Amendment dated June 30, 2004 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31,  2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

Second Amendment dated September 30, 2004 to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement  dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

Filed with
this

Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15a

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.1

10.15c Third Amendment dated December 31, 2004 to

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.8

Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement  dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

10.15d Fourth Amendment dated March 8, 2005 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31,  2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15d

10.15e Fifth Amendment dated March 31, 2005 to Non-Recourse

10-Q

March 10, 2005

10.1

Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31,  2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

10.15f

Sixth Amendment dated December 29, 2005 to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement  dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

10.15g

Seventh Amendment dated July 17, 2006 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31,  2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15f

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15g

10.15h Eighth Amendment dated September 15, 2006 to

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15h

Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement  dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

10.15i Ninth Amendment dated January 12, 2007 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31,  2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

10.15j

Tenth Amendment dated April 13, 2007 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31,  2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

10.15k Eleventh Amendment dated June 28, 2007 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31,  2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

10.15l

Twelfth Amendment dated October 16, 2007 to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement  dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

10-Q

May 10, 2007

10.3

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15j

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15k

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15l

10.15m Thirteenth Amendment dated December 12, 2007 to

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15m

Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement  dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

10.15n Fourteenth Amendment dated December 28, 2007 to

8-K

January 7, 2008

10.2

Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement  dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

98

Exhibit
Number

Description

Filed with
this

Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

10.15o Fifteenth Amendment dated January 24, 2008 to

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.2

10.15p

10.15q

Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement  dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

Sixteenth Amendment dated May 15, 2008 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31,  2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

Seventeenth Amendment dated November 14, 2008 to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement  dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.3

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.4

10.15r Eighteenth Amendment dated January 30, 2009 to

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.5

Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement  dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

10.15s Nineteenth Amendment dated May 15 , 2009 to

10-K

June 30, 2009

10.15s

Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement  dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

10.15t

Twentieth Amendment dated November 3, 2009 to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement  dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

X

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.22

Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen
Technology, Inc., Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC,
Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC and the lenders
named therein.

Security Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between Aspen
Technology Receivables II LLC and Guggenheim Corporate
Funding, LLC

Release Letter dated December 28, 2007 relating to Loan
Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen
Technology, Inc., Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC,
Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC and the Lenders
named therein

Purchase and Sale Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between
Aspen Technology, Inc. and Aspen Technology Receivables
I LLC

Purchase and Resale Agreement dated June 15, 2005
between Aspen Technology Receivables I LLC  and Aspen
Technology Receivables II LLC

Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

8-K

June 20, 2005

10.1

8-K

June 20, 2005

10.2

8-K

January 7, 2008

10.1

8-K

June 20, 2005

10.3

8-K

June 20, 2005

10.4

10-Q

February 14, 2003

10.1

10.22a Letter Agreement dated February 14, 2003 amending Loan

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.22a

and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003  among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

99

Exhibit
Number

Description

Filed with
this

Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

10.22b First Loan Modification Agreement dated June 27, 2003 to

10-K

September 29, 2003

10.22

Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22c

Second Loan Modification Agreement dated September 10,
2004 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10-K

September 13, 2004

10.70

10.22d Third Loan Modification Agreement dated January 28, 2005

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.22d

to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003
among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22e† Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 1, 2005 to
Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22f

10.22g

Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 6, 2005 to
Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated June 15, 2005 to
Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10-Q

May 10, 2005

10.2

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.22f

8-K

June 20, 2005

10.5

10.22h Seventh Loan Modification Agreement dated September 13,

10-K

September 13, 2005

10.79

2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22i Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement dated
December 30, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement  dated
January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.22i

10.22j Ninth Loan Modification Agreement dated July 17, 2006 to

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.22j

Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22k Tenth Loan Modification Agreement dated September 15,

10-K

September 28, 2006

10.84

2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22l Eleventh Loan Modification Agreement dated September 27,

10-Q

November 14, 2006

10.3

2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22m Twelfth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 12,
2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10-Q

May 10, 2007

10.1

100

Exhibit
Number

Description

10.22n Thirteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 13,
2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22o Fourteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated June 28,
2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Filed with
this

Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.22n

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.22o

10.22p Fifteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated August 30,

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.22p

10.22q

10.22r

2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Sixteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated October 16,
2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Seventeenth Loan Modification Agreement dated
December 28, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement  dated
January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.22q

8-K

January 7, 2008

10.3

10.22s Eighteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 24,

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.7

2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22t Nineteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 11,

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.8

2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22u Twentieth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 15, 2008

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.9

to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003
among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22v Twenty-first Loan Modification Agreement dated June 12,

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.10

2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22w Twenty-second Loan Modification Agreement dated July 15,

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.11

2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22x Twenty-third Loan Modification Agreement dated

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.12

September 30, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated
January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22y Twenty-fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.13

November 14, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement  dated
January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

101

Exhibit
Number

Description

Filed with
this

Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

10.22z Twenty-fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 15,

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.14

2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22aa Twenty-sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 15,

10-K

June 30, 2009

10.22aa

2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22ab Twenty-seventh Loan Modification Agreement dated

X

November 3, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement  dated
January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Form of Negative Pledge Agreement dated January 30, 2003,
in  favor of Silicon Valley Bank, executed by Aspen
Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 between Silicon
Valley Bank and AspenTech Securities Corporation

Unconditional Guaranty dated January 30, 2003, by
AspenTech Securities Corporation in favor  of Silicon  Valley
Bank

Pledge Agreement, effective as of June 27, 2003, by Aspen
Technology, Inc. in favor of Silicon Valley Bank

Partial Release and Acknowledgement Agreement dated
June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc.,
Aspentech, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank

Partial Release and Acknowledgement Agreement dated
September 27, 2006 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

10.23

10.24

10.25

10.26

10.27

10.28

10-Q

February 14, 2003

10.5

10-Q

February 14, 2003

10.6

10-Q

February 14, 2003

10.7

10-K

September 29, 2003

10.23

8-K

June 20, 2005

10.7

10-Q

November 14, 2006

10.6

10.29

Investor Rights Agreement dated August 14, 2003 among
Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein

8-K

August 22, 2003

99.1

10.30 Management Rights Letter dated August 14, 2003 among

8-K

August 22, 2003

99.2

Aspen Technology, Inc. and the entities named therein.

10.31

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated
March 19, 2002 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and the
Purchasers named therein.

8-K

March 20, 2002

99.2

10.32^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan

S-8

September 9, 1996

4.5

10.33^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Amended and Restated 1995

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.37

Directors Stock Option Plan

10.34^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 1996 Special Stock Option Plan

10-K

September 29, 1997

10.23

10.35

PetrolSoft Corporation 1998 Stock Option Plan

S-8

July 28, 2000

4

10.36^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Restated 2001 Stock Option Plan

10-K

September 28, 2006

10.54

10.37^ Form of Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Agreement
Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001 Restated  Stock
Option Plan

10-Q

November 14, 2006

10.7

10.38^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

8-K

June 2, 2005

99.1

102

Exhibit
Number

Description

Filed with
this

Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

10.39^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (as

X

amended)

10.40^ Form of Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Agreement
Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive
Plan

10.41^ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement Granted under
Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

10.42^ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement-G Granted under
Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

10.43^ Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement

X

Granted under 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

10-Q

November 14, 2006

10.8

10-Q

November 14, 2006

10.9

10-Q

November 14, 2006

10.10

10.44^ Form of Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement of

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.45

Aspen Technology, Inc.

10.45^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus

Plan for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007

10.46^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives Plan for the

fiscal  year ending June 30, 2007

10.47^ Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive
Bonus Plan for the fiscal year ending June  30, 2008

8-K

8-K

July 6, 2006

July 6, 2006

99.1

99.2

8-K

June 20, 2007

99.1

10.48^ Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives Plan

8-K

June 20, 2007

99.2

for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2008

10.49^ Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive

8-K

June 30, 2008

99.1

Bonus Plan for Fiscal 2009

10.50^ Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives Plan

8-K

June 30, 2008

99.2

Fiscal 2009

10.51^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus

8-K

September 11, 2009

99.1

Plan for Fiscal 2010

10.52^ Employment Agreement, dated December 7, 2004, between

8-K

December 13, 2004

99.1

Aspen Technology, Inc. and Mark Fusco

10.53^ Form of Executive Retention Agreement entered into by

10-Q

November 14, 2006

10.11

Aspen Technology, Inc. and each executive officer of Aspen
Technology, Inc. (other than Mark E. Fusco)

10.54^ Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to Stock

8-K

January 5, 2007

10.1

Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or
about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 1995
Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification  No.
P040380)

10.55^ Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to Stock

8-K

January 5, 2007

10.2

Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on or
about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001
Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification  No.
P040002)

10.56^ Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to the

8-K

January 5, 2007

10.3

Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E.  Kotzabasakis
on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen  Technology, Inc.
2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award  Identification
No. P0405621)

103

Exhibit
Number

Description

Filed with
this

Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

14.1

Aspen Technology, Inc. Code of Conduct and Business Ethics

10-K

September 13, 2005

14.1

21.1

Subsidiaries of Aspen Technology, Inc.

23.1

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.2

Consent of KPMG, LLP

24.1

Power of Attorney (included in signature page to Form 10-K)

31.1

31.2

32.1

Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to
Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant
to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to
Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as adopted pursuant
to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer and
Senior Vice President and Financial Officer pursuant  to  18
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to  Section 906  of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

†

Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions

^ Management contract or compensatory plan

104

Pursuant to the requirements of Section  13  or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the

registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its  behalf  by the undersigned,  thereunto duly
authorized.

SIGNATURES

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC.

Date:  November  6,  2009

By:

/s/ MARK E. FUSCO

Mark E.  Fusco
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Date:  November  6,  2009

By:

/s/ MARK P. SULLIVAN

Mark P. Sullivan
Senior Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange  Act of 1934, this report has  been signed

below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities  and on the dates
indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ MARK E. FUSCO

Mark E. Fusco

President and Chief Executive Officer November  6, 2009
and Director

/s/ STEPHEN M.  JENNINGS

Chairman of the Board of Directors

November 6,  2009

Stephen M. Jennings

/s/ DONALD P. CASEY

Director

November  6,  2009

Donald P. Casey

/s/ GARY E. HAROIAN

Director

November  6,  2009

Gary E. Haroian

/s/ JOAN C. MCARDLE

Director

November  6,  2009

Joan C.  McArdle

105

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ DAVID M. MCKENNA

Director

November  6,  2009

David M. McKenna

/s/ MICHAEL PEHL

Director

November  6,  2009

Michael  Pehl

106

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL  STATEMENTS

Reports of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations  for the years ended June 30,  2009, 2008 and 2007 . . . . . . F-4
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30,  2009 and 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’  Equity  (Deficit)  and Comprehensive Income for the

years ended June 30, 2009, 2008 and  2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-6
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  for  the years ended June 30, 2009,  2008 and 2007 . . . . . . F-7
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F-8

F-1

Report of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Aspen Technology, Inc.:

We  have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Aspen  Technology, Inc. and
subsidiaries (the ‘‘Company’’) as of June  30, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated statements of
operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income, and cash flows  for each  of  the
years in the two-year period ended June 30,  2009. These  consolidated  financial  statements are the
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is  to  express  an opinion on these
consolidated financial statements based  on  our audits.

We  conducted our audits in accordance with the standards  of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those  standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  the  financial  statements are free  of material misstatement.  An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures  in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting  principles used  and significant
estimates made by management, as well as  evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly,  in all
material respects, the financial position of  the Company as of June  30, 2009 and 2008,  and the  results
of its operations and cash flows for each  of the  years  in the two-year period ended  June 30, 2009, in
conformity with U.S. generally accepted  accounting  principles.

We  also have audited, in accordance  with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting

Oversight Board (United States), the  Company’s  internal control over financial reporting as  of  June  30,
2009, based on criteria established in  Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission  (COSO), and our report dated  November 6,
2009 expressed an adverse opinion on the  effectiveness  of  the Company’s  internal control over  financial
reporting.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
November 6, 2009

F-2

Report of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders  of
Aspen Technology, Inc.
Burlington, Massachusetts

We  have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of  operations,  stockholders’  equity
(deficit)  and comprehensive income,  and  cash flows  of Aspen Technology,  Inc. and  subsidiaries  (the
Company) for the year ended June 30, 2007. These  financial statements are the responsibility  of the
Company’s management. Our responsibility  is to express  an opinion on these financial statements based
on our audit.

We  conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those  standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  the  financial  statements are free  of material misstatement.  An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures  in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting  principles used  and significant
estimates made by management, as well as  evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable  basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial  statements  present fairly, in  all  material  respects, the
results of operations and cash flows of  the Company  for the year  ended June 30, 2007, in conformity
with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
April 11, 2008

F-3

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF  OPERATIONS

Years Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

(In thousands, except per share data)

Revenues:

Software licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Service and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$179,591
131,989

$168,404
143,209

$199,761
141,268

Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

311,580

311,613

341,029

Cost of revenues:

Cost of software licenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of service and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of technology related intangible assets

Total cost of revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

12,384
63,411
25

75,820

15,916
69,077
—

84,993

14,588
72,426
6,546

93,560

Gross profit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

235,760

226,620

247,469

Operating costs:

Selling and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss (gain) on sales and disposals of  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss on impairment of goodwill and intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . .

89,150
41,463
58,138
2,446
6
623

99,682
45,179
54,565
8,623
(66)
—

93,387
42,703
51,010
4,634
332
—

Total operating costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

191,826

207,983

192,066

Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other (expense) income, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income  before  provision  for  income  taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accretion of preferred stock discount and dividends . . . . . . . . . . . .

43,934
22,698
(10,516)
(1,824)

54,292
(1,368)

52,924
—

18,637
23,784
(17,783)
3,386

28,024
(3,078)

24,946
—

55,403
21,909
(18,613)
(734)

57,965
(12,447)

45,518
(7,290)

Net income applicable to common stockholders . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 52,924

$ 24,946

$ 38,228

Earnings per common share:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$
$

0.59
0.57

$
$

0.28
0.27

$
$

0.54
0.50

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

90,053
92,578

89,640
94,092

70,879
91,869

See accompanying notes to these consolidated  financial  statements.

F-4

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

Current assets:

ASSETS

Cash and  cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current portion  of  installments receivable,  net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current portion  of  collateralized receivables, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unbilled services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-current installments receivable,  net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-current collateralized receivables,  net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property, equipment and leasehold improvements,  net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Computer software development costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other intangible assets,  net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-current deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Current liabilities:

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’  EQUITY

Current portion of  secured borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current deferred tax liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term secured  borrowing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Non-current deferred tax liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Commitments and contingencies  (Notes  11,  12 and 13)  Series  D  redeemable

convertible preferred stock, $0.10  par  value—Authorized—3,636  shares in 2009
and 2008 Issued and outstanding—none  in 2009  or 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.10  par value—Authorized—120,000,000 shares  Issued—
90,326,513 shares  in 2009 and  90,235,526  shares in  2008  Outstanding—
90,093,049 shares  in 2009 and  90,002,062  shares in  2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treasury stock,  at cost—233,464 shares  of  common stock in 2009 and 2008 . . . . . .
Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

June 30,

2009

2008

(In thousands, except per
share data)

$ 122,213
49,882
64,531
38,695
298
22,572
3,795
301,986
113,390
57,671
9,604
3,918
156
16,686
10,788
1,777
$ 515,976

$ 83,885
5,135
47,882
1,888
62,801
2,481
204,072
28,211
16,070
2,354
35,859

$ 134,048
86,870
51,762
43,186
3,459
11,710
2,305
333,340
82,528
92,163
11,799
5,443
615
19,019
7,743
1,976
554,626

$ 47,816
6,586
61,746
13,877
86,551
457
217,033
99,391
20,354
725
44,310

—

—

9,033
497,478
(283,593)
7,005
(513)
229,410
$ 515,976

9,024
493,088
(336,517)
7,731
(513)
172,813
$ 554,626

See accompanying notes to these consolidated  financial  statements.

F-5

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT) AND
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

Common Stock

Number of $0.10 Par

Shares

Value

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Other

Treasury Stock

Accumulated Comprehensive Number

Deficit

Income

of  Shares Cost

Stockholders’
Equity
(Deficit)

Total
Comprehensive
Income

Balance, June 30, 2006 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49,090,499

$4,909

$372,683

(In thousands, except  per share  data)
$ 7,300

233,464

$(406,981)

$(513)

$ (22,602)

F
-
6

Issuance of common stock under employee  stock

purchase plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conversion of warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrual of Series D redeemable convertible preferred

stock dividend . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accretion of discount on Series D redeemable

convertible preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Conversion of Series D redeemable convertible

107,862
1,446,354
5,152,379

—

—

preferred stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33,336,400
—
—
—

Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Translation adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance June 30, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89,133,494

Issuance of common stock under employee  stock

purchase plans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise of stock options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Conversion of warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Translation adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

51,311
362,605
500,203
187,913
—
—
—

Balance June 30, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90,235,526
90,987
—
—
—

Issuance of restricted stock units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Translation adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11
144
515

—

—

3,334
—
—
—

8,913

5
37
50
19
—
—
—

9,024
9
—
—
—

847
8,354
(515)

(5,498)

(1,792)

95,473
11,119
—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
—
45,518

480,671

(361,463)

462
2,765
(50)
(1,185)
10,425
—
—

493,088
(369)
4,759
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
24,946

(336,517)
—
—
—
52,924

—
—
—

—

—

—
—
2,298
—

9,598

—
—
—
—
—
(1,867)
—

7,731
—
—
(726)
—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—
—

—
—
—

—

—

—

—
—

858
8,498
—

(5,498)

(1,792)

98,807
11,119
2,298
45,518

233,464

(513)

137,206

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

233,464
—
—
—
—

(513)
—
—
—
—

467
2,802
—
(1,166)
10,425
(1,867)
24,946

172,813
(360)
4,759
(726)
52,924

Balance June 30, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90,326,513

$9,033

$497,478

$(283,593)

$ 7,005

233,464

$(513)

$229,410

$ 2,298
45,518

$47,816

$ (1,867)
24,946

$23,079

$ (726)
52,924

$52,198

See accompanying notes to these consolidated financial statements.

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

Cash flows from operating activities:
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to reconcile  net income  to  net cash  provided by  operating

activities:
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net foreign currency loss (gain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of debt costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss on the disposal of property, equipment and  leasehold  improvements . .
Deferred income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Loss on impairment of goodwill and intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Changes in assets and liabilities:

Accounts receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unbilled services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installments and collateralized receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income taxes payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts payable, accrued expenses, and other current  liabilities . . . . . . . .
Deferred revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other non-current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Years Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

(In thousands)

$ 52,924

$ 24,946

$ 45,518

8,712
3,828
4,670
—
466
(911)
(314)
623

34,552
2,842
(11,171)
(8,042)
(10,243)
(10,130)
(27,702)
(6,654)

10,917
(2,791)
10,600
960
43
(9,375)
(189)

(38,264)
7,188
(1,810)
18,889
(6,066)
(2,327)
39,784
18,324

19,422
1,381
11,062
1,183
332
3,214
2,568

872
(1,948)
(1,343)
(30,872)
2,665
(876)
6,948
(4,406)

Net cash provided by operating activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

33,450

70,829

55,720

Cash flows from investing activities:

Purchase of property, equipment and leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . .
Capitalized computer software development costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Decrease in other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchase price adjustments on previous  acquisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash used in  investing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Cash flows from financing activities:

Proceeds from secured borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Repayment of secured borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payment of convertible preferred stock dividends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercise of stock options and warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Issuance of common stock under employee stock  purchase  plans . . . . . . . .
Payment of tax withholding obligations  related to restricted  stock . . . . . . . .
Payments of long-term debt and capital lease  obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Debt issuance costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(2,972)
(2,382)
(418)
—

(5,772)

30,153
(68,212)
—
—
—
(360)
—
—

(9,424)
(780)
635
(187)

(9,756)

74,129
(135,800)
—
2,802
467
(1,166)
(193)
—

(3,143)
(3,476)
50
(1,295)

(7,864)

168,852
(145,105)
(33,958)
8,498
858
—
(203)
(1,124)

Net cash used in  financing activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(38,419)

(59,761)

(2,182)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash  equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . .

(1,094)

(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(11,835)
134,048

469

1,781
132,267

321

45,995
86,272

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$122,213

$ 134,048

$ 132,267

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow  information:

Income taxes paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 28,921
10,550

$

5,726
16,782

$

6,696
17,958

Supplemental disclosure of non-cash activities:

Non-cash purchases of property . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

217

—

154

See accompanying notes to these consolidated  financial  statements.

F-7

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(1) Operations

Aspen Technology, Inc. and subsidiaries is a  leading supplier of integrated software  and services to

the process industries, which consist of oil  and gas, petroleum, chemicals, pharmaceutical and  other
industries that manufacture and produce products from  a chemical process. We develop software  to
design, operate, manage and optimize its customers’  key  business  processes. We operate globally
through 26 offices in 20 countries as of June  30, 2009.

(2) Significant Accounting Policies

(a) Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of  the Company and our

wholly owned subsidiaries. All intercompany  balances  and transactions have been eliminated in
consolidation.

(b)Management Estimates

The preparation of financial statements  in conformity with  accounting principles generally accepted

in the United States of America requires  management  to  make estimates and assumptions. These
estimates and assumptions affect the  reported amounts of assets  and  liabilities  and disclosure  of
contingent assets and liabilities at the  date of the financial statements and the  reported amounts of
revenues and expenses during the reporting  period. Actual results could differ from  those estimates.

(c) Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents consist of  short-term, highly liquid investments  with remaining

maturities of three months or less when purchased.

(d) Derivative Instruments and Hedging

We  record all derivatives, which consist of foreign currency exchange contracts, on the  balance

sheet at fair value. Derivatives that are not accounting hedges must be adjusted to fair value through
earnings. If a derivative is a hedge, changes in the  fair value of the derivative are  either offset  against
the change in fair value of assets, liabilities  or firm commitments through earnings  or included  in
accumulated other comprehensive income  depending on the nature  of  the hedge. The ineffective
portion of a derivative’s change in fair value  is immediately recognized in  earnings. We do not meet the
requirements of Statement of Financial  Accounting Standard (SFAS) No. 133,  ‘‘Accounting for
Derivative Instruments and Hedging  Activities’’ in order to account  for any derivatives using hedge
accounting treatment during the periods  presented. Therefore, the changes  in fair value of all
derivatives are recognized in earnings.

Historically, it was our practice to enter into  foreign currency forward  contracts  to  offset currency
risk of foreign denominated receivables.  Beginning  in late fiscal 2008  we revised this practice to more
comprehensively assess our net exposure  to  foreign currencies. This net exposure arises  primarily from
the net difference  between (a) non-U.S.  dollar receipts and (b) non-U.S.  dollar  operating costs for
subsidiaries in foreign countries.

We  record our foreign currency exchange  contracts  at fair  value in our consolidated balance sheet
and the related realized or unrealized  gains  or losses on  these contracts  are recognized  in earnings as a

F-8

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

component of other income (expense),  net. During fiscal 2009, 2008  and 2007  the gains (losses) on
these contracts were $0.2 million, $0.4 million  and  ($0.7) million respectively.

There were no foreign currency derivative financial instruments outstanding as  of  June  30, 2009.

(e) Depreciation and Amortization

We  provide for depreciation and amortization, primarily computed using the straight-line method,

by charges to operations in amounts  estimated to allocate  the cost of the  assets over their estimated
useful lives, as follows:

Asset Classification

Estimated Useful Life

Computer equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchased software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . Life of lease or asset, whichever is shorter

3 years
3-5 years
3-10 years

Depreciation expense was $4.6 million, $4.1 million  and $5.0 million  for fiscal  2009, 2008 and 2007,

respectively.

(f) Revenue Recognition

We  recognize revenue in accordance  with Statement of Position (SOP) No.  97-2, ‘‘Software
Revenue Recognition,’’ as amended by SOP 98-9,  ‘‘Modification of SOP 97-2, Software  Revenue
Recognition, With Respect to Certain Transactions,’’  and  Staff Accounting Bulletin 104 ‘‘Revenue
Recognition.’’ License revenue, including license renewals, consists principally of  revenue earned  under
fixed-term and perpetual software license  agreements and has  generally been recognized upon shipment
of the software if collection of the resulting receivable is probable, the fee is fixed or determinable, and
vendor-specific objective evidence (VSOE) of fair  value exists  for all undelivered elements, such as
maintenance support, professional and  training services. We determine VSOE based upon the price
charged when the same element is sold separately.  Professional and training services VSOE represents
rates that we charge our customers when  we sell these services separately. For an element  not  yet being
sold separately, VSOE represents the price established by management  having the  relevant authority
when it is probable that the price, once  established, will not change  before  the separate  introduction of
the element into the marketplace. We  use installment  contracts as  a standard business practice and
have a history of successfully collecting  under the  original  payment terms without  making concessions
on payments, products or services.

Revenues under license arrangements, which may include several different software products and

services sold together, are allocated to the  delivered elements based  on the residual method. Under the
residual method, the fair value of the  undelivered  elements is deferred and subsequently  recognized
when earned and the residual amount for  the delivered elements is recognized in  revenue when all
other revenue recognition criteria are  met. We have established VSOE  for professional services,
training and maintenance and support services. Accordingly, software license revenues are recognized
under the residual method in arrangements in which software is bundled with professional services,
training and maintenance and support services. Some of our  software arrangements may allow a user to
change or alternate their use of products/licenses (license mix) included in  a license  arrangement after

F-9

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

those products have been delivered. Provided all other revenue recognition requirements  are met,
revenue is recognized upon delivery of the first copy or product master  for all of the  products within
the license mix. Finance fees result from  discounting to present value the product revenue  derived from
our  installment contracts in which the  payment terms  extend  beyond one year from the  effective  date
of the contract. Finance fees are recognized  using  the effective interest method  over the relevant
license term and are classified as interest income. Professional services  do not generally involve
customizing or modifying the licensed  software, but rather involve helping customers deploy  the
software to their specific business processes. We  generally account for the services element of the
arrangement separately. Occasionally, we provide  professional services considered  essential to the
functionality of the software. We recognize  the combined revenues from  the sale  of  the software and
related services in accordance with SOP  81-1, ‘‘Accounting for Performance of Construction Type and
Certain Performance Type Contracts’’ using  the percentage-of-completion method.

When a loss is anticipated on a service contract, the full amount thereof  is provided currently.

Professional service and training revenues are recognized as the related services are performed using
the proportional performance method  based on the ratio  of  costs  incurred to the total  estimated
project costs. Services that have been performed  but for which billings have not been  made are
recorded  as unbilled services, and billings  that have been recorded  before  the services have been
performed are recorded as deferred  revenue in the  accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
Reimbursement received for out-of-pocket expenses is  recorded as revenue.

We  have a practice of licensing our products through resellers in  certain regions. For software

licensed through these distribution channels,  revenue is  recognized at the time of delivery  to  the end
customer, when persuasive evidence of an  arrangements exists, the fee is fixed or  determinable,
collection is reasonably assured and other  revenue recognition criteria  are met.

Maintenance and support services are recognized ratably over the  life  of the maintenance  and
support contract period. Maintenance and  support  services include  telephone  support and unspecified
rights to product upgrades and enhancements  when and if available. These services are  typically sold
for a one-year term and are sold either as  part  of  a multiple  element arrangement  with software
licenses or sold independently at time of renewal.

Our standard licensing agreements include  a product warranty provision for all products. Such
warranties are accounted for in accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards (SFAS)
No. 5, ‘‘Accounting for Contingencies’’ (SFAS No. 5). The  likelihood  that we  will  be  required to make
refunds to customers under such provisions is considered  remote.

Under the terms of substantially all of  our  license agreements, we have agreed to indemnify
customers for costs and damages arising from  claims against such customers  based on, among other
things, allegations that our software products infringe the intellectual property rights of a third-party. In
most cases, in the event of an infringement  claim,  we retain the  right to (i) procure for the customer
the right to continue using the software  product; (ii) replace or modify the software  product to
eliminate the infringement while providing substantially equivalent  functionality; or  (iii) if neither
(i) nor (ii) can be reasonably achieved,  we may terminate the license agreement and  provide a refund
to the customer up to the license fees  paid by the  customer. Such indemnification provisions are
accounted for in accordance with SFAS No. 5. The likelihood that we will be required  to  make refunds
to customers under such provisions is considered  remote.  In  most cases  and where legally enforceable,
the indemnification is limited to the  amount paid by the  customer.

F-10

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(g) Computer  Software Development Costs

Certain computer  software development costs are capitalized  in the accompanying consolidated

balance sheets. Capitalization of computer  software development costs begins upon  the establishment
of technological feasibility. In accordance with SFAS No. 86,  ‘‘Accounting for the Costs of Computer
Software to be Sold, Leased, or otherwise Marketed,’’  we define the establishment of technological
feasibility as the completion of a detail  program design.  Amortization of capitalized computer software
development costs is provided on a product-by-product  basis using (a)  the greater of the amount
computed using the ratio that current  gross revenues  for a  product bear  to total of current  and
anticipated future gross revenues for that  product or (b) the  straight-line  method, beginning upon
commercial release of the product, and continuing over  the remaining estimated economic  life of the
product,  not to exceed three years. Software  for internal use is capitalized in  accordance  with AICPA
SOP 98-1, ‘‘Accounting for the Costs of Computer Software Developed or Obtained  for Internal Use’’.
At each balance sheet date, we evaluate  the unamortized capitalized software  costs for potential
impairment by comparing to the net  realizable value of the  products. Total  computer software costs
capitalized were $2.4 million and $0.8 million in fiscal 2009  and 2008, respectively. Total amortization
expense charged to operations was approximately $3.9 million,  $6.5 million and  $7.9 million in fiscal
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

(h)  Foreign Currency Translation

The determination of the functional currency  of subsidiaries is based  on the  subsidiaries’  financial

and operational environment and is normally the local currency. Gains and losses  from foreign currency
translation related to entities whose functional currency is their  local currency are  credited or  charged
to accumulated other comprehensive  income  (loss),  included in  stockholders’  equity (deficit) in the
consolidated balance sheets. In all instances, foreign  currency transaction gains  or losses are  credited or
charged to the consolidated statements  of operations as  incurred as  a component of other  income
(expense), net. Foreign currency transaction gains  (losses) were ($2.0)  million,  $2.5 million and  ($0.1)
million in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.

(i) Net Income Applicable to Common  Stockholders

Basic earnings per share were determined  by dividing income attributable  to  common stockholders

by the weighted average common shares  outstanding during the period.  Diluted earnings per share
were determined by dividing income attributable to common stockholders by diluted weighted average
shares outstanding during the period. Diluted weighted  average shares reflect the dilutive effect, if any,
of potential common shares. To the extent  their effect is dilutive, potential common shares include
common stock options and warrants,  based on  the treasury stock method, convertible  preferred stock,
based on the if-converted method, and other commitments to be settled in common  stock. The

F-11

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

calculations of basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding are as  follows  (in  thousands,
except per share data):

Years Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

Income Shares

Per Share
Amount

Income Shares

Per Share
Amount

Income Shares

Per  Share
Amount

Basic earnings per share:

Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$52,924

90,053

$0.59

$24,946

89,640

$0.28

$38,228

70,879

$0.54

Diluted earnings per share:

Employee equity awards . . . . . . .
Warrants
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Incremental shares from assumed

conversion of preferred stock . .

Income giving  effect to dilutive

2,133
392

—

3,897
555

—

—

—

— 3,169
— 1,467

7,290

16,354

adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$52,924

92,578

$0.57

$24,946

94,092

$0.27

$45,518

91,869

$0.50

The following potential common shares were  excluded from the  calculation  of  dilutive weighted
average shares outstanding because the exercise price of the stock options and  warrants exceeded the
average market price of our common stock and  their  effect would  be  anti-dilutive at the balance sheet
date  (in thousands):

Year Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

Employee equity awards and warrants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,230

2,205

2,313

(j) Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject  us  to  concentrations  of  credit risk are principally cash

and cash equivalents, accounts receivable  and  installments and collateralized receivables. We place  our
cash and cash equivalents in financial  institutions  management believes to be high credit quality.
Concentration of credit risk with respect  to receivables  is limited to certain customers to which  we
make substantial sales. To reduce risk,  we  assess the financial strength  of  our  customers.  We do not
generally require collateral or other security in support  of  our  receivables. As of June 30, 2009  and
2008, we had no customers that represented more than 10% of  total  receivables.

Our business and results of operations  are affected by  international, national and regional

economic conditions. Financial markets  in  the United States, Europe  and Asia  have been experiencing
extreme disruption in recent months, including, among other things, extreme  volatility  in security  prices,
severely diminished liquidity and credit  availability, ratings downgrades of  certain  investments and
declining values of others. The global  economy has entered  a recession. We  are unable to predict  the
likely duration and severity of the current  disruptions in financial markets,  credit availability,  and
adverse economic conditions throughout  the world. These economic developments  affect businesses
such as ours and those of our customers  in a  number  of  ways  that could result in unfavorable
consequences.

F-12

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(k) Allowance for Doubtful Accounts and Discounts

We  make judgments as to our ability  to collect outstanding  receivables and provide allowances for

the portion of receivables when a loss  is reasonably expected to occur. The allowance  for doubtful
accounts is established to represent the best  estimate of  the net realizable value of the  outstanding
accounts and installments receivable.  The  development of the allowance for  doubtful accounts in
general is based on a review of past due  amounts, historical write-off and recovery experience, as well
as aging trends affecting specific accounts and general operational factors  affecting all accounts.  In
addition, factors are developed utilizing historical trends  in bad debts, returns and allowances.

We  consider current economic trends  when evaluating the  adequacy of the  allowance for doubtful
accounts. If circumstances relating to specific customers change or  unanticipated changes occur in the
general business environment, our estimates  of the recoverability  of receivables  could  be  further
adjusted.

The following table summarizes allowance  for doubtful  accounts activity  for accounts  and

installments receivable in fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively (in thousands):

Year Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

Balance, beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for bad debts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Write-offs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$10,637
(1,378)
(772)

$10,769
752
(884)

$ 9,665
2,568
(1,464)

Balance, end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 8,487

$10,637

$10,769

The following table summarizes accounts receivable  balances as of June 30,  2009 and  2008

(in thousands):

June 30,

2009

2008

Gross

Allowance

Net

Gross

Allowance

Net

Accounts Receivable . . . . . . . . . . . .
Installments Receivable . . . . . . . . . .
Collateralized Receivable . . . . . . . . .

$ 55,691
180,599
96,366

$5,809
2,678
—

$ 49,882
177,921
96,366

$ 94,194
137,603
135,349

$7,324
3,313
—

$ 86,870
134,290
135,349

Installments and collateralized receivables  are presented net of discounts for future  interest
established at inception of the note and carry terms of up to five years. Interest income is recognized
over the term of the note using the effective  interest method.  The total of such discounts  as of June 30,
2009 and 2008 was as follows (in thousands):

Current portion of installments receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current portion of collateralized receivables
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term installments receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Long-term collateralized receivables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 3,141
1,726
27,142
9,658

$ 2,545
4,722
22,258
16,060

June 30,

2009

2008

F-13

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(l) Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Effective July 1, 2008, we adopted the  provisions of SFAS No.  157, ‘‘Fair  Value Measurements’’
(SFAS No. 157), for financial assets and financial  liabilities. In  accordance with FASB Staff Position
No. 157-2, ‘‘Effective Date of FASB Statement No. 157’’, we will delay application  of  SFAS  No. 157 for
non-financial assets and non-financial  liabilities, until July 1, 2009.  SFAS No. 157 defines fair value,
establishes a framework for measuring  fair  value in generally accepted  accounting principles and
expands disclosures about fair value measurements.

SFAS No. 157 defines fair value as the price that would be received  to  sell an asset, or paid to

transfer a liability,  in an orderly transaction between  market  participants. SFAS  No. 157  establishes  a
fair value hierarchy for valuation inputs  that  gives the  highest  priority to quoted prices in  active
markets for identical assets or liabilities  and the lowest  priority to unobservable inputs. The fair  value
hierarchy is as follows:

(cid:127) Level 1 Inputs—Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for  identical assets  or liabilities that

the reporting entity has the ability to access at the measurement date.

(cid:127) Level 2 Inputs—Inputs other than  quoted prices  included in  Level 1 that are  observable  for the

asset or liability, either directly or indirectly. These might include  quoted  prices for similar assets
or liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for  identical or  similar assets or  liabilities in
markets that are not active, inputs other than quoted prices  that are observable for  the asset or
liability (such as interest rates, volatilities, prepayment speeds,  credit risks, etc.)  or inputs that
are derived principally from or corroborated  by market data  by correlation or other means.

(cid:127) Level 3 Inputs—Unobservable inputs for determining the  fair values of assets  or liabilities that

reflect an entity’s own assumptions about the  assumptions that  market  participants would  use in
pricing the assets or liabilities.

Cash Equivalents. Cash equivalents are reported at fair  value utilizing Level 1 Inputs.  We obtain

quoted market prices in identical markets  to  estimate the fair  value of its cash equivalents.

The adoption of SFAS No. 157 did not significantly change  the valuation techniques we had

previously utilized prior to the adoption  of SFAS  No. 157.

Financial instruments consist of cash and cash equivalents,  accounts receivable,  installments

receivable, collateralized receivables, accounts payable and secured borrowings. The estimated  fair value
of accounts receivable, installments receivable, collateralized receivable and accounts payable
approximates the carrying value. The  estimated  fair value of secured borrowings exceeded the  carrying
value by $1.4 million at June 30, 2009. The fair value  of  secured borrowing was  calculated using
interest rates that were indirectly observable in markets  for  similar liabilities.

F-14

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The following table summarizes financial  assets and financial liabilities measured  at fair  value on a
recurring basis as of June 30, 2009, segregated by  the level of the valuation inputs within  the fair value
hierarchy utilized to measure fair value  (in thousands):

Description

Assets:

Fair Value Measurement at
Reporting Date Using

Quoted Prices
in Active
Markets for
Identical
Assets
(Level 1)

Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level  2)

Significant
Unobservable
Inputs
Level (3)

June 30,
2009

Cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$87,918

87,918

—

—

Certain non-financial assets and non-financial  liabilities measured at  fair value on a recurring basis

include reporting units measured at fair value in  the first step of a goodwill impairment test. Certain
non-financial assets measured at fair value  on a  non-recurring basis  include  non-financial  assets and
non-financial liabilities measured at fair  value in the second step  of a  goodwill impairment  test, as  well
as intangible assets and other non-financial long-lived  assets measured at fair  value for impairment
assessment. As stated above, SFAS No. 157 will be applicable to these fair value measurements
beginning July 1, 2009.

(m) Intangible Assets, Goodwill and Long-Lived Assets

Acquired intangibles are removed from  the accounts  when fully amortized  and no longer  in use.

Intangible assets subject to amortization consist of the following at June 30, 2009 and  2008 (in
thousands):

Asset  Class

June 30, 2009

June 30,  2008

Gross

Gross

Estimated
Useful Life

Carrying Accumulated
Amount Amortization Net

Carrying Accumulated
Amount Amortization Net

Customer Relationships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3-12  years

$647

$491

$156

$1,691

$1,076

$615

Intangible asset amortization expense was $0.2 million, $0.3 million, and  $6.5 million for fiscal

2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively, and  is expected to be $0.2 million during fiscal  2010, which
represents the final year of amortization on the outstanding  intangible asset. Amortization  expense is
provided on a straight-line basis over  the  estimated  useful lives  of the intangible assets.

F-15

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The changes in the carrying amount of the goodwill by  reporting unit for fiscal 2009 and  2008 were

as follows (in thousands):

Reporting Unit

License

Professional Maintenance
and Training

Services

Total

Carrying amount as of June 30, 2007 . . .

$2,476

$513

$16,123

$19,112

Effect of changes in currency

translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Carrying amount as of June 30, 2008 . . .
Impairment loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect of changes in currency

14

2,490
—

9

522
(521)

(116)

16,007
—

(93)

19,019
(521)

translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(15)

(1)

(1,796)

(1,812)

Carrying amount as of June 30, 2009 . . .

$2,475

$ —

$14,211

$16,686

We  test goodwill for impairment annually at  the reporting unit  level using a  fair value  approach in
accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 142, ‘‘Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets.’’ We conduct
our  annual impairment test on December  31, of each  year. The  initial step requires us  to  determine the
fair value of each reporting unit and  compare it  to  the carrying value, including goodwill, of such
reporting unit. If the fair value exceeds the  carrying value, no  impairment loss  is to be recognized.
However, if the carrying value of the  reporting unit exceeds its fair  value,  the goodwill  of this  unit may
be impaired. The amount of impairment,  if any,  is then measured based upon the estimated  fair value
of goodwill at the valuation date. Our last  annual impairment test occurred on December 31, 2008.  If
an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce  the fair value of a
reporting unit below its carrying value,  goodwill will be evaluated for impairment between  annual tests.

Certain negative macroeconomic factors began to impact the global credit  markets  in late calendar

2008 and we noted significant unfavorable  trends in  business conditions in the second quarter of  fiscal
2009. Concurrent with these unfavorable  developments, we commenced the annual impairment
assessment of goodwill and certain intangible assets. In  connection with preparing the annual
impairment assessment, we identified  significant deterioration in  the expected  future financial
performance of the professional services segment compared  to  the expected future  financial
performance of this segment at the end of fiscal  2008. As a result, we recognized goodwill  and
intangible assets impairments of $0.5  million and $0.1 million, respectively, within the  professional
services reporting unit during the second  fiscal quarter of  2009,  which ended December  31, 2008. The
method for determining fair value was based on weighting estimates  of  future  cash flows from the
reporting units and estimates of the market  value of  the reporting units, based on  comparable
companies. These impairment losses were  recorded as loss on impairment of goodwill and intangible
assets in the consolidated statement of operations.

F-16

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

We  evaluate our long-lived assets, which include property  and  leasehold improvements and
intangible assets, excluding goodwill, for  impairment as events and circumstances indicate that the
carrying  amount may not be recoverable.  If we determine  that an impairment review  is required, we
would review the expected future undiscounted cash flows to  be  generated by the  assets. If we
determine that the carrying value of our long-lived assets may not  be  recoverable, we  would measure
any impairment based on a projected  discounted  cash flow method using  a discount  rate determined  by
us to be commensurate with the risk  inherent  in our current  business model.

(n)  Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income is defined as  the  change in equity of a business enterprise during a period
from transactions and other events and  circumstances from non-owner sources. Comprehensive income
is disclosed in the accompanying consolidated statements of stockholders’ equity (deficit) and
comprehensive income. The components  of accumulated other comprehensive  income  as of June 30,
2009, 2008 and 2007 consist of cumulative  translation adjustments.

(o) Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation

We  adopted SFAS No. 123 (revised 2004), ‘‘Share-Based  Payment,’’  (SFAS  No.123(R)) effective
July 1, 2005. Under the provisions of  this statement, stock-based compensation cost  is measured  at the
grant date based on the fair value of  the award and  is recognized as  expense over the vesting period.

(p) Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets

We  derecognize financial assets, specifically accounts receivable and installments receivable,  when

control has been surrendered in compliance with SFAS No.  140, ‘‘Accounting for Transfers and
Servicing of Financial Assets and Extinguishments of Liabilities’’ (SFAS  No. 140). Transfers of accounts
receivable and installments receivable that meet the requirements of SFAS No. 140  for sale accounting
treatment are removed from the balance  sheet and gains or  losses on the  sale are recognized.  If the
conditions for sale accounting treatment are not met, or are no longer met, accounts receivable and
installments receivable transferred are classified as  collateralized receivables in the consolidated balance
sheet and cash received from these transactions is classified as secured borrowings. All  transfers  of
assets are accounted for as secured borrowings. Transaction costs associated with secured borrowings,  if
any, are treated as borrowing costs and  recognized  in interest expense. When  we receive  cash from  a
customer, the collateralized receivable balance  is reduced and the related secured borrowing is
reclassified to an accrued liability from amounts we  must  remit to the financial institution.  The accrued
liability is reduced when payment is remitted to the  financial  institution.

(q) Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are recognized  based on temporary differences between  the financial
statement and tax  bases of assets and  liabilities. Deferred tax assets  and  liabilities are measured using
the statutory tax rates and laws expected  to  apply to taxable income in  the years in which the
temporary differences are expected to reverse. Valuation allowances  are  provided  against net deferred
tax assets if, based upon the available  evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of  the
deferred tax assets will not be realized.  The ultimate realization  of deferred tax assets  is dependent
upon the generation of future taxable income and the timing  of  the temporary differences  becoming

F-17

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

deductible. Management considers, among other available information, scheduled reversals of deferred
tax liabilities, projected future taxable  income, limitations of availability of net operating  loss
carryforwards, and other matters in making this assessment.

We  do not provide deferred taxes on  unremitted  earnings of foreign  subsidiaries  since we  intend to

indefinitely reinvest either currently or  some time in the  foreseeable future. Unrecognized provisions
for taxes on undistributed earnings of  foreign subsidiaries, which are considered indefinitely reinvested,
are not material to our consolidated  financial position or results of operations.

We  are continuously subject to examination by the IRS, as well  as various  state and foreign
jurisdictions. The IRS and other taxing authorities  may  challenge certain  deductions and credits
reported by us on our income tax returns.  For years prior to fiscal 2008  and in  accordance  with SFAS
No. 5, ‘‘Accounting for Contingencies,’’ we established reserves for tax  contingencies that reflected our
best estimate of the deductions or tax credits that  we may be unable to sustain,  or that were  probable
to be conceded as part of a broader tax settlement.

In July 2006, the Financial Accounting  Standards Board (FASB) issued Interpretation No. 48,
‘‘Accounting for Uncertain Tax Positions, an Interpretation of FASB Statement No. 109,’’ (FIN 48),
which  clarifies the criteria for recognition and measurement  of  benefits from uncertain  tax positions.
Under FIN 48, an entity should recognize  a tax  benefit when it  is more-likely-than-not, based on the
technical merits, that the position would  be  sustained upon  examination  by  a taxing  authority.  The
amount to be recognized, if the more-likely-than-not  threshold was passed, should be measured  as the
largest amount of tax benefit that is greater  than 50 percent  likely of being  realized  upon ultimate
settlement with a taxing authority that has full knowledge of all relevant information. Furthermore, any
change in the recognition, de-recognition or measurement  of  a tax position should  be  recorded in the
period in which the change occurs.

We  adopted FIN 48 as of July 1, 2007, and any change in net  assets as a  result of applying FIN 48

is recognized as an adjustment to accumulated deficit on that date. The implementation of  FIN 48 on
July 1, 2007, resulted in no adjustment  to  the opening deficit.  Although we had  $3.6 million of deferred
tax assets which were de-recognized  upon adoption  of  FIN 48,these amounts did not result in an
adjustment to the accumulated deficit  at  July 1, 2007 as a result of the full valuation allowance
recorded  against these deferred tax assets.

We  account for interest and penalties related to uncertain  tax  positions as  part of  the provision for

income taxes. As of June 30, 2007, we  had accrued $5.9 million of interest and  penalties related to
uncertain tax positions. Prior to July 1, 2007, income taxes payable were classified as a current  liability.
Under FIN 48, we are required to classify those obligations that are expected to be paid within  the
next twelve months as a current obligation and the remainder as a non-current obligation. As of July 1,
2007, we classified $10.6 million as non-current obligations.

(r) Legal Fees and Contingencies

We  accrue estimated future legal fees  associated with outstanding litigation  for which management
has determined that it is probable that  a loss contingency exists. Liabilities for loss contingencies  arising
from claims, assessments, litigation and other sources are recorded  when it is  probable that a liability
has been incurred and the amount of  the claim assessment or damages can be reasonably estimated.

F-18

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

(s) Advertising Costs

We  charge advertising costs to expense as the  costs are  incurred.  We incurred advertising  expenses
of $2.5 million, $3.3 million and $1.8 million during fiscal 2009, 2008  and  2007, respectively. We had no
prepaid advertising costs included in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.

(t) Research and Development Expense

We  charge research and development expenditures to expense as the costs are incurred. Research
and development expenses include salaries, direct  costs incurred and building and overhead expenses.

(u)  Accounting for Restructuring Accruals

We  follow SFAS No. 146, ‘‘Accounting for Costs  Associated with  Exit or Disposal Activities.’’  In

addition, we consider the guidance where applicable in  SFAS No. 112  ‘‘Employers’ Accounting for
Postemployment Benefits’’ and SFAS No.  88,  ‘‘Employers’  Accounting for Settlements and Curtailments
of Defined Benefit Pension Plans and  for Termination Benefits.’’ In accounting for these obligations, we
are required to make assumptions related  to the  amounts of employee severance, benefits, and  related
costs and to the time period over which  facilities  will  remain  vacant, sublease terms, sublease rates and
discount rates. Estimates and assumptions  are based on the  best information available at  the time  the
obligation has arisen. The restructuring charge for restructuring programs that have  future payments
that extend beyond one year is recorded at the net present value of  the  future cash payments to be
made. The discount is then accreted to restructuring expense  over the term of  the remaining  payments.
These estimates are reviewed and revised  as facts  and  circumstances dictate; changes  in these estimates
could have a material effect on the amount  accrued on  the consolidated  balance  sheet.

(v) Immaterial Correction of Errors

During  the first quarter of fiscal 2009, we  identified certain errors related to income taxes, stock

compensation expense and foreign transactions that originated  in prior periods and concluded that the
errors were not material to any of the  previously reported periods. These  immaterial errors were
corrected in first quarter 2009 Interim  Financial Statements and in the information presented in  the
first quarter and full fiscal year financial  statements and  disclosures. The impact to certain captions in
the consolidated statement of operations  for fiscal 2009, resulting from these out-of-period components
of the immaterial corrections, is as follows (in  thousands):

Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income before provision for taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Three Months
Ended

September 30, 2008

Increase
(Decrease)
$ —
887
315
(3,618)

During  the second and fourth quarter  of fiscal 2008, we identified certain  errors  that  originated in

prior periods and concluded that the  errors  were not material  to  any  of  the previously  reported

F-19

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

periods. These immaterial errors were  corrected in  the second fiscal quarter 2008  Interim Financial
Statements and in the information presented in the fourth quarter and  full fiscal year financial
statements and disclosures. The impact  to  certain captions in  the consolidated  statement  of operations
for fiscal 2008, resulting from these out-of-period components of the  immaterial corrections, is as
follows (in thousands):

Total revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income before provision for taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Three Months Ended

December 31,
2007

June 30,
2008

Increase (Decrease)
$(1,117)
(1,337)
(486)
358

$ (900)
(907)
(747)
(1,009)

(w) Subsequent Events

We  evaluated  events  occurring  between  the  end  of  our  most  recent  fiscal  year  and  November  6,
2009, the date the financial statements were  issued. There were no subsequent events to be disclosed
based on this evaluation.

(x) Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

In September 2006, the FASB issued  SFAS  No. 157, ‘‘Fair Value Measurements,’’  (SFAS No. 157)

which  enhances existing guidance for  measuring assets and liabilities at fair value.  SFAS No. 157
defines fair value, establishes a framework for measuring  fair value and expands disclosure  about fair
value measurements. This statement  is effective for fiscal years beginning  after November 15,  2007. In
February 2008, the FASB issued Staff Position No. 157-2, ‘‘Effective  Date of FASB Statement  No 157’’
which  permits companies to partially defer the effective date of SFAS No.  157 for  one year  for
nonfinancial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair  value in  the financial
statements on a nonrecurring basis. We  adopted SFAS No.  157 on  July  1, 2008. The adoption of  SFAS
No. 157 did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In February 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No.  159, ‘‘The Fair Value Option for  Financial Assets
and Financial Liabilities’’ (SFAS No. 159).  SFAS  No. 159 permits entities  to measure many  financial
instruments and certain other items at  fair value and  provides  entities with the  opportunity to mitigate
volatility in reported earnings caused by  measuring related assets and liabilities differently without
having to apply complex hedge accounting provisions.  Once  an entity has elected the  fair value option
for designated financial instruments and other items, changes in fair value must be recognized  in the
statement of operations. SFAS No. 159 is  effective for fiscal years beginning  after November 15, 2007.
We  adopted the provisions of SFAS No. 159 on July 1, 2008.  As of June  30, 2009, we had  not  elected
the fair value option for any eligible financial  asset or liability.

In March 2008, the FASB issued SFAS No. 161,  ‘‘Disclosures about Derivative Instruments and

Hedging Activities—An amendment of FASB Statement  No. 133.’’ This  statement changes the
disclosure requirements for derivative instruments  and hedging activities. SFAS  No. 161  requires
enhanced disclosures about (a) how and  why an entity uses  derivative instruments, (b)  how derivative
instruments and related hedged items are accounted for  under SFAS No.  133 and  its  related

F-20

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

interpretations, and (c) how derivative  instruments and related  hedged items  affect an entity’s  financial
position, financial performance, and  cash flows.  This  statement is  effective for financial statements
issued for fiscal years and interim periods  beginning after November 15, 2008.  We adopted the
provisions of SFAS No. 161 as of January  1, 2009. The adoption  of SFAS No. 161  did not have a
material impact on our consolidated  financial statements.

In May 2009, the FASB issued SFAS  No. 165, ‘‘Subsequent Events’’ (SFAS No.  165).  SFAS No. 165

establishes general standards of accounting for and disclosure of events that occur after  the balance
sheet date but before financial statements  are issued or are available to be issued. SFAS No.  165 is
effective for interim and annual periods ending after June 15,  2009. We adopted SFAS  No. 165  on
April 1, 2009. The adoption of SFAS  No.  165 did not have  a  material impact on  our consolidated
financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No.  141(R), ‘‘Business Combinations,’’  which replaces

SFAS No. 141. SFAS No. 141(R) establishes principles and requirements  for how an  acquirer
recognizes and measures in its financial statements  the identifiable  assets acquired, the liabilities
assumed, any noncontrolling interest in  the acquiree  and  the goodwill  acquired.  The  Statement also
establishes disclosure requirements which  will enable users  to  evaluate  the  nature and financial  effects
of the business combination. SFAS No. 141(R) is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2008. We will adopt SFAS No. 141(R) effective  July 1, 2009. We expect that the adoption of SFAS
No. 141(R) will have an impact on accounting for  business  combinations, however, the  effect  is
primarily dependent upon future acquisitions.

In December 2007, the FASB issued SFAS No.  160, ‘‘Noncontrolling  Interests in  Consolidated
Financial Statements—An amendment of  Accounting Research Bulletin No.  51’’ (‘‘SFAS No. 160’’),
which  establishes accounting and reporting  standards for  ownership  interests in subsidiaries held  by
parties other than the parent, the amount of consolidated net income attributable to the  parent and  to
the noncontrolling interest, changes in a  parent’s ownership interest  and the valuation  of  retained
noncontrolling equity investments when a  subsidiary  is deconsolidated. The Statement also establishes
reporting requirements that provide  sufficient disclosures  that  clearly identify  and distinguish  between
the interests of the parent and the interests  of the noncontrolling  owners. SFAS No. 160 is  effective for
fiscal years beginning after December  15, 2008.  We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No.  160 as of
July 1, 2009. We do not expect the adoption of  SFAS  No. 160 to have a  material impact on our
consolidated financial statements as no  minority interests are reported as  of June 30,  2009.

In February 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position (FSP) FAS  140-3,  ‘‘Accounting for
Transfers of Financial Assets and Repurchase  Financing  Transactions.’’ The objective of the FSP is to
provide guidance on accounting for a transfer of a financial asset  and  repurchase  financing.  The FSP
presumes that an initial transfer of a  financial asset and a  repurchase financing are considered part of
the same arrangement (linked transaction) under Statement 140.  However,  if certain  criteria are  met,
the initial transfer and repurchase financing shall not be evaluated as  a linked transaction and shall be
evaluated separately under Statement  140. FSP  FAS 140-3 is effective for  annual and interim periods
beginning after November 15, 2008 and early adoption is  not  permitted.  The adoption of FSP
FAS 140-3 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

F-21

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

In April 2008, the FASB issued FASB Staff Position FAS 142-3,  ‘‘Determination of the Useful Life

of Intangible Assets.’’ FSP FAS 142-3 amends the factors that should be considered in developing
renewal or extension assumptions used to determine the  useful life of a recognized intangible asset
under Statement 142. FSP FAS 142-3  is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2008.
The adoption of FSP FAS 142-3 will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 166,  ‘‘Accounting for Transfers of Financial Assets’’
(SFAS No. 166). SFAS No. 166 removes the concept of a QSPE from  SFAS No. 140 and removes the
exception from applying FIN 46R. This  statement  also clarifies  the requirements  for isolation and
limitations on portions of financial assets that are eligible for sale accounting. This statement is
effective for fiscal years beginning after Nov.  15, 2009. We will adopt  the provisions of SFAS  No. 166
on July 1, 2010. The adoption of SFAS  No. 166 will not have  a material impact on our  consolidated
financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 167,  ‘‘Amendments  to  FASB Interpretation No.  46(R)’’

(SFAS No. 167). SFAS No. 167 amends the  consolidation guidance applicable to variable  interest
entities and affects the overall consolidation analysis  under FASB Interpretation No.  46(R). SFAS
No. 167 is effective for fiscal years beginning  after November  15, 2009. We will adopt the provisions of
SFAS No. 167 as of July 1, 2010. We  are  currently  assessing  the impact of the adoption of SFAS
No. 167 on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2009, the FASB issued SFAS No. 168,  ‘‘The FASB Accounting  Standards Codification and

the Hierarchy of Generally Accepted  Accounting Principles—a replacement of FASB Statement
No. 162’’ (SFAS No. 168). SFAS No. 168  stipulates the  FASB Accounting Standards  Codification  is the
source of authoritative U.S. GAAP recognized by the FASB to be applied by nongovernmental  entities.
SFAS No. 168 is effective for financials  statements issued for interim  and annual periods ending after
September 15, 2009. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 168  on July 1, 2009.  The
implementation of this standard will not have a material impact on our consolidated financial
statements.

In October 2009, the FASB issued EITF 08-1 ‘‘Multiple-Deliverable  Revenue Arrangements’’
(EITF 08-1). EITF 08-1 amends EITF  00-21, Revenue Arrangements with Multiple Deliverables’’ to
eliminate the requirement that all undelivered elements have Vendor-Specific Objective Evidence
(VSOE)  or Third-Party Evidence (TPE)  before  an entity can recognize the portion of an overall
arrangement fee that is attributable to  items that  already  have been  delivered. In the  absence of  VSOE
or TPE of the standalone selling price  for one or more delivered or  undelivered elements  in a multiple-
element arrangement, entities will be  required to estimate the selling prices  of  those elements. The
overall arrangement fee will be allocated to each element (both delivered and undelivered items) based
on their relative selling prices, regardless  of whether those selling prices  are evidenced  by  VSOE or
TPE or are based on the entity’s estimated  selling price.  Application of the ‘‘residual method’’ of
allocating an overall arrangement fee  between delivered and undelivered  elements will no longer  be
permitted upon adoption of EITF 08-1. Additionally, the new guidance will require entities to disclose
more information about their multiple-element revenue  arrangements. EITF  08-1  is effective
prospectively for revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning on
or after June 15, 2010. Early adoption is permitted. We will adopt  EITF 08-1 on July  1, 2010. We are
currently evaluating the impacts of the adoption  of  EITF 08-1 on our consolidated financial  statements.

F-22

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(2) Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

In October 2009, the FASB issued EITF 09-3 ‘‘Certain  Revenue Arrangements that Include
Software Elements’’ (EITF 09-3). EITF  09-3 amends  SOP 97-2, ‘‘Software Revenue Recognition’’ to
exclude from its scope tangible products that  contain both software and  non-software components that
function together to deliver a product’s  essential functionality. EITF 09-3  is effective prospectively for
revenue arrangements entered into or materially modified in fiscal years beginning  on or after  June  15,
2010. Early adoption is permitted. We  will adopt  EITF 09-3 on July 1,  2010. We  do not expect  the
adoption of EITF 09-3 to have a material  impact on our  consolidated  financial  statements.

(3) Restructuring Charges

Restructuring charges consist of the following (in thousands):

Year Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

Restructuring Charges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,446

$8,623

$4,634

During  fiscal 2009, we recorded $2.4 million in  restructuring charges. Of this amount, $1.9 million

related to headcount reductions and  $0.5  million related to changes in the  estimates of  future operating
costs and sublease assumptions related to restructuring programs  originating in periods  prior to
June 30, 2008 and accretion.

At June  30, 2009, total restructuring  liabilities of $12.2 million consisted  of $11.9 million for the
closure of facilities and $0.3 million relating to headcount reductions. We anticipate that payments of
$5.1 million will be made over the next  twelve  months and the remaining $8.2 million will be made
through fiscal 2016.

F-23

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(3) Restructuring Charges (Continued)

The following activity was recorded for  the indicated years (in thousands):

Closure/
Consolidation
of Facilities and
Contract termination costs

Employee
Severance,
Benefits, and
Related Costs

Accrued expenses, June 30, 2006 . . .
Restructuring charge . . . . . . . . . .
Fiscal 2007 payments . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charge—accretion . .
Change in estimate—revised

assumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accrued expenses, June 30, 2007 . . .
Restructuring charge . . . . . . . . . .
Fiscal 2008 payments . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charge—accretion . .
Change in estimate—revised

assumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Accrued expenses, June 30, 2008 . . .
Restructuring charge . . . . . . . . . .
Fiscal 2009 payments . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charge—accretion . .
Change in estimate—revised

assumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 17,402
1,001
(4,958)
308

(367)

13,386
6,276
(5,249)
575

1,366

16,354
—
(5,009)
629

(55)

Accrued expenses, June 30, 2009 . . .

$ 11,919

$

750
3,634
(3,527)
1

(30)

828
545
(1,203)
—

(139)

31
1,700
(1,604)
—

Total

$ 18,152
4,635
(8,485)
309

(397)

14,214
6,821
(6,452)
575

1,227

16,385
1,700
(6,613)
629

172

299

$

117

$ 12,218

(a) Restructuring charges originally arising in the three months ended March 31, 2009

In the three months ended March 31, 2009, we initiated a  worldwide  plan to reduce  operating
expenses by reorganizing business units through headcount reductions. During  fiscal  2009, we  recorded
a charge of $1.7 million associated with  headcount reductions. Approximately 70 employees, or 5% of
the workforce, were eliminated under  the restructuring  plan. The employees were  primarily  located  in
North America and Europe. All business  units were affected, including services, sales and marketing,
research and development, and general and administrative. As of  June 30,  2009, there was  $0.3 million
in accrued expenses relating to headcount  reductions.

(b) Restructuring charges originally arising  in the three months  ended June  30, 2007

In May 2007, we initiated a plan to relocate our corporate headquarters from Cambridge to

Burlington, Massachusetts. The relocation resulted  in our ceasing to use our prior corporate
headquarters leased space, subleasing  the space  to  a third  party, and the relocation  to  a new facility.
During  fiscal 2008, we recorded a charge  of $6.0 million  associated with  the relocation of certain
departments to temporary space. The closure  and relocation actions were completed in October 2007.
These costs did not meet the criteria  for accrual as of June 30,  2007. During fiscal 2009,  we recorded

F-24

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(3) Restructuring Charges (Continued)

an additional $0.4 million in restructuring  charges, primarily related to accretion. As  of June  30, 2009,
there was $3.9 million remaining in accrued expenses relating  to  the remaining  lease payments.

(c) Restructuring charges originally arising  in  the three months ended  June 30, 2005

In May 2005, we initiated a plan to consolidate  several corporate functions and  to  reduce our
operating expenses. The plan to reduce operating  expenses primarily resulted  in headcount reductions,
and also included the termination of  a contract and the consolidation  of facilities. These  actions
resulted in an aggregate restructuring charge of $3.8  million,  recorded in the fourth quarter of fiscal
2005. During fiscal 2008 and 2007, we recorded  an additional $0.8 million and  $4.6 million, respectively,
in restructuring charges related to headcount reductions, relocation costs and  facility consolidations
associated with the May 2005 plan that  did not qualify for  accrual  at  June 30, 2005. As of June 30,
2009, there were no remaining accruals associated with the plan.

Closure/consolidation of facilities: Approximately $0.3 million and $1.0 million of  the restructuring

charges recorded in fiscal 2008 and 2007, respectively, related to the  termination of  facility leases.

Employee severance, benefits and related costs: Approximately $0.5 million and $3.6 million of the

restructuring charges recorded in fiscal 2008,  and  2007, respectively, related to the reduction in
headcount. Approximately 130 employees, or  10% of the workforce, were eliminated under the
restructuring plan. The employees were  primarily located  in North America and Europe. All  business
units were affected, including services, sales and marketing, research and development, and general and
administrative.

(d) Restructuring charges originally arising  in the three months ended June 30,  2004

In June 2004, we initiated a plan to reduce our operating expenses in order to better align our
operating cost structure with the current economic environment and to improve operating margins. The
plan  to reduce operating expenses resulted in the consolidation of facilities,  headcount reductions, and
the termination of operating contracts. These actions  resulted in  an aggregate restructuring charge of
$23.5 million, recorded in the fourth  quarter of  fiscal  2004.  During  fiscal 2005, we recorded
$14.4 million related to headcount reductions and facility consolidations associated  with the June 2004
restructuring plan that did not qualify for  accrual at June 30, 2004. In addition, we recorded
$0.4 million in restructuring charges related to the  accretion of the discounted restructuring accrual and
a $0.8 million decrease to the accrual  related to changes  in estimates of severance  benefits and sublease
terms. During fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded a less than $0.1 million, a  $1.2 million and  a
$0.2 million decrease, respectively, to the  accrual primarily due to changes  in the estimate of future
operating costs and sublease assumptions  associated  with  the facilities, as well as accretion of
$0.3 million, $0.3 million, and $0.3 million, respectively.  As of June 30, 2009, there  was $3.2 million
remaining in accrued expenses relating  to  the remaining lease payments.

Closure/consolidation of facilities: Approximately $9.1 million of the fiscal 2005 restructuring

related to the termination of facility  leases  and  other  lease related costs. The  facility leases had
remaining terms ranging from several  months to eight years. The amount accrued is an estimate  of the
remaining obligation under the lease or  actual  costs to buy-out leases, reduced by expected income
from the sublease of the underlying properties.

F-25

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(3) Restructuring Charges (Continued)

Employee severance, benefits and related costs: Approximately $4.4 million of the fiscal  2005

restructuring charge, related to a reduction in headcount.  In the aggregate, approximately 147
employees, or 9% of the workforce, were  eliminated under the  restructuring plan  implemented by
management. The fiscal 2005 restructuring  charge related  to employees that had not been notified in a
manner that would allow for accrual  as of  June 30, 2004.  Such accrual occurred  in Q1 of fiscal  2005. A
majority of the employees were located in  North  America, although Europe was affected as well. All
business units were affected, including  services,  sales  and  marketing, research and  development, and
general and administrative.

Impairment of assets: Approximately $1.0 million of the fiscal 2005 restructuring charge related to

charges associated with the impairment of  fixed assets associated with the closed and consolidated
facilities. These assets were considered to be impaired  because their carrying values were in excess of
their fair values.

(e) Restructuring charges originally arising in the  three months ended December 31, 2002

In October 2002, management initiated  a plan  to  reduce operating expenses in response to first

quarter revenue results that were below  expectations and to general economic uncertainties. The plan
to reduce operating expenses resulted  in  headcount reductions, consolidation of facilities, and
discontinuation of development and  support for  certain non-critical products. We accounted for the
restructuring charges in accordance with  EITF 94-3, ‘‘Liability Recognition for  Certain Employee
Termination Benefits and Other Costs to Exit  an Activity  including Certain Costs Incurred in a
Restructuring.’’ These actions resulted in  an aggregate  restructuring charge of $28.7  million. During
fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007, we recorded  a $0.1 million increase and a  $0.1 and $0.2 million decrease,
respectively, to the accrual primarily  due  to a change in the estimate of the facility  vacancy term and
for additional severance benefits. As  of June 30,  2009,  there was $4.6  million remaining in  accrued
expenses primarily relating to the remaining lease payments.

(f) Restructuring charges originally arising in  the three months ended June  30, 2002

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2002, management  initiated a plan to reduce operating expenses and

to restructure operations around our  two  primary  product lines, engineering software and
manufacturing/supply chain software.  We accounted for the related restructuring charges in accordance
with EITF 94-3, ‘‘Liability Recognition for Certain  Employee Termination Benefits and Other Costs to
Exit an Activity including Certain Costs  Incurred in a Restructuring.’’ We reduced worldwide headcount
by approximately 10%, or 200 employees, closed and consolidated facilities,  and disposed of certain
assets, resulting in an aggregate restructuring charge of  $13.2  million. During fiscal 2009,  2008 and
2007, we recorded nominal increases to the  accrual  due to changes in sublease assumptions. As of
June 30, 2009, there was $0.2 million remaining in accrued expenses relating to lease payments.

(4) Secured Borrowings and Collateralized  Receivables

We  have transferred certain customer  installment and trade receivables to financial  institutions that

are accounted for as secured borrowings. The  transferred receivables serve  as collateral under the
receivable sales facilities. Since December  2007, we have not sold any receivables for the purpose of
raising cash, but we have sold some large  dollar receivables in  order to fund  the repurchase of several
large groups of smaller receivables previously sold to the banks, for the purpose of simplifying our

F-26

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(4) Secured Borrowings and Collateralized  Receivables (Continued)

administration of the programs. The  carrying  value  of  the collateralized  receivables approximates  the
carrying  value of the equivalent secured borrowings.

At June  30, 2009 and 2008, receivables totaling $96.4  million and $135.3 million, respectively, were

pledged as collateral for the secured  borrowings.  The  secured borrowings  totaled  $112.1 million and
$147.2 million as of June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. The collateralized  receivables are presented
at their net present value. The interest rate implicit in  the collateralized receivables was 8% as  of
June 30, 2009 and 2008. We recorded $8.7  million,  $15.1 million and $11.6 million of interest income
associated with the collateralized receivables  for fiscal 2009, 2008,  and  2007, respectively,  and
recognized $10.5 million, $16.1 million, and $17.5 million of interest expense associated with the
secured borrowings. Proceeds from and payments on the secured borrowings are presented as
components of cash flows from financing activities in the  consolidated  statements  of cash  flows.
Reductions of secured borrowings are recognized  as financing cash flows  upon payment to the  financial
institution and operating cash flows from collateralized receivables are recognized upon customer
payment of amounts due.

Traditional Programs

We  historically have maintained arrangements which  we refer  to  as our Traditional Programs to
transfer certain of our receivables to financial  institutions upon the mutual  agreement of us and the
financial institution for each such customer receivable. The transfers of customer receivables  under
these programs have been accounted  for as  secured borrowings. Under  our arrangements with General
Electric Capital Corporation, Bank of America and Silicon Valley Bank (SVB),  both  parties must agree
to enter into each transaction and negotiate the amount borrowed and interest rate secured by each
receivable. We received cash proceeds of  $30.2 million,  $74.1 million and $148.9 million for fiscal 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively, related to these programs.

The collateralized receivables earn interest income and  the secured borrowings accrue  borrowing

costs at approximately the same interest  rate. When cash is  received from  a customer  by  us, the
collateralized receivable balance is reduced and the related secured borrowing is reclassified to an
accrued liability for amounts we must remit to the financial institution. The accrued liability is  reduced
when payment is remitted to the financial institutions. The terms  of the customer receivables range
from amounts that are due within 30 days  to receivables that are due over five years.

Under the terms of the Traditional Programs we  have transferred  the receivables  to  the financial
institutions with limited financial recourse  to us. Potential recourse obligations are  primarily related to
one program that requires us to pay interest to SVB when the underlying customer has not paid  by  the
receviable due date. This recourse is  limited to a maximum period of  90 days after the  due  date. The
amount of outstanding receivables that have this potential recourse obligation is $43.6 million at
June 30, 2009. This ninety-day recourse obligation  is recognized as interest expense  as incurred  and
totaled $0.1 million, $0.4 million, and  $0.7 million for fiscal 2009, 2008, and 2007, respectively.
Otherwise, recourse generally results from circumstances in  which we  failed  to  perform requirements
related to contracts with the customer.  Other  than  the specific items noted above, the financial
institutions bear the credit risk of the  customers associated with the receivables  the institution
purchased.

In the ordinary course of us acting as a  servicing agent  for receivables transferred  to  SVB, we
regularly receive funds from customers  that are processed  and  remitted onward to SVB.  While  in our

F-27

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(4) Secured Borrowings and Collateralized  Receivables (Continued)

possession, these cash receipts are contractually owned by SVB and are held by us on  their behalf  until
remitted to the bank. Cash receipts held  for the benefit of SVB recorded in  our  cash balances and
current liabilities totaled $0 and $0.9 million as of June 30,  2009 and  2008, respectively. Such amounts
are restricted from our use.

The terms of the asset purchase agreement for one of the programs requires the timely  reporting

of financial information. As of June 30, 2009,  we were not in  compliance with that requirement. We
have obtained waivers for such non-compliance which  extends the deadline for delivering the fiscal
2009 financial information until November 30,  2009. We are in  the process  of obtaining an additional
waiver to extend the reporting deadline for the  financial  information  for  the first quarter of fiscal 2010.
Because we have been unable to timely report financial information and the waiver of this covenant
does not extend the grace period for a  year  and  a day past the balance  sheet date, the obligation under
this  program has been classified as a current obligation in the  accompanying consolidated balance sheet
as of  June 30, 2009. The amount of this obligation  that is included  in current  liabilities  that  is due
beyond one year is $46.2 million as of  June 30,  2009.

In June 2008, we paid the outstanding amount under the Bank of America program  at its carrying

value of $2.7 million inclusive of a one  percent pre-payment penalty.

Securitization of Accounts Receivable

During  fiscal 2005 and 2007 we entered into securitization  arrangements where we  securitized and

transferred receivables with a net carrying value of  $71.9 million  and $32.1 million,  respectively, and
received cash proceeds of $43.8 million and $20.0 million, respectively. These borrowings were secured
by the transferred receivables, and the  debt and borrowing costs were repaid  as the receivables  were
collected. Neither  arrangement met the  criteria  for a  sale and as such had been accounted  for as  a
secured borrowing. We received and  retained collections on these  receivables after  all  borrowing  and
related costs were paid to the financial institution. The financial institutions’ rights to repayment were
limited to the payments received from the receivables.  Both  securitizations were  paid off  during  fiscal
2008 at their respective carrying values of $4.2 million and $12.2 million. The payments  resulted in  a
reclassification to accounts receivable  of $9.8 million and to current  installments  receivable of
$17.8 million from the current portion of collateralized receivables, and $23.9 million  from non-current
collateralized receivables to non-current  installment receivables.

The secured borrowings consist of the following at  June 30, 2009 and 2008 (in thousands):

Traditional Programs—weighted average interest rate of 8.1%

and 7.6% at June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively . . . . . . . .

$112,096

$147,207

Total secured borrowings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

112,096
83,885

147,207
47,816

Total secured borrowings, less current portion . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 28,211

$ 99,391

June 30,

2009

2008

F-28

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(4) Secured Borrowings and Collateralized  Receivables (Continued)

The cash payments on the collateralized  receivables fund the  secured borrowing payments, and  we
retain payments received on collateralized receivables that are  in excess of the secured borrowings. We
have no future cash obligations other  than the  limited  recourse obligations noted above.

(5) Line of Credit

In January 2003 and through subsequent  amendments,  we executed a  loan arrangement with
Silicon Valley Bank. This arrangement  provides a line of credit  of up to the lesser of (i)  $25.0 million
or (ii) 80% of eligible domestic receivables.  The line  of credit bears interest at the greater of the bank’s
prime rate (3.25% at June 30, 2009) plus 0.5%, or 4.75%. If  we  maintain  a $10.0 million compensating
cash balance with the bank, the unused line of credit fee will be 0.1875% per annum,  otherwise it will
be 0.375% per annum. The line of credit is  collateralized by substantially all of  our assets and  we are
required to provide certain financial information and to meet certain financial covenants, including
minimum tangible net worth, minimum cash balances and an adjusted quick ratio.  As of June 30,  2009,
we were not in compliance with certain  financial reporting  requirements under the terms  of  the loan
arrangement and have obtained waivers  for such non-compliance. Furthermore, the terms  of  the loan
arrangement restrict our ability to pay dividends,  with the  exception  of common stock dividends or
preferred stock dividends paid in cash.

On November 3, 2009, we executed an amendment to the loan arrangement that adjusted certain
terms of the covenants, including modifying the  date we must  provide monthly unaudited and annual
audited financial statements to the bank and the maturity date of the credit loan, which was extended
to May 15, 2010. As of June 30, 2009,  there were $7.7 million in  letters of credit outstanding  under the
line of credit, and there was $17.5 million available for future  borrowing.

(6) Supplemental Balance Sheet Information

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements in the  accompanying consolidated balance sheets

consist of the following (in thousands):

June 30,

2009

2008

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements—at cost
Computer equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchased software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture & fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,538
17,815
5,881
3,808
(27,438)

$ 9,908
24,756
6,311
4,009
(33,185)

Property, equipment and leasehold improvements—net . . . . .

$ 9,604

$ 11,799

We  account for asset retirement obligations in  accordance with  SFAS No. 143,  ‘‘Accounting for

Asset Retirement Obligations’’ and FIN 47  ‘‘Accounting for Conditional Asset  Retirement
Obligations—an interpretation of SFAS No.  143.’’ As of June  30, 2009 and 2008,  the balance of our
asset retirement obligations was $0.7  million and $0.4 million, respectively.

F-29

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(6) Supplemental Balance Sheet Information (Continued)

Accrued expenses in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets consist of the following (in

thousands):

June 30,

2009

2008

Royalties and outside commissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Payroll and payroll-related . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring accruals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amounts due to receivable sale facilities for collections . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 8,627
13,793
4,974
2,724
17,764

$ 6,576
19,434
4,658
5,687
25,391

Total accrued expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$47,882

$61,746

Other non-current liabilities in the accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  consist of the

following (in thousands):

Restructuring accruals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred rent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Royalties and outside commissions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,244
2,333
5,852
20,430

$11,727
2,562
6,368
23,653

Total other non-current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$35,859

$44,310

June 30,

2009

2008

(7) Preferred Stock

Our Board of Directors is authorized, subject to any limitations  prescribed by law, without  further
stockholder approval, to issue, from  time  to  time, up to an aggregate of  10,000,000 shares  of preferred
stock in one or more series. Each such  series  of preferred stock shall have such  number of shares,
designations, preferences, voting powers, qualifications and special or relative rights or privileges, which
may include, among others, dividend  rights,  voting rights, redemption and sinking fund provisions,
liquidation preferences and conversion  rights, as  shall be determined  by the Board  of  Directors in  a
resolution or resolutions providing for the issuance of such series. Any such series  of preferred stock, if
so determined by the Board of Directors, may  have full voting rights  with the common stock  or limited
voting rights and may be convertible into common  stock  or another security  of  the Company.

Series D redeemable convertible preferred stock

In August 2003, we issued and sold 300,300 shares of Series D-1  redeemable  convertible preferred
stock (Series D-1 Preferred), along with  warrants to purchase  up to 6,006,006  shares of common  stock
at a price of $3.33 per share, in a private placement  to  several investment partnerships managed  by
Advent International Corporation for an  aggregate  purchase  price of $100.0  million. Concurrently, we
paid cash of $30.0  million and issued 63,064 shares of Series D-2 convertible preferred stock
(Series D-2 Preferred), along with warrants  to  purchase up to 1,261,280 shares of common  stock  at a
price of $3.33 per share, to repurchase all of  the outstanding Series  B Preferred. In addition,  we
exchanged existing warrants to purchase 791,044  shares of  common  stock at an  exercise price ranging

F-30

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(7) Preferred Stock (Continued)

from $20.64 to $23.99 held by the holders of the Series  B  Preferred, for  new  warrants to purchase
791,044 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $4.08.  These transactions  are referred to
collectively as the Series D Preferred  financing.

We  incurred $10.7 million in costs related  to  the issuance of the Series D-1  and D-2  Preferred

(together, the Series D Preferred) and allocated the net  proceeds received between the  Series D
Preferred and the warrants on the basis of the relative fair values at the  date of issuance, allocating
$15.5 million of proceeds to the warrants. The warrants are exercisable  at any time prior to the seventh
anniversary of their issue date. The remaining  discount on  the Series D Preferred  was  accreted to its
redemption value over the earliest period of redemption.

Each  share of Series D Preferred was entitled to vote on  all matters  in which holders  of  common

stock were entitled to vote, receiving  a  number of  votes equal  to  the number of shares  of common
stock into which it was then convertible. In addition, holders  of  Series D-1 Preferred,  as a separate
class, were entitled to elect a certain number of directors, based on a formula as defined in  the
Series D Preferred Certificate of Designations. The holders of  the Series D-1  Preferred  were entitled to
elect a number of our directors calculated  as a ratio  of  the Series D-1 Preferred  voting power as
compared to the total voting power of  our common  stock.  The Series  D-1 Preferred holders were
elected as three of the six current directors of the Company.

The Series D Preferred earned cumulative  dividends  at an  annual  rate of 8%, which were payable

when and if declared by the Board of Directors,  in cash or, subject to certain conditions, common
stock. As  of June 30, 2006, we had accrued $28.5 million in  dividends on the Series D  Preferred.

Each  share of Series D Preferred was convertible at  any  time into a number of shares of common

stock equal to its stated value divided  by  the then-effective conversion price. Each share of  Series D
Preferred was convertible into 100 shares of common stock.

The Series D Preferred included redemption rights at  the option  of the holders as  follows: 50% on
or after August 14, 2009 and 50% on or after  August 14, 2010. The shares  were redeemable for cash  at
a price of $333.00 per share, plus accumulated  but unpaid dividends.

The Series D Preferred was subject to redemption at our option,  at any time after August 2006 at

a price of $416.25 per share plus any  accumulated and unpaid dividends if, among other things, the
average trading price of our common  stock exceeds  $7.60 per share  for  45 consecutive days. If  we make
such an election, the holders of the Series D Preferred may elect to convert their  Series D Preferred
shares into shares of common stock rather than have  them redeemed.

On May 16, 2006, the Holders of the Series D Preferred  converted 30,000 shares  into  3,000,000
shares of common stock. At the time of the conversion we also paid $2.4 million  in dividends on  the
converted shares. In December 2006, the  holders of the Series  D-1 Preferred converted their remaining
270,300 shares into 27,030,000 shares  of common stock. In December  2006, we announced that we
would redeem any shares of our Series  D-2 Preferred that were  not converted by our holders into
common shares by January 30, 2007.  In January 2007, the  remaining  63,064 shares  of  Series D-2
Preferred were converted by our holder  into  6,306,400 shares of common stock. The terms  of the
Series D-1 and D-2 Preferred required settlement of all accrued  and unpaid dividends upon conversion
of these  shares into common stock and dividend accrual  would cease  upon such conversion.
Accordingly, we paid $27.4 million in cash in  December 2006 to the holders of the  Series D-1
Preferred, and paid $6.6 million in cash in January  2007 to the holders of the Series  D-2 Preferred for
dividends accumulated at the date of  conversion of the  respective tranches of  securities.

F-31

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(7) Preferred Stock (Continued)

As a result of the conversion of the Series D-1 and Series  D-2 Preferred and the related  dividend
payments, the stated value of the Series  D-1 Preferred was reduced from $125.5  million  as of June 30,
2006 to $0 as of June 30, 2007, common stock outstanding  was increased  by  $3.3 million and  additional
paid-in-capital was increased by $95.5  million for the portion of the preferred  stock  converted  into
common shares.

In the accompanying consolidated statements of  operations, the accretion  of preferred stock

discount and dividend consist of the following (in thousands):

Accrual of dividend on Series D preferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$— $— $(5,498)
Accretion of discount on Series D preferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . — — (1,792)

$— $— $(7,290)

Year Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

Registration Rights

In May 2006, we received a demand  letter from the Series D-1 Preferred holders, in accordance

with the terms of their investor rights agreement with us, requesting  registration of all of the shares of
common stock issued or issuable upon the  conversion  of Series D-1 Preferred and the exercise of their
warrants in connection with an underwritten public offering  per  the terms defined in  the investor  rights
agreement. We are required to register the underlying shares  at our expense.  As of June 30,  2009, the
total number of outstanding shares of common stock that would  be  included  by  their  registration
demand letter is 29,512,336.

(8) Stock-Based Compensation

Stock Compensation Plans

In May 2005, the shareholders approved the  establishment of the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan (the
2005 Plan), which provides for the reservation of up to 4,000,000  shares  of  common stock for  issuance
under the 2005 Plan. The 2005 Plan provides for the grant of  incentive and nonqualified stock  options
and other stock-based awards, including the grant  of  shares  based upon certain conditions, the  grant of
securities convertible into common stock and the grant of  stock appreciation rights. Restricted  stock
and other stock-based awards granted  under the 2005 Plan may not  exceed, in the aggregate, 4,000,000
shares of common stock. As of June 30,  2009, there were 3,190,195 shares of common stock available
for issuance subject to awards under  the 2005 Plan.

In December 2000, the shareholders  approved the  establishment of the 2001 Stock Option Plan
(the 2001 Plan), which provides for the  issuance of incentive stock options  and nonqualified options.
Under the 2001 Plan, the Board of Directors could grant  stock options to purchase up  to  an aggregate
of 4,000,000 shares of common stock.  At  July 1, 2002,  July  1, 2003 and  July 1, 2004, the 2001 Plan was
expanded to cover  an additional 5% of the outstanding shares on the preceding June 30.  In  no event,
however, may the number of shares subject to incentive options  under the 2001  Option Plan exceed
8,000,000 unless the 2001 Plan is amended and such amendment  is approved  by  the shareholders. As of
June 30, 2009, there were 984,666 shares of common stock available for grant under the 2001  Plan.

F-32

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(8) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

In December 1996, our shareholders approved  the establishment  of  the 1996  Special  Stock Option

Plan (the 1996 Plan). This plan provides  for the issuance of incentive stock options and nonqualified
options to purchase up to 500,000 shares of common stock.  Stock options become  exercisable  over
varying periods and expire no later than 10 years from the date  of grant. We discontinued  our
employee stock purchase plan as of June 30,  2007.

In October 1997, our Board of Directors approved  the 1998 Employee Stock  Purchase Plan,  under

which  the Board of Directors may grant  stock  purchase  rights for a maximum of 1,000,000 shares
through September 30, 2007. In December 2000 and 2003,  the  shareholders voted  to  increase the
number of shares eligible under the 1998  Employee  Stock Purchase Plan by 2,000,000 and  3,000,000
shares, respectively. Employees are granted  options  to  purchase  shares of common  stock on the  last
business day of each semi-annual payment period  for 85% of the market price of the common stock  on
the first or last business day of such payment period, whichever was less.  The purchase price for such
shares was paid through payroll deductions, and the June 30,  2008, maximum allowable payroll
deduction was 10% of each eligible employee’s  compensation.  Under the  plan, we issued 315,751  shares
in 2005, 188,119 shares in 2006, and  107,862 shares in 2007. On July 1,  2007, we issued  51,311 shares
under the 1998 Employee Stock Purchase  Plan.  We discontinued the plan  as of June 30, 2008.

General Award Terms

We  issue  stock  options  and  restricted  stock  units  to  our  employees  and  outside  directors,  and
provide employees the right to purchase  stock pursuant to stockholder approved stock option and
employee stock purchase programs. Option  awards are generally granted  with an  exercise  price equal to
the market price of our stock at the date  of grant; those options generally vest over four years and
have 7 or 10-year contractual terms. Restricted stock  units vest  over four years (if performance
conditions are met). Historically, our  practice has  been to settle stock  option exercises and restricted
stock vesting through newly issued shares.

Stock Compensation Accounting

We  recognize compensation costs on  a straight-line basis  over  the requisite service period for time
vested awards. For awards that vest based  on performance conditions, we use the  accelerated model for
graded vesting awards.

Our stock based compensation is principally accounted for as awards of equity instruments. Our

policy is to issue new shares upon the  exercise of stock  awards. We adopted the  simplified method
related to accounting for the tax effects of share-based  payment awards to employees in FASB Staff
Position  No. 123(R)-3, ‘‘Transition Election Related to Accounting for the Tax Effects of Share-Based
Payment  Awards.’’ We use the ‘‘with-and-without’’ approach  for  determining if excess tax  benefits are
realized under SFAS No. 123(R).

Prior to the adoption of SFAS No. 123(R) on  July 1, 2005, we  used  the intrinsic value  method to

account for employee stock awards. Under the  intrinsic value method,  compensation cost  was  measured
as the difference between the exercise price  of the award and the grant date fair market  value. We
have elected the modified prospective transition method for adopting SFAS No. 123(R),  and
consequently prior periods were not modified. Under this method, the  provisions of SFAS No. 123(R)
apply  to all awards granted or modified  after the  date of  adoption  (July 1, 2005). The unrecognized
expense of awards not yet vested at the  date of adoption is recognized in  net income in the  periods

F-33

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(8) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

after the date of adoption using the same  valuation method  (i.e. Black-Scholes) and assumptions
determined under the original provisions  of SFAS  No. 123,  ‘‘Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation’’ (SFAS No. 123). Stock-based compensation is included in  the following  categories  (in
thousands):

Recorded as expense:

Cost of service and other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selling and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Capitalized computer software development costs: . . . .

Year Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

$

429
928
460
2,853

4,670
26

$ 1,254
3,345
1,411
4,590

10,600
18

$ 1,522
3,424
1,915
4,201

11,062
57

Total stock-based compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 4,696

$10,618

$11,119

We  utilize the Black-Scholes valuation model  for  estimating  the fair value of the  stock

compensation. There were no stock options granted in fiscal 2009. The weighted-average fair values of
the options granted under the stock option plans and shares subject  to  purchase under the employee
stock purchase plan for fiscal 2008 and fiscal 2007 were calculated using the following assumptions:

Fiscal 2008

Fiscal 2007

Stock Option
Plans

Stock Option
Plans

Stock Purchase
Plans

Weighted-average fair values of options  granted . . . . . . . . . . .
Average risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected volatility range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Weighted average expected volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7.26

4.41%

None
5.0
80%
80%

$

7.11
4.79%

$ 3.26

5.03%

None
5.0 to 6.0

None
0.5

80  - 85% 42 - 53%
46%

80%

The dividend yield of zero is based on the fact that  we have never paid cash dividends on common
stock and have no present intention  to  pay cash dividends. Expected volatility  is based  on the historical
volatility of our common stock over the  period commensurate with the expected life of the options. The
risk-free interest rate is the U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds with a maturity commensurate with the
expected life of the options on the date of grant. In  fiscal  2008, we calculated the estimated life based
upon historical exercise behavior.

F-34

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(8) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

A summary of stock option and RSU activity under all stock option plans  in fiscal 2009,  2008 and

2007 is as follows:

Stock Options

Restricted Stock Units

Weighted
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
(in  000’s)

Outstanding at June 30, 2006 . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested (RSUs) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cancelled / Forfeited . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding at June 30, 2007 . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested (RSUs) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cancelled / Forfeited . . . . . . . . .

Outstanding at June 30, 2008 . . . . .
Granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vested (RSUs) . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cancelled / Forfeited . . . . . . . . .

Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

$ 7.37
10.61
5.88
18.32
11.77

7.64
10.86
—
7.71
4.92

7.39
—
—
—
7.99

Shares

9,460,449
1,148,700
—
(1,446,354)
(851,230)

8,311,565
40,000
—
(362,605)
(512,732)

7,476,228
—
—
—
(175,026)

Weighted
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value

Shares

— $ —
10.42
—
—
10.42

723,400
—
—
(60,200)

663,200
—
(272,965)
—
(68,730)

321,505
—
(134,477)
—
(36,415)

10.42
—
10.42
—
10.42

10.42
—
10.42
—
10.42

150,613

$10.42

Outstanding at June 30, 2009 . . . . .

7,301,202

$ 7.38

Exercisable at June 30, 2009 . . . . .

6,895,293

$ 7.26

Vested and expected to vest at

June 30, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7,232,096

$ 7.36

5.2

5.1

5.2

$17,732

$18,021

137,571

$10.42

The weighted average grant-date fair  value of RSU’s granted during fiscal  2007 was $10.42; there

were no RSU grants in fiscal 2009 or  2008. In fiscal 2009  and 2008, the total fair value of shares vested
from RSU grants was $1.2 million and $3.8  million,  respectively. At June  30, 2009, the  total fair value
of RSU’s expected to vest was $1.2 million.  At June 30,  2009 the remaining contractual term  for all
RSU grants was 1.1 years. At June 30,  2009,  the total compensation cost related to unvested  stock
options and RSU’s not yet recognized  was $2.9 million. The weighted average  period over  which this
will be recognized is approximately 9 months.

There were no options exercised in fiscal  2009. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during

fiscal 2008 and 2007 was $2.8 million  and  $10.4 million,  respectively.  We  received  $2.8 million and
$8.5 million in cash proceeds from option exercises during fiscal  2008 and  2007, respectively.

At June  30, 2009, common stock reserved for future issuance or settlement  under equity

compensation plans was 11,902,116 shares.

In December 2006 and May 2007, we  modified awards  for  an  aggregate of 1,184,470  options for

our  employees to equal the fair market  value on  the grant date of our common stock for these awards

F-35

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(8) Stock-Based Compensation (Continued)

to avoid certain adverse tax impacts on  the individuals. There was no incremental compensation cost
resulting from the modifications. A further modification was made in  December 2007 to increase the
exercise price of certain awards and  to  provide  for cash payments to employees  to  compensate them  for
the increase in the exercise price of those  awards.

(9) Common Stock

Warrants

We  have issued warrants in connection with various  financing activities. These warrants provide for

net equity settlement and are accounted for in equity.

In connection with the May 2002 sale of common stock to private investors, we issued warrants  to

purchase up to 3,208,333 shares of common  stock  at a  price of $13.20 per  share. In August 2003, the
warrants were canceled, and new warrants  were  issued to purchase 1,152,665 shares at an  exercise price
of $9.76 per share, due to the impact  of  the Series D  Preferred  financing  on the  warrants’ anti-dilution
provisions. In January 2004, warrants to purchase 129,191 shares  of common stock were exercised  in a
cashless exercise, resulting in the issuance of  17,922 shares of  common stock. During fiscal 2007, the
remaining 1,023,474 warrants were exercised in  a cashless exercise, resulting in the issuance of  286,204
shares of our common stock.

In connection with the August 2003 Series  D Preferred financing,  we issued warrants with

seven-year lives to purchase 7,267,286  shares of  common  stock at an exercise price of $3.33 per share.
In July 2006,  6,006,006 warrants were  exercised in  a cashless exercise, resulting in the issuance of
4,369,336 shares of our common stock. In  November  2007, warrants to purchase 630,640 shares of
common stock were exercised in a cashless exercise,  resulting in the  issuance  of  500,203 shares  of
common stock. As of June 30, 2009, warrants  to  purchase  630,640 shares  of  common stock were
outstanding and exercisable at a price  of $3.33.

(10) Income Taxes

Income (loss) before provision for income  taxes consists  of the following (in thousands):

Domestic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$48,095
6,197

$10,822
17,202

$46,939
11,026

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$54,292

$28,024

$57,965

Year Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

F-36

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)

The provision for income taxes shown in the accompanying  consolidated  statements  of operations

is composed of the following (in thousands):

Federal—
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State—
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign—
Current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

$ 1,616
(1,616)

$ — $ —
—

457

1,064
—

1,419
—

(71)
375

6,010
(4,808)

1,365
—

7,868
3,214

$ 1,368

$ 3,078

$12,447

The provision for income taxes differs from that  based on  the federal  statutory rate due to the

following (in thousands):

Federal tax at statutory rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Subpart F and dividend income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign taxes and rate differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Permanent differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax  credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Federal and foreign tax contingencies . . . . . . . . . . .
Return to provision adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Years Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

$ 19,002
595
1,467
(682)
(501)
(6,092)
(2,615)
1,000
(12,911)
2,105

$ 9,808
299
3,695
(1,952)
980
(2,988)
2,755
—
(10,235)
716

$ 20,288
1,365
8,625
2,343
1,696
(8,375)
4,880
—
(18,375)
—

Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,368

$ 3,078

$ 12,447

F-37

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)

The approximate tax effect of each type of temporary difference and tax carryforward is as follows

(in thousands):

Deferred tax assets:
Federal and state credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign tax credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign loss carryforwards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring accruals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other reserves and accruals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other temporary differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred tax liabilities:
Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other temporary differences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

June 30,

2009

2008

$ 2,780
—
2,370
1,294
4,192
12,013
4,172
4,648
13,084

$ 5,086
4,747
4,949
1,016
5,538
15,120
5,841
6,770
9,129

44,553

58,196

(558)
(1,675)
(645)
(601)

(1,752)
(2,305)
(481)
(556)

(3,479)
(31,325)

(5,094)
(44,236)

Net deferred tax assets (liabilities) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,749

$ 8,866

Upon customer payment of certain foreign receivables, withholding  taxes are withheld  by

customers and remitted to local tax authorities  as required  by statute. Under current  U.S. tax law, these
withholding taxes may be creditable against U.S. taxes payable subject to certain limitations. The
withholding taxes are included in the  foreign tax provision as they are withheld and  remitted.
Utilization of such taxes as foreign tax  credits is recorded  as a reduction of the domestic tax expense in
the period it is more likely than not that these  deferred tax assets will  be  realized. We have  recorded a
full valuation allowances against these  credits since their potential utilization cannot be determined  to
be more likely than not. We will recognize the  benefit of these credits only when it is  more likely  than
not that these deferred tax assets will  be  realized.

During  fiscal 2009 and 2008, we utilized  tax  net operating loss carryforwards to reduce  the current

provision  by $4.1 million and $16.1 million, respectively. As of  June 30, 2009, we  have generated
U.S. federal net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards of  $32.6 million,  all of which relate to stock
compensation tax deductions in excess  of  book compensation expense. We record these tax  benefits in
additional paid in capital only when such deductions  reduce taxes payable as  determined on  a ‘‘with
and without’’ basis. Accordingly, this NOL will reduce  federal taxes payable  if realized in  future
periods, but NOL related to such benefits  are  not  included in  the table above.  In  addition we have
other tax attributes in the amount of  $2.8 which when realized will  also increase  additional paid in
capital. We have foreign loss carryforwards  of $7.4 million which expire beginning in 2010 and others

F-38

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(10) Income Taxes (Continued)

with no expiration date. We also have State research and development credits, and alternative
minimum tax (AMT) credit carryforwards. These benefits are subject to a full valuation allowance and
will reduce tax expense in the period that they are realized or  the  valuation  allowance is removed  if
realization is considered more likely than  not. The tax credits and foreign NOL carryforwards expire  at
various dates from 2010 through 2030, while the AMT credit carryforwards have unlimited carryforward
periods.

We  have determined that we underwent an ownership change  (as defined  under section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended) during fiscal 2004.  As such, the utilization  of  our  federal
NOLs and tax credits is limited. Moreover, an ownership  change also occurred  under the laws of
certain states and foreign countries in  which we have generated NOLs and tax credits.  Accordingly,
these NOL and tax credits will also be  limited  under rules  similar to those  of  section 382.  These
limitations impact the amount of NOL, if any, that may be utilized in  a given year. The full  amount  of
the federal NOL carryforward as of June 30, 2009 is  subject to these  limitations  and would  be  limited
to an approximate $7 million per year limitation. The federal NOLs as of June 30,  2009 begin to expire
in 2021.

On July 1, 2007, we adopted FIN 48.  A  reconciliation of the FIN 48  balances is as follows

(in thousands):

Balance as of July 1, 2007 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross increases—tax positions in current  period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currency translation adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$23,684
(5,961)
5,975
1,133

Balance as of June 30, 2008 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross increases—tax positions in prior period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross decreases—tax positions in prior period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Grose increases—tax positions in current  period . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross decreases—payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross decreases—lapse of statutes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Currency translation adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

24,831
5,767
(5,107)
698
(1,599)
(3,764)
(1,588)

Balance as of June 30, 2009 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$19,238

Our policy is to recognize interest and penalties related to income tax matters as income tax

expense and accordingly, we recorded  approximately $1.6 million benefit  for  interest and penalties
during fiscal 2009. As of June 30, 2009,  we had  approximately $6.3 million  of accrued interest related
to uncertain tax positions. At June 30,  2009,  the total amount  of unrecognized tax benefits  is
$19.2 million, and of that amount, $9.5 million, if recognized,  would reduce the effective  tax rate. We
estimate that the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that  will change within  the next twelve
months is approximately $0.1 million.

Fiscal years 2006–2009 are open to audit in the  United States and 2007–2009 in Canada.

Subsidiaries of Aspen Technology in a  number of  countries outside of the US and Canada are also

subject to tax audits. The Company estimates that  the effects of such tax  audits are not material to
these consolidated financial statements.

F-39

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(11) Operating Leases

We  lease our facilities and various office equipment under non-cancellable operating leases  with

terms in excess of one year. Rent expense, net of sublease income,  charged to operations  was
approximately $6.8 million, $7.4 million, and $7.9 million for  fiscal  2009, 2008  and 2007,  respectively.
Future minimum lease payments under these leases  and scheduled  sublease  payments as of June 30,
2009 are as follows (in thousands):

Years ended June 30,

2010 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thereafter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Gross
Payments

$12,460
9,856
7,685
4,879
3,938
5,005

Scheduled
Sublease
Payments

$2,789
2,860
2,578
765
159
331

Net
Payments

$ 9,671
6,996
5,107
4,114
3,779
4,674

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$43,823

$9,482

$34,341

Due to various restructuring activities (See Note 3) we have vacated certain of our leased space

and are subleasing a portion of this space. The  scheduled sublease  payments are listed above.

We  have issued approximately $7.5 million of standby letters of credit in  connection with  certain

facility leases that expire through 2016.

In May 2007, we entered into a lease agreement with respect to office space in Burlington,

Massachusetts. Commencing September 1,  2007, we  moved our principal corporate  offices to this
location and occupied 60,177 square  feet  of  space. The  initial term of the lease  commenced  with
respect to (a) 31,174 square feet of leased premises on  September 1, 2007, (b) an additional 29,003
square  feet on October 1, 2007 and (c) an additional 1,309 square feet of leased space  on October 26,
2007 (d) an additional 1,680 square feet on March  27, 2008 and (e)  an additional 11,893 square feet  on
August 1, 2008. The initial term of the lease  will  expire seven  years  and four months  following the  term
commencement date for the third phase of the leased premises.  Subject to the  terms and conditions of
the lease, we may extend the term of  the  lease for two successive terms of  five years each  at 95%  of
the then market rate. Under the lease, we will  pay  additional  rent for  its proportionate share  of
operating expenses and taxes. Future  minimum  lease payments  through January  2015 under  this lease
of $11.2 million are included in the table above.

On September 5, 2007, we entered into an additional sublease agreement related to our former
office space in Cambridge, Massachusetts,  effective October 1, 2007 for  approximately  50,000 square
feet that expires on September 30, 2012.  As  of  June  30, 2009, we had multiple agreements that expire
through 2012 to sublease approximately  106,295 square feet of space  in our former  office space in
Cambridge. These sublease agreements  represent $7.6  million of scheduled sublease  payments and are
included in the above table.

F-40

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(12) Commitments and Contingencies

(a) FTC and Honeywell Settlement

In December 2004, we entered into a consent decree  with the Federal Trade  Commission (FTC)

with respect to a civil administrative  complaint filed  by  the FTC in August  2003 alleging  that  our
acquisition of Hyprotech Ltd. and related  subsidiaries of AEA Technology plc (Hyprotech) in  May 2002
was anticompetitive in violation of Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission  Act and Section 7 of the
Clayton Act. In connection with the consent  decree we entered into an agreement  with Honeywell
International, Inc. (Honeywell) on October 6,  2004 (Honeywell Agreement), pursuant to which  we
transferred our operator training business  and our rights to  the  intellectual property  of  various legacy
Hyprotech products.

On December 23, 2004, we completed the transactions  contemplated by  the  Honeywell  Agreement.

Under the terms of the transactions:

(cid:127) We agreed to a cash payment of approximately $6.0  million from Honeywell  in consideration of

the transfer of our operator training services business, our covenant  not  to  compete in the
operator training business until the third anniversary of the  closing  date, and the transfer of
ownership of the intellectual property of our Hyprotech engineering  products, $1.2  million  of
which  was held back by Honeywell and a portion of  which was released upon resolution of
adjustments for uncollected billed accounts  receivable and unbilled  accounts receivable,  as
discussed below;

(cid:127) We transferred and Honeywell assumed, as of the  closing  date, approximately $4.0  million in

accounts receivable relating to the operator training business; and

(cid:127) We entered into a two-year support agreement with Honeywell under  which we agreed to

provide Honeywell with source code of new releases  of the Hyprotech engineering products
provided to customers under standard software  maintenance services agreements.

The Honeywell transaction resulted in a deferred gain of  $0.2  million,  which was amortized over

the two-year life of the support agreement, and was subject  to  a potential increase of  the gain of up  to
$1.2 million upon resolution of the holdback payment issue, which is discussed  below.

We  are subject to ongoing compliance  obligations  under the  FTC  consent decree. We responded to

requests by the Staff of the FTC beginning in 2006 for  information  relating to the  Staff’s investigation
of whether we have complied with the  consent  decree. In addition, the FTC voted to recommend to
the Consumer Litigation Division (Division) of the  U.S. Department of Justice that the  Division
commence litigation against us relating  to  our alleged failure  to  comply  with certain  aspects of the
decree. Although we believe that we  complied with  the consent decree and that the assertions  by  the
FTC Staff were without merit, we engaged  in settlement discussions with the FTC  Staff regarding this
matter. Following such discussions, on  July 6, 2009, we announced  that the FTC  closed  the
investigation relating to the alleged violations of  the decree, and issued an order modifying the consent
decree. Following a thirty-day period  for public  comment  on the modification to the  original  decree,
the modified order became final on August 20, 2009. The modification to the 2004 consent decree
requires that we continue to provide the ability for users to save  input variable case  data  for Aspen
HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS Dynamics software in a standard ‘‘portable’’ format, which  will make it
easier for users to transfer case data from  later versions of the products to earlier versions. AspenTech
will also provide documentation to Honeywell of  the Aspen HYSYS and Aspen HYSYS Dynamics

F-41

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(12) Commitments and Contingencies  (Continued)

input variables, as well as documentation  of  the covered  heat exchange products.  These requirements
will apply to all existing and future versions  of  the covered products through  2014.

In March 2007, we were served with a complaint and  petition to compel arbitration filed  by
Honeywell in New York State Supreme Court. The complaint alleges  that  we failed to comply with our
obligations to deliver certain technology under the  Honeywell  Agreement, that we  owe  approximately
$0.8 million to Honeywell under the  Honeywell  Agreement, and that Honeywell is  entitled to some
portion of the $1.2 million holdback retained by  Honeywell  under the holdback provisions of the
Honeywell Agreement, plus unspecified  monetary damages. In accordance with  the Honeywell
Agreement, certain of Honeywell’s claims relating to the  holdback were the subject of a  proceeding
before an independent accountant, who  determined in December 2008 that  we were entitled  to  a
portion of the holdback. We reached a settlement in June 2009 and the  matter has  been dismissed. In
connection with the settlement, AspenTech  has provided  to Honeywell  a license to modify and
distribute (in object code form) certain versions of AspenTech’s flare system analyzer  software.

(b) Class action and opt-out claims

In March 2006, we settled a class action litigation, including related derivative claims, arising out

of our originally filed consolidated financial statements for  fiscal 2000 through  2004, the accounting  for
which  we restated in March 2005. Members of the  class who  opted out  of the settlement  (representing
1,457,969 shares of common stock, or less  than 1% of the shares putatively purchased during the class
action period) brought their own state or  federal law claims against  us, referred  to  as ‘‘opt-out’’  claims.

Separate actions were filed on behalf  of the holders of  approximately  1.1 million  shares who  either

opted out of the class action settlement  or were not covered by  that settlement. One of these actions
was settled. The claims in the remaining  actions (described below) include  claims against us  and one or
more of our former officers alleging  securities and  common law fraud,  breach of  contract, statutory
treble damages, deceptive practices and/or rescissory damages liability, based on the restated results of
one or more fiscal periods included in our restated consolidated  financial  statements referenced in the
class action.

(cid:127) Blecker, et al. v. Aspen Technology, Inc.,  et al., filed on June 5, 2006 in the Business Litigation
Session of the Massachusetts Superior  Court  for Suffolk County  and docketed as Civ. A.
No. 06-2357-BLS1 in that court, is an opt-out claim asserted by persons who  received 248,411
shares of our common stock in an acquisition.  Fact discovery in this action closed on July  18,
2008, and a non-jury trial began on November  3, 2009. On October  17, 2008, the  plaintiffs filed
a new complaint in the Superior Court  of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts,  captioned
Herbert  G. and Eunice E. Blecker v. Aspen Technology, Inc. et al., Civ. A. No. 08-4625-BLS1
(Blecker II). The sole claim in Blecker II is based on  the Massachusetts  Uniform Securities Act.
We  served a motion to dismiss on December 3,  2008 which  the plaintiffs  have opposed. The
motion was argued before the court on  March 23,  2009 and is pending.

(cid:127) 380544 Canada, Inc., et al. v. Aspen Technology, Inc.,  et al., filed on February 15, 2007 in the

federal district court for the Southern District of  New York and docketed as Civ. A.
No. 1:07-cv-01204-JFK in that court, is a claim asserted  by persons who purchased 566,665
shares of our common stock in a private  placement. Certain  motions to dismiss filed by other
defendants were resolved on May 5, 2009, and discovery  is scheduled to conclude on
February 12, 2010.

F-42

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(12) Commitments and Contingencies  (Continued)

The remaining claims in the Blecker and 380544 Canada actions referenced above are for damages

totaling at least $20 million, not including  claims  for treble damages and attorneys’  fees.  We  plan to
defend  the actions vigorously. We can provide  no assurance as to the  outcome of these opt-out claims
or the likelihood of the filing of additional opt-out claims,  and these claims may result in judgments
against us for significant damages. Regardless of  the outcome, such litigation  has resulted  in the past,
and may continue  to result in the future,  in  significant legal  expenses and may  require significant
attention and resources of management,  all of which could  result  in losses  and damages that have a
material adverse effect on our business.

(c) ATME Arbitration

Prior to October 6, 2009, we had an exclusive reseller  relationship covering certain countries in the
Middle East with a reseller known as,  AspenTech Middle East  W.L.L., a Kuwait  corporation (ATME or
the reseller). Effective October 6, 2009, we  terminated the reseller relationship for material breach by
the reseller based on certain actions  of the reseller. On  November 2, 2009 the  reseller  filed a  Claim
Form (Arbitration) in the High Court of Justice,  Queen’s Bench Division, Commercial Court,  London,
England, reference 2009 Folio 1436 in  the matter of an  intended arbitration between the reseller and
us, seeking an injunction against certain  activities  by  us  in the alleged former territory  of the reseller.
We  believe that the reseller’s claims are without merit,  inasmuch as our termination  of the relationship
was based on actions by the reseller  constituting material  breach  as defined in the reseller agreement
document, and that the reseller is not  entitled to such  an injunction. We therefore  intend to defend the
claims vigorously. We can provide no assurance  as to the outcome of  this  proceeding or the  likelihood
of the filing of additional proceedings such as a  full arbitration,  and  these claims may  result in
judgments against us for significant damages and a  possible  injunction that would threaten our ability
to do business directly in certain countries  in the Middle East. In  addition,  regardless  of the outcome,
such claims may result in significant  legal expenses and may require significant attention and resources
of management, all of which could result in losses and damages  that have a material adverse effect  on
our  business. The reseller agreement document relating to the terminated relationship contained  a
provision  whereby we could be liable for  a termination fee if the agreement were terminated other than
for material breach. This fee would be  calculated based  on a formula  contained  in the reseller
agreement that we believe was originally  developed  based on  certain assumptions  about the  future
financial performance of the reseller, as  well  as the reseller’s actual financial performance.  Based on
the formula and the financial information  provided to us by  the  reseller, which we have not had the
opportunity to verify independently, a recent calculation associated with termination other than for
material breach based on the formula would result  in a termination fee  of  between  $60 million and
$77 million. Under the terminated reseller agreement  document, no  termination fee is owed on
termination for material breach.

(d) Other

We  are currently defending a customer claim of  approximately $5  million  that  certain  of our
software products and implementation  services failed to meet customer expectations. Although  we are
defending the claim vigorously, the results  of litigation and claims cannot be predicted  with certainty,
and unfavorable resolutions are possible  and could materially affect our  results  of  operations,  cash
flows or financial position. In addition, regardless  of  the outcome, litigation could have  an adverse
impact on us  because of defense costs, diversion  of  management resources and other factors.

F-43

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(12) Commitments and Contingencies  (Continued)

(e) Other Commitments and Contingencies

We  have entered into an employment agreement with our president and chief executive officer
providing for the payment of cash and other benefits  in the event  of  termination of his employment in
certain situations, including following  a  change in  control. Payment under this  agreement would consist
of a lump sum equal to approximately two times (1)  his annual base salary plus (2) the  average of his
annual bonus for the three preceding  fiscal years. The agreement also provides that the  payments
would be increased in the event that it  would subject him to excise tax as a  parachute payment under
the Internal Revenue Code. The increase would  be  equal to the additional tax  liability  imposed on him
as a result of the payment.

We  have entered into agreements with other executive officers, providing for severance payments

in the event that the executive is terminated by us other than for cause. Payments  under these
agreements consist of continuation of  base  salary for a period of 12 months, payment  of pro  rated
incentive plan amounts and other benefits  specified therein.

(13) Retirement and Profit Sharing Plans

We  maintain a defined contribution retirement plan under  Section 401(k) of the  IRC covering all

eligible employees, as defined. Under the  plan, a  participant may elect to  defer  receipt of a stated
percentage of his or her compensation,  subject to limitation under  the IRC, which would otherwise be
payable to the participant for any plan year.  We  may make  discretionary contributions  to  this plan,
including making matching contributions up to a maximum of 6% of  an employee’s  pretax contribution.
In fiscal  2009, 2008 and 2007, we made matching contributions of approximately $1.3 million,
$0.8 million and $0.8 million, respectively.  These contributions,  which vested immediately, were
expensed in each respective year. Additionally, we maintain certain  government mandated and  defined
contribution plans throughout the world.

(14) Other Investments

In November 2000, we invested $0.6  million in  a global chemical business-to-business e-commerce

company supporting major chemical companies in  Asia. This  investment entitles us to a  minority
interest in this company and is accounted  for using  the cost  method and, accordingly, is being valued at
cost unless an other-than-temporary impairment in its value occurs. No impairments have been
recognized through June 30, 2009. This  investment is included  in other non-current  assets in  the
accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

(15) Segment and Geographic Information

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise about which separate financial
information is available that is evaluated regularly by  the chief operating decision maker, or decision
making group, in deciding how to allocate resources and in assessing performance. Our  chief operating
decision maker is our Chief Executive  Officer.

The measurement of the controllable margin  for the  license  operating segment was changed in
2007 to include a greater allocation of expenses  from unallocated costs to controllable expenses for that
operating segment. This change conformed to management’s current  approach of cost  allocation for

F-44

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(15) Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)

internal reporting purposes. All periods presented have been restated to conform to management’s
current measurement approach.

We  have three operating segments: license, professional services, and  maintenance and training.

The chief operating decision maker assesses  financial  performance  and  allocates resources based  upon
the three lines of business.

The license line of business is engaged in the development  and  licensing  of software. The

professional services line of business offers  implementation, advanced  process control, real-time
optimization and other professional services in order to provide its customers with  complete solutions.
The maintenance and training line of  business provides customers  with a wide range of support services
that include on-site support, telephone support,  software updates and various forms  of training on  how
to use our products.

The accounting policies of the operating segments  are the same as those  described in  the summary
of significant accounting policies. We  do not track assets or capital expenditures by operating segments.
Consequently, it is not practical to show assets,  capital expenditures, depreciation  or amortization by
operating segments.

The following table presents a summary of  operating segments  (in thousands):

License

Professional Maintenance
and Training

Services

Total

Year ended June 30, 2007—

Segment revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Segment expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$199,761
65,992

$62,653
44,654

$78,615
15,711

$341,029
126,357

Segment operating profit(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$133,769

$17,999

$62,904

$214,672

Year ended June 30, 2008—

Segment revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Segment expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$168,404
68,950

$59,708
43,303

$83,501
14,439

$311,613
126,692

Segment operating profit(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 99,454

$16,405

$69,062

$184,921

Year ended June 30, 2009—

Segment revenues . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Segment expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$179,591
62,345

$48,352
39,557

$83,637
14,588

$311,580
116,490

Segment operating profit(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$117,246

$ 8,795

$69,049

$195,090

(1) The Segment operating profits reported  reflect only the direct expenses of the operating  segment

and do not contain an allocation for selling and marketing, general and administrative,
development, restructuring and other  corporate expenses  incurred  in support of the segments.

F-45

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(15) Segment and Geographic Information (Continued)

Reconciliation to Income Before Provision for Taxes

The following table presents a reconciliation of  total  segment operating  profit to income before

provision  for income taxes (in thousands):

Total segment operating profit for reportable segments . . . . . . . . . . .
Cost of license and amortization for technology related costs . . . . .
Marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research and development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative and overhead . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock compensation and employee tax  reimbursements
. . . . . . . . .
Corporate and executive bonuses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restructuring charges and FTC legal costs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gain (loss) on sales and disposals of  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other income (expense) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and other income and expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

$195,090
(12,409)
(16,975)
(32,311)
(78,493)
(4,670)
(3,223)
(2,446)
(6)
(623)
(1,824)
12,182

$184,921
(15,916)
(17,583)
(33,820)
(74,330)
(10,600)
(5,476)
(8,623)
66
—
3,384
6,001

$214,672
(21,134)
(14,806)
(31,182)
(71,989)
(9,293)
(5,899)
(4,634)
(332)
—
(734)
3,296

Income before provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 54,292

$ 28,024

$ 57,965

Geographic Information:

Revenues to external customers is attributed to individual countries  based on  the location the
product  or services are sold. Domestic and  international sales as a percentage of  total  revenues are as
follows:

United States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Europe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

31.3% 36.4% 47.2%
26.8% 33.3% 29.9%
41.9% 30.3% 22.9%

100.0% 100.0% 100.0%

Year Ended June 30,

2009

2008

2007

During  fiscal 2009, 2008 and 2007 there were no  customers that individually represented greater

than 10% of our total revenue.

We  have long-lived assets of approximately $12.2 million  that are located  domestically and

$1.5 million that reside in other geographic locations as  of June 30, 2009.

F-46

ASPEN TECHNOLOGY, INC. AND  SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

(16) Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)

The following tables present quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for fiscal 2009
and 2008. The below data is unaudited but, in  our  opinion, reflects all adjustments necessary for a fair
presentation of this data in accordance  with  GAAP (in thousands, except per share  data).

Three Months Ended

June 30, March 31,

2009

2009

December 31,
2008

September 30,
2008(1)

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income applicable to common stockholders . . . . . . . . .
Earnings per common share:

$71,255
51,161
2,329
10,214

$71,292
52,896
4,463
8,096

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 0.11
$ 0.11

$
$

0.09
0.09

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

90,087
92,384

90,065
91,648

$82,627
64,463
18,832
22,961

$
$

0.26
0.25

90,043
92,030

$86,406
67,240
18,310
11,653

$
$

0.13
0.12

90,019
94,005

Three Months Ended

June 30, March 31,
2008(1)

2008

December 31,
2007(1)

September 30,
2007

Net revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Gross profit
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Income (loss) applicable to common  stockholders . . . .
Earnings (loss) per common share:

$98,312
76,384
21,074
20,658

$74,244
52,794
1,872
4,033

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 0.23
$ 0.22

$
$

0.04
0.04

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Diluted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

89,998
94,162

89,972
93,834

$74,219
52,319
4,070
9,258

$
$

0.10
0.10

89,602
94,730

$64,838
45,123
(8,379)
(9,003)

$ (0.10)
$ (0.10)

88,995
88,995

(1) See Note 2(v) regarding correction of  immaterial errors.

F-47

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

3.1

3.2

4.1

4.3

10.1

Description

Certificate of Incorporation of Aspen Technology, Inc., as
amended

By-laws of Aspen Technology, Inc.

Specimen certificate for common stock, $.10 par value, of
Aspen Technology, Inc.

Form  of WD Common Stock  Purchase Warrants of Aspen
Technology, Inc. dated August 14, 2003

Lease Agreement dated January 30, 1992 between Aspen
Technology, Inc. and Teachers Insurance and Annuity
Association of America regarding 10 Canal Park, Cambridge,
Massachusetts

10.1a

First  Amendment to Lease Agreement dated May 5, 1997
between Aspen Technology, Inc. and  Beacon Properties, L.P.,
successor-in-interest to Teachers Insurance and Annuity
Association of America

10.1b

Second Amendment to Lease Agreement dated August 14,
2000 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and EOP-Ten Canal
Park,  L.L.C., successor-in-interest to Beacon Properties, L.P.

Filed
with this
Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

8-K

August 22, 2003

8-K

March 27, 1998

8-A/A

June 12, 1998

4

3.2

4

8-K

August 22, 2003

99.3

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.1

10-K

September 28, 2000

10.2

10-K

September 28, 2000

10.3

10.1c Amendment dated September 5, 2007 to Lease Agreement

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.1c

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6†

dated January 30, 1992 between Aspen Technology, Inc. and
MA-Ten Canal Park, L.L.C.

Sublease dated September 5, 2007 between Aspen
Technology, Inc. and MA-Ten Canal Park L.L.C. regarding
10 Canal Park, Cambridge, Massachusetts

Lease dated May 7, 2007 between Aspen Technology, Inc.
and  One Wheeler Road Associates regarding 200 Wheeler
Road, Burlington Massachusetts

System License Agreement dated March 30, 1982 between
Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology

Amendment dated March 30, 1982 to System License
Agreement dated March 30, 1982 between Aspen
Technology, Inc. and the Massachusetts Institute of
Technology

Purchase and Sale Agreement dated October 6, 2004 among
Aspen Technology, Inc., Hyprotech Company, AspenTech
Canada Ltd. and Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell
International Inc., Honeywell Control Systems Limited and
Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee

10.6a† Amendment No. 1 dated December 23, 2004 to Purchase
and  Sale Agreement dated October 6, 2004 among Aspen
Technology, Inc., Hyprotech Company, AspenTech
Canada Ltd., and Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell
International Inc., Honeywell Control Systems Limited and
Honeywell Limited—Honeywell Limitee

F-48

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.2

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.3

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.4

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.5

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.1

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.2

Exhibit
Number

Description

10.7† Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004
between Aspen Technology, Inc. and  Honeywell
International, Inc.

Filed
with this
Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.3

10.8† Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.4

between AspenTech Canada Ltd. and Honeywell Limited—
Honeywell Limitee

10.9† Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004
between Hyprotech Company and Honeywell Limited—
Honeywell Limitee

10.10† Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004
between AspenTech Ltd. and Honeywell Control Systems
Limited

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.5

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.6

10.11† Hyprotech License Agreement dated December 23, 2004

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.7

between Hyprotech UK Ltd. and Honeywell Control Systems
Limited

10.13

Vendor Program Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between
Aspen Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital
Corporation

10.13a Rider No. 1 dated December 14, 1994, to Vendor Program
Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen
Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital  Corporation

10.13b Rider No. 2 dated September 4, 2001 to Vendor Program
Agreement dated March 29, 1990 between Aspen
Technology, Inc. and General Electric Capital  Corporation

10.13c Waiver and Consent Agreement dated March 31, 2009

10.15

10.15a

10.15b

10.15c

10.15d

10.15e

10.15f

Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

First Amendment dated June 30, 2004 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology,  Inc.

Second Amendment dated September 30, 2004 to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

Third Amendment dated December 31, 2004 to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

Fourth Amendment dated March 8, 2005 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology,  Inc.

Fifth Amendment dated March 31, 2005 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December 31, 2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology,  Inc.

Sixth Amendment dated December 29, 2005  to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

F-49

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.13

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.13a

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.13b

10-K

10-Q

June 30, 2009

10.13c

February 17, 2004

10.1

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15a

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.1

10-Q

March 15, 2005

10.8

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15d

10-Q

March 10, 2005

10.1

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15f

Exhibit
Number

10.15g

Description

Seventh Amendment dated July 17, 2006 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December  31, 2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

Filed
with this
Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

10-K

April 11, 2008

10.15g

10.15h Eighth Amendment dated September 15, 2006 to

10-K

April 11,  2008

10.15h

Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley  Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

Ninth Amendment dated January 12, 2007 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December  31, 2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

Tenth Amendment dated April 13, 2007 to Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December  31, 2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

10.15i

10.15j

10.15k Eleventh Amendment dated June 28, 2007  to  Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December  31, 2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

10.15l

Twelfth Amendment dated October 16, 2007 to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley  Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

10-Q

May  10, 2007

10.3

10-K

April 11,  2008

10.15j

10-K

April  11, 2008

10.15k

10-K

April 11,  2008

10.15l

10.15m Thirteenth Amendment dated December 12,  2007 to

10-K

April 11,  2008

10.15m

10.15n

10.15o

10.15p

10.15q

10.15r

Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley  Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

Fourteenth Amendment dated December 28, 2007 to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley  Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

Fifteenth Amendment dated January 24, 2008 to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley  Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

Sixteenth Amendment dated May 15, 2008  to  Non-Recourse
Receivables Purchase Agreement dated December  31, 2003
between Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.

Seventeenth Amendment dated November  14, 2008  to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley  Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

Eighteenth Amendment dated January 30, 2009 to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley  Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

8-K

January  7, 2008

10.2

10-Q

February 19,  2009

10.2

10-Q

February  19, 2009

10.3

10-Q

February 19,  2009

10.4

10-Q

February 19,  2009

10.5

10.15s Nineteenth Amendment dated May 15, 2009 to

10-K

June  30, 2009

10.15s

Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley  Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

F-50

Description

Filed
with this
Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

Twentieth Amendment dated November 3, 2009 to
Non-Recourse Receivables Purchase  Agreement dated
December 31, 2003 between Silicon Valley  Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

X

Exhibit
Number

10.15t

10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.20

10.22

10.22a

10.22b

10.22c

10.22d

Loan Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among  Aspen
Technology, Inc., Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC,
Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC and the  lenders
named therein.

Security Agreement dated June 15, 2005 between  Aspen
Technology Receivables II LLC and Guggenheim Corporate
Funding, LLC

Release Letter dated December 28, 2007 relating  to  Loan
Agreement dated June 15, 2005 among Aspen
Technology, Inc., Aspen Technology Receivables II LLC,
Guggenheim Corporate Funding, LLC and the  Lenders
named therein

Purchase and Sale Agreement dated June 15,  2005 between
Aspen Technology, Inc. and Aspen Technology Receivables
I LLC

Purchase and Resale Agreement dated June 15,  2005
between Aspen Technology Receivables I LLC and Aspen
Technology Receivables II LLC

Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Letter Agreement dated February 14, 2003  amending  Loan
and Security Agreement dated January 30,  2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

First Loan Modification Agreement dated June 27,  2003 to
Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Second Loan Modification Agreement dated September 10,
2004 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Third Loan Modification Agreement dated January 28, 2005
to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003
among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22e† Fourth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 1, 2005 to
Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22f

Fifth Loan Modification Agreement dated May 6,  2005 to
Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

F-51

8-K

June  20, 2005

10.1

8-K

June  20, 2005

10.2

8-K

January  7, 2008

10.1

8-K

June 20,  2005

10.3

8-K

June  20, 2005

10.4

10-Q

February  14, 2003

10.1

10-K

April  11, 2008

10.22a

10-K

September  29, 2003

10.22

10-K

September 13,  2004

10.70

10-K

April  11, 2008

10.22d

10-Q

May  10, 2005

10.2

10-K

April 11,  2008

10.22f

Filed
with this
Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

8-K

June 20, 2005

10.5

10-K

September 13,  2005

10.79

10-K

April  11, 2008

10.22i

10-K

April 11,  2008

10.22j

10-K

September  28, 2006

10.84

10-Q

November  14, 2006

10.3

10-Q

May 10,  2007

10.1

10-K

April  11, 2008

10.22n

10-K

April  11, 2008

10.22o

10-K

April 11,  2008

10.22p

10-K

April  11, 2008

10.22q

8-K

January  7, 2008

10.3

Exhibit
Number

10.22g

10.22h

10.22i

10.22j

10.22k

10.22l

Description

Sixth  Loan Modification Agreement dated June 15, 2005 to
Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Seventh Loan Modification Agreement dated September 13,
2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Eighth Amendment to Loan and Security Agreement  dated
December 30, 2005 to Loan and Security Agreement dated
January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech  Company

Ninth Loan Modification Agreement dated July  17, 2006  to
Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 among
Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech

Tenth Loan Modification Agreement dated September 15,
2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Eleventh Loan Modification Agreement dated September 27,
2006 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22m Twelfth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 12,
2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22n

10.22o

10.22p

10.22q

10.22r

Thirteenth Loan Modification Agreement  dated April 13,
2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Fourteenth Loan Modification Agreement  dated June  28,
2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Fifteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated August 30,
2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Sixteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated October 16,
2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Seventeenth Loan Modification Agreement  dated
December 28, 2007 to Loan and Security Agreement dated
January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech  Company

F-52

Exhibit
Number

10.22s

10.22t

10.22u

10.22v

Description

Eighteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated January 24,
2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Nineteenth Loan Modification Agreement dated April 11,
2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Twentieth Loan Modification Agreement dated May  15, 2008
to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003
among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Twenty-first Loan Modification Agreement dated June 12,
2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Filed
with this
Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

10-Q

February 19, 2009

10.7

10-Q

February  19, 2009

10.8

10-Q

February 19,  2009

10.9

10-Q

February  19, 2009

10.10

10.22w Twenty-second Loan Modification Agreement dated July 15,

10-Q

February 19,  2009

10.11

10.22x

10.22y

10.22z

2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

Twenty-third Loan Modification Agreement  dated
September 30, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement  dated
January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech  Company

Twenty-fourth Loan Modification Agreement  dated
November 14, 2008 to Loan and Security Agreement dated
January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech  Company

Twenty-fifth Loan Modification Agreement  dated January 15,
2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10-Q

February 19,  2009

10.12

10-Q

February  19, 2009

10.13

10-Q

February  19, 2009

10.14

10.22aa Twenty-sixth Loan Modification Agreement dated May  15,

10-K

June  30, 2009

10.22aa

2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated January 30,
2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen  Technology, Inc.,
AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech Company

10.22ab Twenty-seventh Loan Modification Agreement  dated

X

November 3, 2009 to Loan and Security Agreement dated
January 30, 2003 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech  Company

Form of Negative Pledge Agreement dated January 30, 2003,
in  favor of Silicon Valley Bank, executed by Aspen
Technology, Inc., AspenTech, Inc. and Hyprotech  Company

Security Agreement dated January 30, 2003 between Silicon
Valley Bank and AspenTech Securities Corporation

Unconditional Guaranty dated January 30, 2003, by
AspenTech Securities Corporation in favor of Silicon Valley
Bank

10.23

10.24

10.25

10-Q

February  14, 2003

10.5

10-Q

February  14, 2003

10.6

10-Q

February 14,  2003

10.7

10.26

Pledge Agreement, effective as of June 27, 2003,  by Aspen
Technology, Inc. in favor of Silicon Valley Bank

10-K

September  29, 2003

10.23

F-53

Exhibit
Number

10.27

Description

Partial Release and Acknowledgement Agreement dated
June 15, 2005 among Aspen Technology, Inc.,
Aspentech, Inc. and Silicon Valley Bank

10.28

Partial Release and Acknowledgement Agreement  dated
September 27, 2006 among Silicon Valley Bank and Aspen
Technology, Inc.

10.29

Investor Rights Agreement dated August 14, 2003 among
Aspen Technology, Inc. and the Stockholders named therein

Filed
with this
Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

8-K

June 20, 2005

10.7

10-Q

November  14, 2006

10.6

8-K

August  22, 2003

99.1

10.30 Management Rights Letter dated August 14, 2003 among

8-K

August  22, 2003

99.2

Aspen Technology, Inc. and the entities named therein.

10.31

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement
dated March 19, 2002 between Aspen Technology, Inc.  and
the Purchasers named therein.

8-K

March 20,  2002

99.2

10.32^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 1995 Stock Option Plan

S-8

September  9, 1996

4.5

10.33^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Amended and Restated 1995

10-K

April  11, 2008

10.37

Directors Stock Option Plan

10.34^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 1996 Special Stock Option Plan

10-K

September 29,  1997

10.23

10.35

PetrolSoft Corporation 1998 Stock Option Plan

S-8

July  28, 2000

4

10.36^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Restated 2001 Stock  Option  Plan

10-K

September  28, 2006

10.54

10.37^ Form of Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Agreement
Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2001  Restated Stock
Option Plan

10-Q

November 14,  2006

10.7

10.38^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

8-K

June 2,  2005

99.1

10.39^ Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan  (as

X

amended)

10.40^ Form of Terms and Conditions of Stock Option Agreement
Granted under Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005  Stock  Incentive
Plan

10.41^ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement  Granted under
Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

10.42^ Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement-G Granted under
Aspen Technology, Inc. 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

10.43^ Terms and Conditions of Restricted Stock  Unit Agreement

X

Granted under 2005 Stock Incentive Plan

10-Q

November 14,  2006

10.8

10-Q

November  14, 2006

10.9

10-Q

November  14, 2006

10.10

10.44^ Form of Confidentiality and Non-Competition Agreement of

10-K

April  11, 2008

10.45

Aspen Technology, Inc.

10.45^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus

Plan for the fiscal year ending June 30, 2007

10.46^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives  Plan  for the

fiscal  year ending June 30, 2007

10.47^ Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive  Annual Incentive
Bonus Plan for the fiscal year ending June 30,  2008

8-K

8-K

July 6,  2006

July  6, 2006

99.1

99.2

8-K

June 20,  2007

99.1

10.48^ Form of Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives  Plan

8-K

June 20,  2007

99.2

for Fiscal 2008

F-54

Exhibit
Number

10.49

Description

Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus
Plan for Fiscal 2009

Filed
with this
Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

8-K

June 30, 2008

99.1

10.50

Aspen Technology, Inc. Operations Executives  Plan  for Fiscal
2009

8-K

June  30, 2008

99.2

10.51^ Aspen Technology, Inc. Executive Annual Incentive Bonus

8-K

September 11,  2009

99.1

Plan for Fiscal 2010

10.52^ Employment Agreement, dated December  7, 2004,  between

8-K

December 13,  2004

99.1

Aspen Technology, Inc. and Mark Fusco

10.53^ Form of Executive Retention Agreement entered into by

10-Q

November 14,  2006

10.11

Aspen Technology, Inc. and each executive officer  of Aspen
Technology, Inc. (other than Mark E. Fusco)

10.54^ Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to Stock

8-K

January  5, 2007

10.1

Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on  or
about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc.  1995
Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No.
P040380)

10.55^ Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to Stock

8-K

January  5, 2007

10.2

Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis on  or
about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc.  2001
Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification No.
P040002)

10.56^ Amendment Number 1 dated December 29, 2006 to the

8-K

January  5, 2007

10.3

10-K

September  13, 2005

14.1

Stock Option Agreement granted to Manolis E. Kotzabasakis
on or about August 18, 2003 under Aspen Technology, Inc.
2001 Stock Option Plan, as amended (Award Identification
No. P0405621)

Aspen Technology, Inc. Code of Conduct and Business
Ethics

Subsidiaries of Aspen Technology, Inc.

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

Consent of KPMG, LLP

Power of Attorney (included in signature page to
Form 10-K)

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer
pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14, as
adopted pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002

Certification of Senior Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer pursuant to Exchange Act Rules 13a-14 and 15d-14,
as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002

Certification of President and Chief Executive Officer and
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer pursuant
to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to
Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002

14.1

21.1

23.1

23.2

24.1

31.1

31.2

32.1

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation of Aspen Technology, Inc., as
amended

8-K

August  22, 2003

3.2

By-laws of Aspen Technology, Inc.

8-K

March  27, 1998

4

3.2

F-55

Exhibit
Number

4.1

4.2

Description

Specimen certificate for common stock, $.10 par value, of
Aspen Technology, Inc.

Rights Agreement dated March 12, 1998 between Aspen
Technology, Inc. and American Stock Transfer and Trust
Company, as Rights Agent, including form of Certificate of
Designation of Series A Participating Cumulative Preferred
Stock and form of Right Certificate

Filed
with this
Exhibit
Form 10-K Form Filing Date with SEC Number

Incorporated by Reference

8-A/A

June 12, 1998

8-K

March 27, 1998

4

4.1

4.2a Amendment No. 1 dated October 26, 2001 to Rights

8-A/A

November 8, 2001

4.4

Agreement dated March 12, 1998 between Aspen
Technology, Inc. and American Stock Transfer & Trust
Company, as Rights Agent

†

Confidential treatment requested as to certain portions

^ Management contract or compensatory plan

F-56

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the  incorporation by reference in Registration  Statement Nos. 333-11651, 333-21593,

333-42536, 333-42538, 333-42540, 333-71872, 333-80225,  333-117637, 333-117638, 333-118952 and
333-128423 on Form S-8 of our report dated April 11,  2008 related to the consolidated statements  of
operations, stockholders’ equity (deficit) and comprehensive income, and cash flows  for the  year  ended
June 30, 2007 of Aspen Technology, Inc. appearing in this Annual Report  on Form 10-K of Aspen
Technology, Inc. for the year ended June  30, 2009.

Exhibit 23.1

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
November 6, 2009

Consent of Independent Registered Public  Accounting Firm

Exhibit 23.2

The Board of Directors
Aspen Technology, Inc.

We consent to the  incorporation by reference in Registration  Statement Nos. 333-11651, 333-21593,

333-42536, 333-42538, 333-42540, 333-71872, 333-80225,  333-117637, 333-117638, 333-118952 and
333-128423 on Form S-8 of Aspen Technology, Inc. (the ‘‘Company’’) of our report dated November 6,
2009, with respect to the consolidated balance sheets  of the  Company as of  June  30, 2009 and 2008,
and  the related consolidated statements  of operations, stockholders’  equity  (deficit)  and comprehensive
income, and cash flows for each of the years then ended, and the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting as of June 30, 2009, which reports appear in the June 30,  2009 annual  report on
Form 10-K of the Company.

Our report dated November 6, 2009 on the effectiveness of internal control over financial
reporting as of June 30, 2009 expresses  our opinion that the Company did not maintain effective
internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2009  because of the  effects of material
weaknesses on the achievement of the  objectives of the control criteria and contains an explanatory
paragraph that states that management has identified  and  included  in its assessment the  following
categories of material weaknesses as of  June 30, 2009: monitoring  controls, periodic financial close
process, income tax accounting and disclosure, and recognition of revenue.

/s/ KPMG LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
November 6, 2009

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION  OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF  2002

I, Mark  E. Fusco, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report  on Form 10-K of Aspen  Technology, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does  not  contain any untrue statement  of  a material fact or

omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made,  in light  of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period  covered by this
report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and  other financial  information included in  this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial  condition, results of operations and  cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in  this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying  officer(s)  and  I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in  Exchange  Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting  (as  defined in  Exchange Act  Rules 13a-15(f)  and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and  procedures,  or caused such disclosure  controls and

procedures to be designed under  our supervision,  to  ensure that material  information relating
to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made  known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during  the period in which  this  report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over  financial reporting,  or caused such  internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under  our  supervision, to  provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting  and  the preparation of financial statements for
external  purposes in accordance with generally accepted  accounting  principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure  controls and procedures and

presented in this report our conclusions about  the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period  covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s  internal control over financial reporting
that occurred during the registrant’s  most recent fiscal  quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that  has materially  affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control  over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying  officer(s)  and  I have disclosed,  based on our  most recent

evaluation of internal control over financial reporting,  to  the registrant’s auditors and the audit
committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation  of  internal

control over financial reporting which  are reasonably likely  to  adversely affect  the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees  who have a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over  financial  reporting.

Date: November 6, 2009

/s/ MARK E. FUSCO

Mark E. Fusco
President and Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION  OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Mark  P. Sullivan, certify that:

1.

I have reviewed this Annual Report  on Form  10-K of Aspen Technology, Inc.;

2. Based on my  knowledge, this report does  not  contain any untrue statement of  a material fact or

omit to state a material fact necessary  to  make the statements made,  in light  of the circumstances
under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this
report;

3. Based on my  knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial  information included in this
report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash
flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in  this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying  officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining
disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange  Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e))
and internal control over financial reporting (as  defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and
15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a. Designed such disclosure controls and  procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and

procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material  information relating
to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within
those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b. Designed such internal control over  financial reporting,  or caused such  internal control over
financial reporting to be designed under  our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for
external purposes in accordance with  generally accepted accounting principles;

c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure  controls and procedures and

presented in this report our conclusions  about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and
procedures, as of the end of the period covered  by this  report based on such evaluation; and

d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s  internal control over financial reporting
that occurred during the registrant’s  most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal
quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially  affected, or is reasonably likely to
materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant’s other certifying  officer(s) and I have disclosed,  based on our  most recent

evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit
committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of  internal

control over financial reporting which are  reasonably likely  to  adversely affect the registrant’s
ability to record, process, summarize and report  financial information; and

b. Any fraud, whether or not material,  that involves management or other employees who have a

significant role in the registrant’s internal control over  financial reporting.

Date: November 6, 2009

/s/ MARK P. SULLIVAN

Mark P. Sullivan
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

CERTIFICATION  PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.1

In connection with the Annual Report  on Form 10-K of Aspen  Technology, Inc. (the ‘‘Company’’)

for the year ended June 30, 2009, as  filed with the Securities and  Exchange Commission on the date
hereof (the ‘‘Report’’), the undersigned  President and Chief Executive Officer and  Senior Vice
President and Chief Financial Officer,  certify, to the best knowledge  and  belief of the  signatory,
pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted  pursuant to Section 906 of the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, that:

1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of  Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities

Exchange Act of 1934; and

2. The information contained in the Report fairly  presents, in all material respects,  the financial

condition and results of operations of  the Company.

Date: November 6, 2009

/s/ MARK E. FUSCO

Mark E. Fusco
President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: November 6, 2009

/s/ MARK P. SULLIVAN

Mark P. Sullivan
Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Officers, Board of Directors, and Corporate Information

Executive Officers

Worldwide Headquarters

Corporate Information

Questions regarding taxpayer identification
numbers, transfer procedures, and other
stock account matters should be addressed
to the Transfer Agent & Registrar at:

American Stock Transfer & Trust Co.
59 Maiden Lane, Plaza Level
New York, New York 10038 USA
1-800-937-5449
www.amstock.com
info@amstock.com

Shareholders may obtain a copy of the
Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K
for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009,
filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission, by sending a written
request to:

Investor Relations
Aspen Technology, Inc.
200 Wheeler Road
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803 USA
1-781-221-8385

Mark E. Fusco
President and Chief Executive Officer

Antonio J. Pietri
Executive Vice President, Field
Operations

Mark P. Sullivan
Senior Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer

Frederic G. Hammond
Senior Vice President, General Counsel
and Secretary

Manolis E. Kotzabasakis
Senior Vice President, Sales
and Strategy

Blair F. Wheeler
Senior Vice President, Marketing

Board of Directors

Stephen M. Jennings, Chairman
Director, The Monitor Group

Donald P. Casey
Consultant

Mark E. Fusco
President and Chief Executive Officer
Aspen Technology, Inc.

Gary E. Haroian
Consultant

Joan C. McArdle
Senior Vice President
Massachusetts Capital
Resource Company

Aspen Technology, Inc.
200 Wheeler Road
Burlington, Massachusetts 01803
USA
1-781-221-6400

EMEA Headquarters

AspenTech Ltd.
C1, Reading Int’l Business Park
Basingstoke Road
Reading, UK
RG2 6DT
44-(0)-1189-226400

APAC Headquarters

AspenTech (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
3rd Floor, North Wing
Zhe Da Wang Xin Building
2966 Jin Ke Road
Zhangjiang High-Tech Zone
Pudong, Shanghai
201203, China
86-21-5137-5000

Independent Public Accountants

KPMG LLP
99 High Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110 USA

David M. McKenna
Partner, Advent International
Corporation

Michael Pehl
Partner, North Bridge Growth Equity

Legal Counsel

Cooley Godward Kronish LLP
500 Boylston Street, 14th Floor
Boston, Massachusetts 02116-3736
USA

About AspenTech

AspenTech is a leading supplier of integrated software and services to manufacturers in process
industries including energy, chemicals, pharmaceuticals, and engineering and construction. With
integrated aspenONE® solutions, process manufacturers can implement best practices for optimizing
their engineering, manufacturing, and supply chain operations. As a result, AspenTech customers are
better able to increase capacity, improve margins, reduce costs, and become more energy efficient. To
see how the world’s leading process manufacturers rely on AspenTech to achieve their operational
excellence goals, visit www.aspentech.com.

9
0
0
2

|

h
c
e
T
n
e
p
s
A

2
0
0
9
A
s
p
e
n
T
e
c
h
A
n
n
u
a

l

R
e
p
o
r
t

Annual Report
2009

Worldwide Headquarters

EMEA Headquarters

APAC Headquarters

Aspen Technology, Inc.
200 Wheeler Road
Burlington, MA 01803
USA

phone: +1-781-221-6400
fax: +1-781-221-6410
info@aspentech.com

AspenTech Ltd.
C1, Reading Int’l Business Park
Basingstoke Road
Reading, UK
RG2 6DT

phone: +44-(0)-1189-226400
fax: +44-(0)-1189-226401
ATE_info@aspentech.com

AspenTech (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
3rd Floor, North Wing
Zhe Da Wang Xin Building
2966 Jin Ke Road
Zhangjiang High-Tech Zone
Pudong, Shanghai
201203, China

phone: +86-21-5137-5000
fax: +86-21-5137-5100
apac_marketing@aspentech.com

1863-1209